REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)
Country: People's Republic of China
Name of Project: Sustainable Ecosystem Restoration and Biodiversity Conservation Project
Loan No.: 9843-CN
Assignment Title: Project Management Consulting Services
Reference No. (as per Procurement Plan): SXPMO-CS01
The Chinese Government has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Sustainable Ecosystem Restoration and Biodiversity Conservation Project, and intends to apply part of the proceeds for Project Management Consulting Services .
The consulting services (“the Services”) include Comprehensive Project Implementation Management, Procurement and Contract Management, Financial Management, Environmental and Social Management, Project Capacity Building and Training Management, Project Result Monitoring, Project Technical Support, Establishment of a Technical Committee, Project Report Preparation, Support for World Bank Team Management Activities, etc. Total number of person-months shall not be less than 178 person-months. The implementation of the consulting service is expected to commence on the date of contract signing and continue until May 31, 2031, covering the entire project implementation period. For specific details, please refer to the Terms of Reference (TOR).
The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment are attached to this request for expressions of interest.
The Accounting Center of Shanxi Forestry and Grassland Bureau now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The shortlisting criteria are: Consultants participating in bidding competition should be companies or entities with the qualifications to independently sign contracts. The consultant shall have completed at least 2 consulting service contracts for project implementation management under projects financed by International Financial Institutions within the past ten years (2016.1.1-2025.12.31, the project completion date shall prevail). Among these, at least 1 shall have been completed for World Bank-funded projects. Consultants are required to provide supporting documents (scanned copies of contracts and proof of project completion, etc.). The project implementation management consulting team shall be composed of experts with international experience and qualifications, as well as experts with domestic experience. The consultant is required to develop a reasonable personnel input plan and schedule based on the specific needs of the project and their professional judgment, ensuring that the total number of person-months shall not be less than 178 person-months. Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.13, 3.15, and 3.16 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” September 2025 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub- consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality Cost Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours (office hours: 9:00-12:00,13:30-18:00).
Expressions of interest must be delivered to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by 14:00 (Beijing Time) of June 17, 2026 .
The Client:
Accounting Center of Shanxi Forestry and Grassland Bureau Project Management Office of Sustainable Ecosystem Restoration and Biodiversity Conservation Project
Attn: Xiaowen Hu, Engineer
Add: Room 520, 5th Floor, Building A, Lihua Building, No.1 Changfeng West Street, Wanbailin District, Taiyuan City, Shanxi Province
Postal Code: 030000
Tel: +86-351-3126275
E-mail: xmb1630@163.com
The Client’s Agent:
China Capital Tendering Co., Ltd.
Attn: Hongyan Mao, Project Manager
Add: 15th Floor, South Building, Jiuling Plaza, No.21, Xisanhuan North Road, Haidian District, Beijing, China
Postal Code: 100089
Tel: +86-10-67409997
Email: maohongyan@chinatendering.com.cn
Attachment:
SUSTAINABLE ECOSYSTEM RESTORATION AND BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION PROJECT
Project Implementation Management Consulting Services
Terms of Reference (TOR)
The Sustainable Ecosystem Restoration And Biodiversity Conservation Project (hereinafter referred to as the "Project") is proposed to be implemented utilizing loans from the World Bank (International Bank for Reconstruction and Development) (hereinafter referred to as the "World Bank") and domestic counterpart funds. The project will contribute directly to conserving globally significant biodiversity resources in China’s Shanxi province, contributing to halting and reversing global biodiversity loss. Biodiversity provides essential ecosystem services, which are often shared widely across populations, making them difficult to monetize in ways that attract private investment. As a result, without public sector involvement, biodiversity conservation may be underfunded, leading to ecosystem degradation and loss of valuable resources. In addition, it will directly contribute to global climate change mitigation through carbon sequestration from the restoration of ecosystems and habitats. Finally, the project will generate knowledge and experience on the implementation of the GBF which can provide models for replication in other parts of China as well as globally. Knowledge generated under the project will also be disseminated to other countries facing similar challenges, especially in Africa, South and Central Asia, through the China-World Bank Group Global Center for Ecological Systems and Transitions launched in December 2024.
The Project Development Objective is (PDO) to restore priority habitats and enhance in-situ and ex-situ conservation for priority species in targeted areas of Shanxi Province. The project's construction content consists of two components:
Component 1: Investments in Ecosystem Restoration and Species Conservation. The key outputs include: (i) Completion of mixed forest ecosystem planting; (ii) Installation of water points, salt points, and shelter shrubs; (iii) Establishment and operationalization of prey breeding and rewilding facilities; (iv) Protection of key habitats for priority species; (v) Establishment and operationalization of a botanical garden; (vi) Restoration of key wetlands.
Component 2: Strengthening Knowledge and Institutional Capacities for Biodiversity Conservation. The key outputs include: (i) Establishment and operationalization of a data platform for monitoring priority species; (ii) Completion of biodiversity research, surveys, and assessments; (iii) Upgrading of wildlife rescue and disease control facilities; (iv) Establishment and operationalization of visitor centers and education bases; (v) Successful implementation of community outreach activities; (vi) Completion of satisfaction surveys; (vii) Implementation of training and capacity building activities; (viii) Development of technical standards, guidelines, and strategies; (ix) Conducting assessments and certifications according to the Guidelines for OECM and the IUCN Green List of Protected and Conserved Areas; (x) Successful organization of knowledge sharing and exchange activities.
The Component 1 will focus on ecosystem restoration by rehabilitating targeted priority habitats for umbrella and migratory species and combining in-situ and ex-situ conservation for other priority species. The Component 2 will generate knowledge and strengthen institutional capacities to enhance sustainability of biodiversity conservation outcomes and enable replicability and future scale-up. On-the-ground habitat restoration under Component 1 will be integrated with rigorous M&E, capacity-building, public engagement, and technical assistance under Component 2 to ensure that conservation efforts in Shanxi are effective, sustainable, and scalable. Improved M&E will allow for timely interventions for adaptive management and informing the development of evidence-based technical standards to enable replication; increased public awareness will enhance community support for biodiversity conservation; while strengthened capacities will support local institutions in implementing and sustaining conservation efforts beyond the project lifetime. Together, both Components will contribute to the conservation of threatened and endemic species, the resilience of ecosystems and people, and the overall health of biodiversity, so that project outcomes are effective and sustainable in the long term.
The overall implementation period for the project is from 2025 to May 31, 2031. The total planned investment is US$168 million, of which US$100 million is proposed to be financed by a World Bank loan, with the remaining funds covered by domestic counterpart funds.
To ensure the smooth implementation of the project and the achievement of the development objectives jointly established by the Shanxi Provincial Government and the World Bank, the Sustainable Ecosystem Restoration And Biodiversity Conservation Project Management Office (hereinafter referred to as the "Provincial PMO") proposes to utilize the World Bank loan to hire Project Implementation Management Consultants (hereinafter referred to as the "Consultants") to provide project management consulting services (hereinafter referred to as the "Consulting Services") throughout the entire project implementation period. The Consultants will provide support to the Provincial PMO and the PIUs in comprehensive project implementation management, knowledge learning and sharing, capacity building, and technical assistance. This support aims to ensure the project's compliance with the legal agreements signed between the Chinese government, the Shanxi Provincial Government, and the World Bank, as well as with the relevant policies, guidelines, and regulations of both the World Bank and China.
Working under the authorization of the Provincial PMO, the Consultants will carry out project implementation and management tasks, closely collaborating with all relevant project stakeholders. Their responsibilities include formulating project implementation plans, driving project execution, and facilitating timely communication and resolution of various issues arising during implementation. They will assist the Provincial PMO and PIUs in strictly adhering to the project's Loan Agreement and Project Agreement, ensuring compliance with their covenants and clauses, alongside relevant Chinese laws, regulations, and standards. The Consultants will assist the Provincial PMO and PIUs in preparing and updating the Annual Work Plan, Fund Utilization Plan, Procurement Plan, and Capacity Building Plan, and will support the PMO and PIUs in carrying out a series of activities according to these plans. They will assist the Provincial PMO and PIUs in carrying out in various tasks such as bidding and procurement, contract management, project mid-term review, and project completion; the Consultants will strictly implement the ESMP, coordinate the monitoring of the implementation of special plans for environment, society, resettlement, gender, labor, and occupational health and safety, and link internal and external monitoring activities; the Consultants will provide technical support and assistance for project design, construction, and operation to ensure high quality. They will conduct thematic training on project management, safeguard policies and technical topics for the Provincial PMO, PIUs, supervisors, and contractors; prepare and submit reports including Project Progress Reports, the Mid-term Adjustment Report, and the Project Completion Report, and assist the PMO in establishing a Technical Committee and conducting its related activities.
The Consultant shall assist the Provincial PMO and the PIUs in carrying out the following tasks:
3.1 Comprehensive Project Implementation Management
Assist in the overall coordination and management of the project, working with all stakeholders to facilitate smooth project implementation in accordance with the project's legal documents, the Project Operation Manual, and relevant domestic regulations.
Assist in formulating and dynamically maintaining the project's overall and annual work plans as well as fund utilization plan, ensuring the orderly sequencing of various activities.
Improve the project organizational and institutional systems, including further clarifying work processes, task decomposition, role responsibilities, and developing relevant detailed implementation rules (e.g., for withdrawal and disbursement, contract variations, etc.), to ensure the efficiency and completeness of the project organizational structure.
Strengthen project communication and coordination. Given the numerous institutions and stakeholders involved in the World Bank-funded project, communication and coordination are challenging, with long paths for information collection, transmission, and analysis. The Consultant team will assist the Provincial PMO in internal and external project communication and coordination, enhancing the communication and coordination mechanisms among participating parties, particularly assisting the Provincial PMO in communication and coordination with the World Bank team.
Assist in carrying out communication and visibility management under the project. Support the Provincial PMO in managing the project information platform, assist in preparing publicity materials, organizing knowledge-sharing activities, implementing project communication and coordination mechanisms, and actively conducting project visibility activities. Undertake filing and archiving management of the records and documents of the Provincial PMO and PIUs during Project implementation.
Strengthen project schedule management, quality management, and investment control to ensure the project achieves its overall objectives for schedule, quality, and cost.
3.2 Procurement and Contract Management
Assist in promptly updating the Procurement Plan, reviewing the technical sections of bidding documents, and providing review comments on construction drawings, specifications, bills of quantities, equipment parameters, and TOR for consulting services provided by the PIUs; assist in reviewing procurement process documents such as bidding documents prepared by bidding agents and bid evaluation reports from Bid Evaluation Committees; track and promote the implementation progress of the Procurement Plan; assist in responding to queries and various issues raised during the bidding process; assist in reviewing contract documents and in contract negotiations.
Assist in establishing a contract management system to manage all project contracts, supervise the contract implementation process based on contract terms, and provide specific guidance; conduct reviews of contract variations, provide opinions based on relevant domestic regulations and World Bank principles, monitor implementation risks for each contract, and resolve various issues during implementation; guide the completion acceptance of contracts to ensure compliance of the acceptance process and completeness of documentation; provide procurement and contract management training.
3.3 Financial Management
Assist in project financial management to ensure compliance with relevant domestic policies and regulations, as well as World Bank financial management guidelines and requirements, ensuring effective use of World Bank loan and domestic counterpart funds; Assist in timely processing of loan withdrawal and disbursement, guide PIUs to establish independent account sets and manage project funds; Assist in preparing financial reports in accordance with the requirements of the Ministry of Finance and the World Bank, including unaudited interim and annual financial statements; According to the contract and relevant regulations, review and guide the disbursement application and related materials; Assist the Provincial PMO and the PIUs in preparing for the annual audit, and provide rectification suggestions for the problems found during the audit; Assist in resolving issues arising in project financial management and provide technical support for organizing financial archive materials.
3.4 Environmental and Social Management
Assist in the comprehensive management of the project's environmental and social aspects to ensure compliance with relevant domestic regulations and the principles and requirements of the World Bank's Environmental and Social Framework (ESF). Guide the implementation and monitoring of the Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP), Environmental and Social Commitment Plan (ESCP), Resettlement Action Plan (RAP), Process Framework, Social Management Plan (SMP), Gender Management Plan (GMP), Labor Management Procedure, EIA, EMP, Biodiversity Management Plan, and Pest Management Plan. Monitor the implementation of relevant procedures/codes of conduct, the GRM, and the incident reporting mechanism. Report on the implementation progress and issues related to these plans in the progress reports. Assist in reviewing monitoring and evaluation reports submitted by external monitoring agencies and provide comments for revision.
3.5 Project Capacity Building and Training Management
Assist in preparing the overall project capacity building and training plan and annual plans. Assist the Provincial PMO and PIUs in analyzing and evaluating the effectiveness of capacity building and training activities, and monitoring the results of the implementation of the capacity building and training plan.
Arrange for team experts to provide training to the PMO and PIUs as per their schedules. Simultaneously, lead the organization of training activities related to project management, World Bank policies, and project construction technical standards. The consultant is expected to provide a total of approximately 730 person-days of training for personnel of the Provincial PMO and PIUs (covering topics such as project management, technical aspects, World Bank policies, etc.). During the implementation phase, the Consultant shall develop detailed plans based on actual needs, submit them to the Provincial PMO for review and approval, and then proceed with implementation.
The provisional sum for training under the contract shall be used to cover expenses directly related to training activities, including meals, venue rental, meals for trainers, training materials, transportation, and other expenses. Trainers will primarily be sourced from within the consultant's team, and their costs will be covered using the expert person-month fees. Training expenses shall comply with the "Shanxi Provincial Government Training Fee Management Measures" and other relevant provincial regulations, and shall be reimbursed based on actual invoices within the prescribed limits.
Upon completion of each training session, the consultant shall provide a summary report for that session. The summary should reflect the overall situation, outcomes, participant feedback, training expenses, participant list, lessons learned, and plans for future training activities.
3.6 Project Result Monitoring
Assist the Provincial PMO in conducting indicator monitoring during project implementation and after completion, based on the DMF outlined in the PAD. Establish a monitoring and reporting system for the DMF indicators, and regularly report to the Provincial PMO and the World Bank on the achievement of DMF indicators, existing issues, as well as opinions and recommendations.
3.7 Project Technical Support
Organize multiple industry experts to form a technical expert group, providing professional opinions and suggestions to the Provincial PMO and PIUs for various project stages. As needed, technical experts will deeply engage in key critical points such as design reviews, site supervision, completion acceptance, operational plan quality, review of research findings, and development of specifications and standards. They will fully utilize their technical expertise to participate in project decision-making and implementation, ensuring high quality in project design, construction, and operation and maintenance management.
3.8 Establishment of a Technical Committee
The Technical Committee will consist of approximately 15 experts at the academician-level and professor-level, covering key technical fields relevant to the project (e.g., biodiversity, NCL, forestry, wetlands, botanical gardens, etc.).
The Technical Committee shall, as required by the Provincial PMO and PIUs, organize meetings at least once a year, responsible for conducting high-level seminars, reviewing overall technical schemes, and conducting site visits (each meeting lasting approximately 3 days, with around 40 participants in discussions/training sessions). The Technical Committee will ensure the incorporation of national and international best practices during project implementation and promote the widespread dissemination and sharing of project knowledge and experiences within Shanxi, across China, and internationally.
Within 3 months of the consultant's mobilization, an agreement shall be reached with the Provincial PMO regarding the composition and activity plan of the Technical Committee. The establishment of the Technical Committee shall be completed within 6 months.
The provisional sum for the Technical Committee under the contract will be used to cover expenses directly related to its establishment and seminar activities. This includes expert fees (covering person-month fees, meals, round-trip transportation), venue rental for seminars, participant-related expenses (meals, accommodation, etc.) and other associated expenses. The expenses for Technical Committee activities shall comply with relevant central and local regulations pertaining to science or technical research activities.
3.9 Project Report Preparation
In accordance with the requirements of the Loan Agreement and Project Agreement, assist the Provincial PMO in preparing and submitting relevant reports required by the World Bank and the PMO. These include the Consulting Services Inception Report, Project Progress Reports, Mid-term Adjustment Report (if any), Project Completion Report, Semi-annual and Annual Financial Statements/Reports, Environmental and Social Internal Monitoring Reports, Resettlement Internal Monitoring Reports, etc. Also, assist the PMO in the preparation and submission of the Annual Work Plan.
3.10 Support for World Bank Team Management Activities
In accordance with the requirements of the Provincial PMO, provide translation and assist in handling correspondence with the World Bank and relevant project documents. Assist in preparing for World Bank missions and support the implementation of specific tasks (or actions) required by the World Bank's MOU.
4.1 General Requirements for Consultants
Consultants participating in bidding competition should be companies or entities with the qualifications to independently sign contracts.
The consultant shall have completed at least 2 consulting service contracts for project implementation management under projects financed by International Financial Institutions within the past ten years (2016.1.1-2025.12.31, the project completion date shall prevail). Among these, at least 1 shall have been completed for World Bank-funded projects. Consultants are required to provide supporting documents (scanned copies of contracts and proof of project completion, etc.).
4.2 Consultant Input and Person-Month Allocation
The project implementation management consulting team shall be composed of experts with international experience and qualifications, as well as experts with domestic experience.
The consultant is required to develop a reasonable personnel input plan and schedule based on the specific needs of the project and their professional judgment, ensuring that the total number of person-months shall not be less than 178 person-months.
4.3 Expert Qualification Requirements and Tasks
1) Team Leader / Project Management Expert. This expert shall have at least 15 years of experience in managing the implementation of projects financed by international financial institutions, coupled with sound international exposure and qualifications. They shall have successfully served as the Project Management Team Leader during the implementation phase of at least 3 such projects, at least 1 of which shall be World Bank-funded projects. The expert shall hold a bachelor's degree or higher in project management or engineering, and have good English speaking and writing skills. The Team Leader will lead the entire consultant team in providing comprehensive management assistance to the Provincial PMO and PIUs throughout the project implementation process. Key responsibilities include:
2) Deputy Team Leader / Project Management Expert. This expert shall have at least 10 years of project management experience, including over 5 years of experience managing projects financed by international financial institutions. They must have consulting experience during the implementation phase of at least 3 international financial institutions-funded projects, including 1 World Bank-funded project, and have served as Team Leader or Deputy Team Leader in at least 2 of these projects. The expert shall hold a bachelor's degree or higher in project management or engineering, and have good English speaking and writing skills. Key responsibilities include:
3) Procurement and Contract Management Expert. This expert shall hold a bachelor's or higher degree in engineering, management, or a related field, with at least 10 years of relevant experience and professional knowledge in procurement and contract management; the expert shall have served as Procurement or Contract Management Expert during the implementation phase of at least 3 international financial institution loan projects, including at least 1 World Bank loan project.They shall be proficient in the policies, regulations, procedures, and requirements of both the World Bank and China regarding procurement and contract management. This expert will serve as the core technical support for project procurement and contract management, providing technical assistance throughout the project lifecycle from procurement planning to contract completion:
4) Cost Engineering Specialist. This expert should hold a bachelor's or higher degree in engineering cost, engineering management, or a related field. They must possess experience in engineering cost, with over 10 years of relevant work experience in engineering cost. They should be familiar with domestic regulations and pricing benchmarks for engineering costs and hold a Level 1 Registered Cost Engineer qualification. This specialist will be fully involved in and responsible for the project's investment and cost management:
5) Financial and Economic Expert. This expert shall hold a bachelor's degree in financial management, accounting, or a related field, possess a Certified Public Accountant certificate or equivalent financial management certification, and have over 10 years of experience in project financial management. As a financial management expert, they shall have participated in at least 3 projects financed by international financial institutions, including 1 World Bank-funded projects, and be familiar with World Bank and domestic financial management policies and regulations, financial risk assessment, and the requirements and processes for preparing or auditing financial statements. Key responsibilities include:
6) Environmental Management Expert. This expert shall hold a bachelor's degree in environmental engineering, environmental science, or other related fields, with at least 10 years of environmental management experience on projects financed by international financial institutions, having participated as an environmental management expert in at least 3 such projects, one of which shall be World Bank-funded. The expert shall be familiar with Chinese environmental policies, regulations, and relevant standards, proficient in the World Bank's Environmental and Social Framework and related safeguard policies and requirements. Fluency in written and spoken Chinese and English is required. Key responsibilities include:
7) Social, Gender, and Resettlement Expert. This expert shall hold a bachelor's or higher degree in social sciences, anthropology, public policy studies, or a related social science field, with at least 10 years of experience working on social, gender, or resettlement aspects of projects financed by international financial institutions (IFIs), having served as an expert in social development, resettlement, community development, or related fields for at least 3 IFI-funded projects, 1 of which shall be World Bank-funded projects. The expert shall be familiar with Chinese resettlement policies, regulations, and relevant standards, proficient in the requirements of the World Bank's Environmental and Social Framework, and knowledgeable about community development and process frameworks. Fluency in written and spoken Chinese and English is required. Key responsibilities include:
8) Results Monitoring Expert. This expert shall hold a bachelor's degree or higher in project management, public management, engineering, or a related field, shall have at least five years of experience in performance monitoring or results framework monitoring for international financial organization-funded projects, and shall have undertaken performance monitoring/results framework monitoring tasks in at least two such projects, including at least one World Bank-funded project. The expert shall be familiar with the results frameworks and indicator monitoring methodologies and specific requirements of international financial organizations. Fluency in written and spoken Chinese and English is required. Key responsibilities include:
9) Labor and Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Expert. This expert shall hold a postgraduate or higher degree in occupational health and safety, labor science, human resource management, or a related field. They shall be familiar with Chinese labor regulations, occupational health and safety standards, and possess expertise in the World Bank's Environmental and Social Framework (ESS2). The expert should have participated in at least 2 international financial organization-funded projects, having been responsible for the labor and OHS management components. Fluency in written and spoken Chinese and English is required. Key responsibilities include:
10) Biodiversity Expert. This expert shall hold a postgraduate or higher degree in forestry, botany, biodiversity, wetlands, or similar fields, with at least 10 years of investigation, research, or project implementation experience related to the ecological environment, forestry vegetation, and wetlands in North China, with demonstrable professional achievements. This expert shall be familiar with and mastery of domestic and international biodiversity conservation concepts is essential. Have good English writing and speaking skills. This expert will serve as the core technical specialist and strategic advisor in the field of biodiversity conservation for the project, ensuring coordination among various technical activities and reviewing and ensuring the quality of biodiversity-related project deliverable. Key responsibilities include:
11) Animal (North China Leopard) Expert. This expert shall hold a postgraduate or higher degree in zoology, animal habitat and protected areas, wildlife environmental protection, or similar fields, with at least 10 years of experience in investigation, research, or project implementation related to the ecological environment and habitat protection of the North China Leopard's habitat or protected areas, with demonstrable professional achievements. This expert shall have good English writing and speaking skills. Key responsibilities include:
12) Plant Protection Expert. This expert shall hold a postgraduate or higher degree in botany, horticulture, ecology, forestry, or related fields, with at least 10 years of practical experience or research in plant species in-situ and ex-situ conservation, botanical garden planning and design, plant introduction and acclimatization, plant maintenance management, and plant diversity conservation, supported by relevant publications or participation in significant projects. This expert shall have good English reading, writing, and communication skills for reviewing and translating English literature and engaging in international exchanges and cooperation.
13) Forestry Expert. This expert shall hold a postgraduate or higher degree in forestry, silviculture, forest ecology, forestry engineering, or related fields, with at least 10 years of practical experience or research in forest resource cultivation and management, planning and design of forestry ecological engineering, forest pest and disease control, and forest tree germplasm resource conservation, supported by relevant publications or participation in significant projects. This expert shall have good English reading, writing, and communication skills for reviewing and translating English literature and engaging in international exchanges and cooperation.
14) Wetland and Avian Expert. This expert shall hold a postgraduate or higher degree in ecology, environmental science, hydrology and water resources, wetland biology, ornithology, or related fields, with at least 10 years of practical experience or research in wetland ecosystem conservation and restoration, avian habitat management, wetland planning and design, wetland biodiversity maintenance, and wetland resource management, supported by relevant publications or participation in significant projects. This expert shall have good English reading, writing, and communication skills for reviewing and translating English literature and engaging in international exchanges and cooperation.
15) Green Building Expert. This expert shall hold a postgraduate or higher degree in architecture, urban planning, engineering (civil or other relevant fields), or related disciplines, with at least 10 years of relevant experience in sustainable building, architectural design, green building, energy and water-saving equipment, and related technologies. Have a deep understanding of international and Chinese green building policies and best practices. This expert shall have a good level of English proficiency. Having relevant experience in communicating and working with international financial institutions such as the World Bank is a plus point.
16) Wildlife Rescue and Disease Control Expert. This expert shall hold a postgraduate or higher degree in veterinary medicine, wildlife medicine, or a related field, with at least 10 years of practical experience in wildlife rescue, rehabilitation, and disease control. Key responsibilities include:
17) Natural education and publicity expert. This expert shall hold a bachelor's degree or above in natural education, environmental science, botany, media science, or related majors; More than 10 years of experience in natural education, science popularization, or biodiversity education; Familiar with the best practices of international nature education and the requirements of domestic biodiversity science popularization policies, participate in at least 2 ecological conservation projects for nature education or publicity work, be familiar with the operation of nature education facilities, development of publicity materials, and organization of public participation activities; This expert shall have good English writing and speaking skills.
18) Capacity Building and Training Expert. This expert shall hold a bachelor's or higher degree in education or engineering, with at least 10 years of experience in project capacity building and training; this expert has been responsible for capacity development and training tasks for at least 2 international financial organization loan projects, including 1 World Bank loan project; be familiar with the specific requirements for capacity building and training in World Bank projects; and this expert shall have good English writing and speaking skills. Key responsibilities include:
19) Project Assistant. This expert shall hold a bachelor's degree or higher, have at least five (5) years of working experience, and be familiar with project management or administrative management. The expert shall have excellent written and oral English communication skills. Key responsibilities include:
The consultant shall prepare various work reports in accordance with the requirements of the PMO and the World Bank and submit reports to the PMO for review. Reports submitted to the World Bank through the PMO shall meet the World Bank's basic requirements regarding content and format. During the project implementation, the consultant is required to submit reports for the following consulting services to the PMO.
No. | Deliverable | Submission Time |
1 | Project Inception Report | Within 1 month after the commencement of consulting services |
2 | Project Progress Report | Semi-annual progress reports shall be submitted by the end of August and the end of February each year, respectively |
3 | Financial Statements | Semi-annual financial statements shall be submitted every six months Annual financial statements (unaudited) shall be submitted by the end of February each year and audited version shall be submitted by end of June. |
4 | Mid-term Adjustment Report | At the mid-term of the project implementation or at a time determined based on specific requirements from the PMO and the World Bank |
5 | Project Completion Report | A draft Project Completion Report shall be submitted 2 months prior to the loan closing date. The final report shall be submitted within 1 month after receiving comments |
6 | Environmental Management Progress Report | Submitted as a chapter of the Project Progress Report by the end of August and the end of February each year |
7 | Resettlement Internal Monitoring Report | Submitted as a chapter of the Project Progress Report by the end of August and the end of February each year |
8 | Social and Gender Monitoring Report | Submitted as a chapter of the Project Progress Report by the end of August and the end of February each year |
9 | DMF Monitoring | Submitted as a chapter of the Project Progress Report as well as a standalone annex by the end of August and the end of February each year. |
10 | Annual Work, Procurement, Fund Utilization, and Capacity Building Plan | Assist the PMO in compiling and consolidating the project's annual work plan, and submit it to the World Bank before December 31 |
11 | Capacity Building and Training Progress Report | Submitted as a chapter of the Project Progress Report by the end of August and the end of February each year |
12 | Various Special Topic Work Reports | Prepare special work reports irregularly according to the management requirements of the PMO |
The implementation of the consulting service is expected to commence on the date of contract signing and continue until May 31, 2031, covering the entire project implementation period.
The PMO and the IAs/PIUs will provide the following assistance to the consultant:
"},{"id":"OP00307542","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"27-Aug-2024","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2024-09-20T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"10:00","project_ctry_name":"Rwanda","project_id":"P171462","project_name":"Commercialization and De-Risking for Agricultural Transformation Project","bid_reference_no":"RW-RAB-356362-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Hiring a Consultancy firm to undertake detailed design study for irrigation development works of Kiryango marshland.","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"P.O. Box 5016 Kigali - Rwanda","contact_ctry_name":"Rwanda","contact_email":"infospiu@rab.gov.rw","contact_name":"Stephen RWAMULANGWA","contact_organization":"RAB/SPIU","contact_phone_no":"0738 461 866","contact_web_url":"http://www.lwh-rssp.minagri.gov.rw","submission_date":"2024-08-27T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
\n\n(CONSULTING SERVICES -– FIRMS SELECTION)
\n\n\n\n
COUNTRY: Rwanda
\n\n\n\n
NAME OF PROJECT: Commercialization and De-risking for Agricultural
\n\nTransformation (CDAT) Project
\n\n\n\n
Credit A No: 7084-RW, Credit B No: 7085-RW and Grant No: E017-RW
\n\n\n\n
Assignment Title: Hiring a Consultancy firm for detailed design study of Base-Kiryango-Nyirakiyange marshlands.
\n\n.
\n\nReference No: RW-RAB-356362-CS-QCBS
\n\n\n\n
The Government of Rwanda has received financing from the International Development Association (IDA) toward the cost of the Commercialization and De-risking for Agricultural Transformation (CDAT) Project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services of hiring a Consultancy firm for detailed design study of Base-Kiryango-Nyirakiyange marshlands.
\n\n\n\n
The Terms of Reference (TOR) related to this assignment are attached to this request for expressions of interest.
\n\n\n\n
The Rwanda Agriculture and Animal Resources Development Board (RAB) / Commercialization and De-risking for Agricultural Transformation (CDAT) Project now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the above Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. Expression of Interest (EOI) will include: core business and years in business, relevant experience, technical and managerial capability of the firm.
\n\n\n\n
To be able to submit an expression of interest, International and National consulting firms who are not registered in E-procurement system, are advised to register themselves through www.umucyo.gov.rw
\n\n\n\n
N.B.:
\n\nSubmission of expression of interest via other channels than Umucyo E-Procurement System shall not be considered. In case of Joint-Venture, only the lead firm must submit the Expression of Interest, the Joint-Venture must be done through e-procurement system, otherwise the EOI will be rejected.
\n\n\n\n
The shortlisting criteria are:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The shortlist will contain five (5) to eight (8) firms.
\n\n\n\n
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” Fourth Edition September, 2023 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
\n\n\n\n
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
\n\n\n\n
A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the criteria set out in the Request for Proposals.
\n\nExpressions of interest must be delivered through e-procurement system on www.umucyo.gov.rw by the time indicated in the system.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR FEASIBILITY AND DETAIL DESIGN STUDIES FOR A NEW DAM, RAISING AN EXISTING DAM, AND IRRIGATION FOR BASE-KIRYANGO-NYIRAKIYANGE (245 HA EXISTING MARSHLAND IN BASE-KIRYANGO, 136 HA IN NYRAKIYANGE AND 1,210 HA NEW HILLSIDE COMMAND AREAS) LOCATED IN RUHANGO AND NYANZA DISTRICTS OF SOUTHERN PROVINCE
\n\n\n\n
The World Bank approved $300 million in financing under the International Development Association’s (IDA’s) grant, credit, and Scale Up Window to help the Government of Rwanda increase the use of irrigation and commercialization among producers and agribusiness firms in supported value chains, and to increase access to agricultural finance.
\n\nThe Commercialization and De-Risking for Agricultural Transformation Project (CDAT) will support the Government to provide services and create an enabling environment for the private actor throughout the agricultural value chain. It will finance public investments in the seeds sector, develop and rehabilitate irrigation systems on over 17,600 ha, provide accompanying land husbandry development on about 11,000 ha in surrounding water catchment areas to increase productivity and promote climate smart agriculture.
\n\nThe project will also support commercialization by helping farmers access markets and availing matching grants for investments in mechanization, post-harvest infrastructure and processing equipment. A CDAT challenge fund will invest in particularly innovative solutions for the sector that can be brought to scale. The project is nationwide and is foreseen to directly benefit at least 235,000 households, including women and youth. In partnership with financial institutions, the Commercialization and De-Risking for Agricultural Transformation Project will seek to enhance access to affordable financial services and products in the agricultural sector by providing short and long-term financing and reducing risks and challenges faced by agricultural value chains through strengthening market linkages and scaling up agriculture insurance.
\n\nOne of the projects being considered for implementation by CDAT is the rehabilitation and upgrading of Nyarubogo scheme located in Kibirizi, Muyira and Busoro Sectors, Nyanza District, Southern Province. Rice is primarily grown throughout the 150 ha command area by gravity surface irrigation with some farmers switching to maize and other crops due to lack of water while the hillside is rainfed agriculture with different seasonal crops mainly maize, beans, soybeans, cassava, and banana. A study is required to consider alternatives for raising the dam, identifying a potential site for a new dam, controlling river bank and bed erosion, improving and possibly expanding the command area, and if reasonable alternatives are found, an Interim Study is needed to present the most viable alternatives to the Client for selection of the alternative to undergo a detail design study.
\n\nRwanda’s economy relies heavily on agriculture as a sector contributing around 30% to the GDP. Nearly 70% of the rural population is employed in agriculture. The Government of Rwanda in its national policies indicates agriculture as a vehicle for economic growth. The National Strategy of Transformation and PSTA IV emphasizes agriculture development as a means to achieve the goal of poverty reduction and ensuring food security.
\n\nThe goal of the project is to develop financially sustainable irrigation and drainage services and increase farmers’ agricultural revenue in the project area.
\n\nThe overall objective of the study is to undertake a Feasibility and Detail Design Study to rehabilitate and expand the Base, Kiryango and Nyirakiyange command areas. The study must meet the World Bank project appraisal requirements and should ensure the development is technically feasible, economically and financially viable, socially acceptable, and environmentally sustainable.
\n\nThe specific objectives of the assignment are to carry out relevant technical investigations and studies comprising of water resources (hydrologic and hydro-geologic) assessment, socio-economic assessment, agricultural soils and agronomic studies, irrigation water requirements, topographical surveys, geotechnical investigations, hydraulic studies and design, and undertake Feasibility and Detail Design studies for rehabilitating and expanding the existing Base Dam and command area, the Kiryango command area, and a new dam for the Nyirakinyange-Kihene command areas, to ensure optimum use of available water.
\n\nThe study will be carried out in two phases; Feasibility Study and Detail Design Study. The Feasibility Study will select, examine, and rank various alternatives for increasing water harvesting, improving drainage, expanding the command area, developing low-head (less 50m) solar pumped irrigation, and if additional water storage is needed, to investigate raising Base Dam and designing a new dams for Nyirakiyange-Kihene, to maximize the command area and meet the irrigation demands. The Feasibility Study will examine different alternatives and provide preliminary design drawings, cost estimates, and economic analyses sufficiently detailed to enable decisions to be made on project viability. If the Feasibility Study results in alternatives that seem reasonable to the Client, then the Consultant will proceed with the Detail Design Study for the selected alternatives which will examine selected alternatives and provide detail design drawings, cost estimates, technical specifications, tender documents, bill of quantities, and unit price surveying to enable the client to proceed to the tendering of works. In addition, the definition of the project components, organizational arrangements, and procedures will be detailed enough to permit the executing agencies to use the study as guidance on project implementation.
\n\nThe Consultant should take into consideration the World Bank policies, guidelines, and safeguards requirements, especially those for environmental and social impact assessment as well as dam safety to prepare the studies.
\n\nThe study will entail Feasibility and Detail Design studies that include the preparation of designs, cost estimates, and implementation arrangements for the finally agreed development alternative for water harvesting, drainage and irrigation development, infrastructure, and watershed management associated with the project.
\n\nThe Feasibility and Detail Design studies will comprise Data Collection (land surveys, topographic maps, soil samples, climate data, water availability, and any existing infrastructure that may affect the project), Field Reconnaissance (physically visiting the project site to assess its current condition, identify potential challenges, and gather additional data that may not be available through other means like the local environment, including terrain, vegetation, existing water sources, and any obstacles that may need to be addressed during project implementation) Hydrometeorological Network Review (the patterns of precipitation, evaporation, groundwater levels, and other hydrological factors that could impact the design and operation of the irrigation system, setting up new monitoring stations or enhancing existing ones to gather more accurate and detailed information relevant to the project in order to carry out analyses related to (a) basin-wide water resources (qualitative and quantitative), (b) drainage and flood management, (c) watershed management plan, (d )sand and silt control (e) topographic survey, (f) geologic and geotechnical investigations, (g) soils and agronomy, (h) cropping patterns and crop water requirements, (i) raising of existing dam, (j) design of a new dam (k) irrigation infrastructure, (l) overall agricultural potential and support services including market and value chain development for maximum water resource use (m) land tenure, (n) environmental and social analyses, (o) institutional analysis, (p) water management and operation and maintenance, and (r) economic and financial analysis in close consultation with farmer communities and other stakeholders. This project must adhere to international best practices, policies/guidelines, and safeguards.
\n\nThe Consultant shall define, in consultation with the Client and other stakeholders, the scope of the project options, assess the practicability of the development, and provide the basis for decision-making on the choice of design options optimizing the use of available water. The Consultant shall define the benefits (direct and indirect) and costs, and determine financial feasibility, economic justification, and cost recovery. The Consultant will adopt participatory approaches to ensure the optimal involvement of stakeholders from national to community levels, during the study. In planning and scheduling the tasks, the Consultant should note that not all tasks will be conducted linearly and the Consultant should propose a schedule on how the tasks can be arranged to meet the objectives of the assignment and for optimal linkage/sequencing.
\n\nThe developed irrigation scheme of Base-Kiryango covers 245ha of rice in the marshland, irrigated from a dam of 100,000 m3, with a network of eight diversions weirs feeding 35,884m of main unlined irrigation canal. The dam site is located at geographic coordinates 2014’54.15’’South, 29042’44.94’’East, at 1615m elevation, in Mukingo Sector of Nyanza District. The command area is located in Bweramana, Mwendo and Kinihira Sectors of Ruhango District. The Base-Kiryango irrigation scheme was developed in 2007 under Welthungerhilfe (German NGO) with Netherland funds. Nyirakiyange was developed by the Quick-Win program with government funds and irrigates 136 ha by ground water seepage at the upstream end of the scheme and diversion of the small stream in the middle of the scheme to irrigate the downstream half of the scheme. The infrastructures constructed are a dam and irrigation conveyance networks as well post-harvest infrastructures. The marshlands are managed by the famers of cooperative COORIBARU (for Base) with 926 members, COORIKI (for Kiryango) with 715 members, and COTEMUNYARU (for Nyirakiyange) with 456 members. The following map depicts the layout of the scheme.
\n\n\n\n
Since 2007 the land cover and land use in the dam catchment area has changed drastically with intensified agriculture activities and habitation settlements, which have resulted in excess silt accumulation in the dam compared to the planned dead storage capacity. The increased population density has pushed the farmers to pump water from the main irrigation canals to irrigate the hillsides and use existing small streams and seepage along the marshland at the foot of the mountain surrounding the marshlands. For these reasons the available water from the Base Dam has significantly reduced and the water to irrigate the designed command area. Frequent torrential rainfall has destroyed diversion weirs on main drain and silted irrigation canals and water distribution structures. This has resulted in lack of water in the command area which forced some of the farmers to shift from rice crops to other crops that require less water or even depend on rainfall.
\n\nTherefore, the SPIU/CDAT want to recruit a consultant firm to carry out design study and come up with alternatives resolving the destruction of hydraulic irrigation infrastructures and silt accumulation issues in Base-Kiryango scheme, identify the source of irrigation to be use in Nyirakiyange and Kihene marshland and hillside command area.
\n\nThe purpose of the Interim Study is to collect all data needed and to develop alternatives for improving the existing scheme including; expanding the command area, storing more water, draining flooded areas, stabilizing the river bed and banks, and silt and sand trap structures as described in more detail below:
\n\nIf this additional water is not enough to supply the expanded command area, the Consultant will consider efficient irrigation practices, sub catchment runoff harvesting combined with flow regulating reservoirs along the main canal and the possibility of adding another dam.
\n\nThe Consultant shall also:
\n\nThis approach allows for a more informed decision-making process that not only addresses technical requirements but also considers broader impacts on society and the environment. It's essential to weigh these factors carefully to choose the most suitable irrigation alternatives that align with the project's goals.
\n\nBefore proceeding to the Detail Design phase, selected alternatives from the feasibility Study phase will be compared and analysed to determine the most suitable to be further studied in the Detail Design phase.
\n\nThe purpose of this assessment is to understand the socio-economic profile of the beneficiary and potentially affected communities, to enable project design to meet their development needs and mitigate negative impacts. This assessment shall serve as a baseline that will help project planning, diagnostic monitoring, and impact evaluation purposes that should result into:
\n\nUsing internationally recognized methodologies/standards, the Consultant shall:
\n\nThe information obtained from the surveys will be used as a baseline for conducting a project socio-economic impact assessment. Combined with other technical studies, the outcome of this task should be adequate enough to be used as input for “with project” and “without project” scenario evaluations at the economic and financial analysis stage.
\n\nIn addition, the Consultant will identify the project communication needs and propose the appropriate communication strategy using the above information.
\n\nFor any new areas proposed for expansion of the command area, the Consultant shall:
\n\nThe Consultant shall then:
\n\nThe Consultants shall collect baseline information on the type of soils, topography, and land-use patterns; analyze water-use patterns (rain-fed crops, irrigated crops, drainage, surface, and groundwater extraction); examine existing field-crop production and soil management practices; establish and delineate major cropping pattern zones (considering types of irrigated crops grown, crop calendar and cropping intensity); propose schedules of crops for consideration; estimate expected yields and crop water requirements for alternative cropping programs, and examine the existing Agricultural Support Services. The assessment will cover:
\n\nThe Consultant will also analyze the gender division of labor in irrigated agricultural production for each socio-economic group, and identify the needs of both women and men related to proposed agricultural activities. Based on the analysis, the Consultant shall formulate the cropping and irrigated agriculture development plans for the proposed schemes including the potential distribution of land areas between the small-scale individual farms and large-scale commercial farms. Also, identify suitable and appropriate cropping patterns for each type, estimate farm-level crop production volumes, input and production costs, farm budget as well as gross and net returns, and generate incremental benefit estimations for use in the feasibility level economic and financial analyses.
\n\nThe Consultant shall carry out the following tasks for the existing dam:
\n\nIf the above analyses for raising the existing dam show that even more water is needed, follow the same steps to determine if deficit irrigation practices, proposed runoff harvesting and flow regulating reservoir can supply the required water at a feasible cost.
\n\nGeological investigations for raising the existing dam will be conducted with a combination of geophysical explorations and test pits at reasonable intervals to determine:
\n\nField Investigations will include but not be limited to:
\n\nGeological investigations for the proposed dams will be conducted with a combination of geophysical explorations and test pits at reasonable intervals to determine:
\n\nThe Consultant shall identify and geo-reference crucial soil and rock features and establish the engineering properties of rocks and soils, surficial deposits, and tectonic-structural patterns. The extent, depth, and type of exploration will depend on the complexity of the geology and the size and type of reservoir as conceptualized by the Consultant. Field investigations shall be done as per the following:
\n\n4.5.1 Geological and Geotechnical investigation of new dam site
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The geophysical survey shall be carried out along the dam axis, spillway, and the outlet structure where appropriate.
\n\nPurpose of investigation
\n\nThe purpose of the geophysical investigation (2D resistivity imaging) is to:
\n\nThe Geophysical investigation works to be performed will include the following items, but not be limited to:
\n\n\n\n
Methods of investigations
\n\nThe methods of geophysical investigation shall include: 2D electrical resistivity imaging. The investigation provides continuous Electrical Resistivity images with sufficient depth (depth up to 20-30m) to determine different geological formations and classify different subsurface geological materials which is entirely dependent on the space (Winner’s Method) electrodes. The outcome of the investigation (interpretation) is to support the core drilling works in order to arrive at the right information about subsurface foundation rock condition and delineate major weak zones.
\n\nElectrical Resistivity instrument, with multi-channel cable and electrodes set up can be used for the resistivity imaging survey.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Figure : The forward and reverse pole-dipole arrays of resistivity imaging survey
\n\nThe acquired data are processed and interpreted using appropriate 2D-resistivity inversion software and tomographic sections along surveyed lines shall be constructed.
\n\nVolume of works
\n\nThe volume of work for electrical resistivity imaging is summarized in Table …..
\n\n\n\n
Table …..Locations and Proposed length of Electrical Resistivity Tomography
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Electrical Resistivity Tomography (ERT) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t | |||
| \n\t\t\t Imaging ID. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Location \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Length (m) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t | |||
| \n\t\t\t ERT 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Along the Dam Axis \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 300-400 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t ERT 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Upstream of the Dam Axis \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 200-250 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t ERT4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Along the Spillway \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 150-200 \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t ERT 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Along the Outlet Structure \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 150 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t |
Note: The proposed lengths are for budgetary purpose and can be updated according the site condition
\n\n\n\n
Trial test pits shall be excavated with depths that range from 3m to 5m at different locations of borrow area for construction material site i.e. for impervious material (core)/homogenous dam, shell material and filter materials.
\n\nTrail pits Locations
\n\nTable …: Construction Material Trial Pits Location and Zone
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Area \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Zone \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TP ID \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Depth(m) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Bottom Area(m2) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t A \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Impervious material for Core/Homogenous Dam \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TP 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 to 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t TP 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 to 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t TP 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 to 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t TP 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 to 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t TP 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 to 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t TP 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 to 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t TP 7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 to 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t B \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Shell materials \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TP 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 to 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t TP 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 to 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t TP 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 to 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t TP 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 to 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t TP 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 to 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t TP 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 to 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t TP 7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 to 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t B \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Filter \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TP 8 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 to 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t TP 9 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 to 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t TP 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 to 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Note: the number of the trial pits can vary depending on the site condition
\n\nThe dimension of the pits shall consider the target depth achievement, protection for collapse, and ease of mobility of person inside while logging excavation information. The pit dimension shall have minimum of 1.5m*1.5m * Depth. Pits at borrow area shall be arranged in grid systems that could optimize information interpolation between the pits.
\n\nExcavation will be done manually or by excavator. The exposed pit wall will be photographed and logged with standard requirements. Required samples will be collected from walls of pits as required. Pits excavated at construction material source areas will be sampled for disturbed sampling. At the end all trial pits should be backfilled and re-instated.
\n\n\n\n
General
\n\nThe scope of service covers the drilling of vertical boreholes at dam axis and spillway, in-situ testing, sampling, and other related works as specified herein. The purpose of the geotechnical investigation is to obtain subsurface information needed for the design of the dam and appurtenant structures. The work to be performed shall include, but not limited to the following activities:
\n\n\n\n
Planning and Volume of Works
\n\nThe depth of boreholes will be variable depending on the site conditions and locations. The depths of boreholes shall vary from 10m to about 20m (Table…).
\n\nTable: Core drilling boreholes Information
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Information for Boreholes required for Annayo Dam Project Design Works \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t BH ID \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Depth(m) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Inclination \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Location \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t DA-BH1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Vertical \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Left Abutment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t DA-BH2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Vertical \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t River course \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t DA-BH3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Vertical \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Right Abutment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t SP-BH4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Vertical \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Spillway channel \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t OT-BH5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Vertical \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Intake tower \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t CM-BH6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Vertical \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Rock quarry area \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Total length(m) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 85 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
Methods of Drilling
\n\nCore drilling shall be carried out at planed location of boreholes, orientation and drilling diameter and depth of investigation needed. The core drilling is planned to be carried out for proposed dam site, corresponding appurtenant structures and quarry sites.
\n\nBore holes shall be drilled using rotary core drilling rigs. Both conventional and wire-line core drilling methods shall be used depending on the depth and material conditions. Coring shall use single, double and triple core barrels considering the nature of the geology and test requirements. Furthermore, depending on the geology condition, drilling depth and required test specifications, range of nominal diameter core samples of PQ, HQ and NQ sizes shall be obtained. A range of coring bits are available and the type which gives the best results in any given ground conditions shall be used.
\n\nMaximum efforts and technical considerations will be made to satisfy full core recovery at all times and in no case be less than 85%. In cases of soft erodible units in borehole, the drilling flushing water will be controlled to the minimum not to cause washout of the cores. Besides, drilling will use a double or triple core barrel system, and the core run length will be kept shortened (not more than 1.5 m). After the recovery of the core barrel to the surface, every effort should be made in handling to ensure that the recovered core is maintained in a condition to its natural state until it is finally stored. All cores obtained from the borehole will be preserved for the period of the main works contract to which the core drilling relates. This is conveniently achieved with wooden core boxes, 1 m in length and divided longitudinally to hold a number of rows of core. The box should be of such depth and the compartments of such width that there is minimal movement of the cores when the box is closed.
\n\nDepths below ground surface will be indicated in indelible marker on small spacers of core diameter size that are inserted in the core box between cores from successive runs. Besides where there is failure to recover cores, or where specimens of recovered core are removed from the box for other purposes such as sampling for laboratory testing or in situ testing, this will be indicated by spacing blocks of appropriate length.
\n\nOn completion of each borehole, a draft borehole log will be prepared to an approved standard format. The depth interval, lithologic description, the percentage of total core recovery (TCR), solid core recovery (SCR), rock quality designation (RQD), in situ test results and sampling are among the main components of geologic log. The draft log shall be revised in the Factual Report on the bases of laboratory test results of zone representative samples.
\n\nBorehole Insitu Tests
\n\nFalling head permeability, rock mass permeability by packer method, and Standard Penetration Tests (SPT) shall be executed in geotechnical investigation boreholes where the actual condition satisfies particular test type requirements.
\n\nThe standard penetration tests (SPT), shall be conducted where required and encountered material in borehole found appropriate to satisfaction of technical requirements of the test assumptions. The testing shall be done at boreholes located to structure sites and where the borehole section intercepts soil layers.
\n\nStandard Safety SPT hammer with trip hammer release mechanism and imparting 60% hammer efficiency is to be used for the testing at all times. The regular testing interval for a particular soil zone shall be kept 1.5-3.0 meters. Sampler tube with inner liner will be in use during the operation, and disturbed samples, recovered from the testing sampler tube, are to be examined for soil classification and description.
\n\nThe field measured penetration resistance/ number of blow counts (N) shall be considered as the number of blows required for the last 30 cm penetration. Penetration shall be considered refusal where no penetration is observed for 10 successive blows or where more than 50 blows are required for the 30 cm penetration length or sum of blow counts of 45cm penetration requires more than 100 blows.
\n\nThe measured penetration resistance (N) could not be directly used for further geotechnical evaluations as the theoretical input energy is believed to be affected by several factors. The hammer efficiency, diameter of borehole, drill rod length, the type of sampler involved, and the over burden pressure are known factors to be considered in the approximation of the amount of energy which is transferred to the actual penetration driving energy.
\n\nThe insitu permeability of soil mass and rock mass shall be assessed using falling/constant head permeability tests and packer permeability tests in borehole respectively.
\n\nFalling/constant head Permeability
\n\nThe test shall be carried out to assess soil mass permeability where needed. The test procedure shall be undertaken in accordance with the British Code of practice for site investigation BS5930 (1999) and U.S. Bureau of Reclamation Procedures. The borehole shall be kept fully cased above a test section length L (3-5m) or fully to the bottom depending on the soil condition. The installed casing shall be flushed with clean water to remove the remaining drill cuttings or mud. Falling head permeability testing shall then be performed by filling the borehole with clean water to the top or near surface of the casing and measuring the fall of the water level from the top of the casing to the dynamic water level in borehole. The water head drawdown in borehole shall be recorded for standard practice time intervals. The test shall be continuous until the falling water level shows equilibrium condition or sufficient numbers of readings are obtained. The collected information shall therefore be analyzed using proper format and standards.
\n\nPacker test
\n\nPacker permeability tests shall be conducted for rock mass sections of the boreholes where required. The standard practice of the test procedure and plant arrangement shall be applied for the testing operation:
\n\nThe testing unit packers shall be inflated to the working pressure to ensure a proper seal giving allowances over counter acting hydrostatic pressure in the borehole (applied plus column head) The water column is assumed to be approximately 0.1bar/meter (based on density of fresh water).
\n\nThe test shall be multiple water pressure test type consists of five consecutive tests or runs, each of ten- or five-minute duration, and with a particular section computed corresponding pressure magnitude. The five testing pressures shall be applied in the order of A-B-C-B-A with increasing and decreasing sequences where, C = stands for the peak applied testing gauge pressure, B = moderate applied testing pressure and equals two-third of the peak applied pressure, and A= low applied testing pressure magnitudes and equals one-third of the testing peak gauge pressure. The peak applied testing gauge pressure shall be obtained after deducting the borehole mid height water column pressure (above groundwater table) from the total testing pressure (0.2bar/m), to be computed for borehole depth measured to the bottom of test sections. In any case the applied pressure shall not exceed 1MPa.
\n\nThe length of test section shall be a maximum of five meters. HQ and NQ size pneumatic packers will be in use in a wire-line drilling system and corresponding borehole diameters.
\n\nThe collected test information therefore shall be analyzed using proper format and standards and the resulting Lugeon values of tested sections for each run pressure and flow pattern representative Lugeon value shall be computed.
\n\n\n\n
Sampling
\n\nRepresentative samples will be collected both from soils and rock materials for required laboratory tests as required by the client. Sampling will be made satisfying the standard requirements at all times. Bulk disturbed soil samples shall be obtained from SPT split spoon sampler, test pit/trench walls. Undisturbed soil samples from boreholes will be obtained for cohesive soil mass using a Shelby sampler of 300 mm long and area ratio not exceeding 10%. Undisturbed soil sampling interval in borehole (if any) will be as directed by the client/representative or every 2 m interval or with change of strata. Representative rock core samples with sufficient quantity to the type, purpose and method of testing will be collected.
\n\nSamples will be protected with insulations of layers of paraffin wax to ensure natural moisture condition preservation and safety against disturbances in transportation. Quantities of samples will be made consistent to BS and/or ASTM requirements for a particular test type and technical specifications of current investigation. Every sample will be provided with detailed tagging for its project name, identity, location, purpose, sampling date, etc. All undisturbed samples will be securely packed before transport to the laboratory or to temporary storage. The safest packing and transport of the samples will be made to ensure the non-disturbance to natural state of the samples.
\n\nWater samples from groundwater in boreholes and/or from any springs in the area will be collected with a minimum of volume 1 liter cleaned plastic container. Sample will be sealed tight and labeled to identity and other descriptive information required. Where more than one aquifer system exists, sampling shall consider separately for each zone of water.
\n\nLaboratory Testing
\n\nGeneral:
\n\nRepresentative rock and soil samples collected from the field work shall be studied in the laboratory for required index and engineering properties. Water samples shall also be analyzed for full chemistry/water quality parameters.
\n\nRock samples obtained from quarry source for aggregate shall be examined both in the intact rock and crushed aggregate forms. Below are tabulated the list of tests required on soil and rock samples to be obtained from the detail design stage investigation.
\n\nAll testing will adopt standard methods (ASTM or BS). Types of tests on soil and rock samples will be those appropriate for determination of index properties for classification, and engineering properties for design/analysis of input parameters. Water samples will be analyzed for water quality that could be correlated to its reactivity to the structure to be constructed or foundation treatment works such as grouting/ground bed design. The quality of groundwater dictates the nature of the construction material involved such as cement type and corrosion resistant of reinforcement bars. The corresponding index and engineering properties to be determined for the rocks, soils, aggregates and water samples are listed in table below. The test types are not limited to the list.
\n\nSchedule of Tests
\n\nTests on Soil samples:
\n\nSoil samples will be collected from different areas around the dam site and reservoir area. Representative soil sample for clay core, shell and filter materials will be analyzed. The tests to be carried out (depending on material type) are given in Table.
\n\nTable : Proposed types of laboratory tests and number of tests to be carried out
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Item No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t A. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Soils \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Natural Moisture Content \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Grain Size Analysis (Coarse and fine) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Specific Gravity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Atterberg Limits \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Shrinkage \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Free Swell \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Organic Content \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 8 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Unconfined compression strength \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 9 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Standard Proctor Compaction \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Modified Proctor Compaction \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 11 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Dispersion Test by Pin hole method \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 12 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Permeability test on undisturbed samples \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 13 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Permeability test on remolded samples \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 14 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Direct Shear test on undisturbed samples \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 15 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Direct Shear test on remolded samples \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 16 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Consolidation (Odometer) test on undisturbed samples \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 17 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Consolidation (Odometer) test on remolded samples \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 18 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Tri-axial (UU) on undisturbed Samples \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 19 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Tri-axial (CU) on undisturbed Samples \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Tri-axial (UU) on remolded Samples \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 21 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Tri-axial (CU) on remolded Samples \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 22 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Chemical tests of soil \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
Tests on rock samples
\n\nRock samples will be collected from the various types of rocks encountered in the boreholes and rock quarry sites in order to determine engineering properties of the rock formations in the project areas. The laboratory tests to be carried out are given in Table …...
\n\n\n\n
Table….: Proposed laboratory tests on rock and water samples
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Item No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t B. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Rock and Aggregate samples \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Flakiness index \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Los Angeles Abrasion \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Specific gravity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Bulk density \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Impact value \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Crushing value \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Soundness (Sulphate) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 8 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Petrographic analysis \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 9 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Water Absorption \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t UCS (Uniaxial Compressive Strength) test \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 11 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Point Load test \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 12 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Porosity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 13 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Slake Durability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 14 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Alkali Silica reaction test \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 15 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Water quality testing \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
On Water samples: The quality of water could have an effect on the quality of dam construction. It is important to undertake complete laboratory tests for samples from bore holes. Physio-chemical complete test, which will include the following, shall be determined.
\n\n\n\n
Piezometer Installation and Ground Water Level Monitoring
\n\nUnderstanding the groundwater level fluctuation of construction sites is crucial for construction planning as well as foundation performance evaluation and its design considerations. For the purpose, observation well peizometers shall be installed mainly for the dam sites and if any underground excavations are to be made.
\n\nThe standpipe section of the peizometers shall be 2’’ diameter PVCs which shall be installed as blind and being slotted in accordance to the nature of formation encountered in the borehole. Slotted PVC screen is to be installed near the lower portion of the borehole and where stratum is potential for water bearing.
\n\nThe peizometers tips shall be provided with 15 to 30cm thick clean coarse sand pack. Appropriate filter pack shall be made on surroundings of the stand pipe. An impervious bentonite seal shall be provided near surface to prevent surface water entrance to the borehole. Protection peizometers head shall be provided containing embedded 1.5m long HW size casing surrounded by partly embedded concrete block.
\n\nGroundwater level in peizometer shall be recorded right after installation. Groundwater level monitoring shall be in such a way that twice a day (morning and afternoon) for a week since installation and shall continue monitoring once per week afterwards.
\n\nA peizometer As-Built drawing and water level records shall be reported in appropriate formats.
\n\nCodes, Specifications and Standards
\n\nServices rendered at field and laboratory will be in compliance with the codes, specifications and standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) or the US Bureau of Reclamation or British (BS) Standards.
\n\nReport and Deliverables
\n\nThe main deliverables of the work shall include:
\n\n\n\n
The final output of this task will be a detailed report on the project geology/geotechnical aspects, with engineering properties for further use in the hydraulic and structural design of the dam.
\n\nGiven the existing concerns of land degradation and erosion within the project areas, the Consultant will assess the sediment regime and total sediment transport of the river systems in the project area. This will include the determination of the sediment (suspended and bedload) yield. Additional sediment data shall be collected during the consultancy, forecasting of dead storage volume and the future rate of reduction of the live storage and reservoir trap efficiency, which will require limited sediment sampling to the extent possible.
\n\nOther than design against storage depletion, this analysis should also aid the subsequent design against increased loads on the dam, abrasion of outlet structures, and blockage of outlets which could cause interruption of water uses and reduce the ability of the dam to pass floods safely. It will also help to determine dead storage and sediment flushing outlet levels.
\n\nSediment load estimates should include projections of changes in upstream sediment yields, based on upstream development plans.
\n\nThe sediment analysis should include the determination of historic sediment yields of the catchments to the existing reservoir based on a comparison of the topographic survey of the reservoir before the dam was constructed to the bathymetric survey conducted for this study.
\n\nFor the location of 2 potential dam sites that should be investigated to determine its viability for increasing storage for irrigation, meeting the demands of the current scheme, and supporting expansion of the scheme, refer to the map below.
\n\nThe consulting firm shall carry out a cost analysis and recommend to the client the most economical among the options analysed.
\n\nFor the existing command area investigate the following:
\n\n\n\n
For the expansion command area the objective is to identify/verify, evaluate, and physically delineate the areas that can be potentially developed for irrigated agriculture and be added to existing irrigated areas to be improved with proper irrigation and drainage. The area that can potentially be irrigated depends primarily on the ability to control floods but also on the availability and suitability of soil/land and water, combined with the irrigation water requirements, and crops and cropping patterns that are feasible.
\n\nThe Consultant shall first evaluate and fully understand the problems of the existing dam siltation, destruction of hydraulic structure river bank/bed erosion in the scheme during rainy seasons, and water shortage in the dry seasons, and prepare a report on recommended improvements for the scheme.
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t BASE-KIRYANGO-NYIRAKIYANGE-KIHENE STUDY AREA (Water catchments are in sq. km, contour line has 2m equidistance) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
One of the irrigation methods to be considered especially in the most wet/flat areas is surface and subsurface irrigation by controlling the water level in the drains to maintain a groundwater level at the recommended depth of the crop root zone.
\n\nThis task will thus include:
\n\nPropose preliminary farm models with options for the type of operation (i.e. from smallholder farmer plus family labor to emergent commercial farmer with hired labor and large-scale mechanized commercial farmer), considering private and government-owned land, options and need for relocation of farmers, options for O&M service providers, options for external investors, etc.
\n\nThis task aims to evaluate irrigation water demand under the most optimal scenario (supplementary and/or major irrigation) for the basic design parameters generated by the tasks above. The Consultant shall:
\n\nFor the areas that need levelling and drainage improvements, or surface irrigation development, the Consultant shall prepare:
\n\nFor the hillside expansion areas and the existing reservoir area, the Consultant shall prepare ground survey-based topographic maps of the irrigation expansion areas on hillsides, with an appropriate scale and point density (to be approved by the Client) to accurately generate no greater than 0.5m and 1m contour intervals, respectively.
\n\nThe scope for command area development will include the following:
\n\nThe Consultant shall examine the reliability of the water supply, considering the various existing and future water uses, and identify appropriate water conveyance systems for different sections of the irrigation system to supply water to all parts of the land to be developed and recommend appropriate irrigation methods best suited for the command area. To adapt against potential adverse impacts of climate change and improve water management and use efficiency, the Consultant is expected to introduce such recent innovative water distribution options as using pipes for secondary and tertiary canals which increases conveyance efficiency and allows for flow measurement, and regulating reservoirs which provide improved control of the main canal and reduce end spillage.
\n\nMoreover, the Consultant shall locate suitable irrigation water diversion structures in the command area and investigate pumping, storage, or diversion requirements and reservoir operations required for irrigation with due consideration of floods and siltation in the command area.
\n\nThe Consultant will prepare preliminary designs for major structural and hydraulic elements of the proposed irrigation system, including, the water conveyance system by maximizing potential command area obtained by reducing longitudinal slope and omitting drops on main irrigation canals and considering area located on the upper side of the irrigation canal, on-farm water distribution system, drainage canals system, river bank and bed erosion control, flood protection and control considering both structural, hydraulic safety, basin irrigation design, etc.
\n\nThe Consultant shall take into consideration intensive labor engagement and the use of local construction capability in case labor is available and local materials during the design as necessary. The Consultant shall prepare the layouts and drawings of the different project components using AutoCAD software. The Consultant shall also prepare a schedule of quantities in line with the latest Civil Engineering Standard Methods of Measurement (CESMM), for use in preliminary cost estimates and the economic and financial analysis.
\n\nThe Consultant shall assess the demand and the development potential and prepare preliminary studies to introduce such multipurpose infrastructures as domestic water supply systems, (incl. associated hydro-mechanical appurtenances), livestock water supply, and fish farming as an integral part of the scheme as appropriate. Specialized studies and detailed analyses shall be carried out for each aspect of the multipurpose uses.
\n\nFlood Control/Storage Dams Preliminary Design
\n\nBased on the need for flood control, water demand for irrigation, and multipurpose requirements, and resource availability, the Consultant will prepare preliminary designs of proposed dams including the following:
\n\nThis task aims to establish the following:
\n\nThe Consultant will carry out topographical surveys with appropriate contour intervals for use in planning and capturing specific site features such as the proposed dam axis, spillway area, energy dissipation area, reservoir extent, surface area-volume-depth relationship, river channel profiles, and location of proposed intake for irrigation, water supply, livestock, and fish farming as appropriate. The survey will also capture site features such as existing infrastructure within the vicinity of the proposed dams and reservoir areas (roads, buildings, bridges, power lines, etc.), trees and vegetation, rock outcrops, etc.
\n\nProspective borrow areas for construction materials and aggregates shall be shown at a scale of 1:2,000 on high-resolution orthophoto-based maps. The Consultant shall survey cross-sections of the stream and their flood plains with the project areas at intervals and locations deemed relevant for incorporation in the mathematical hydraulic models of the stream for purposes of routing floods in the event of extreme spillway releases. A topographic survey of the reservoir area extent shall be done to an appropriate scale with contour intervals of no less than 1m up to an elevation of maximum water level + 10m. Dam design plan and cross-section drawings shall be prepared at a scale of 1:100 indicating the pertinent features to the head works.
\n\n\n\n
The Consultant shall:
\n\n\n\n
Preparations of draft detail dam raising and new dam design
\n\nThe draft detail design includes assessment of the dam location, dam catchment area, the nature of soils/rocks and coverage, the runoff (mean and in exceptionally dry years), the storage capacity of the dams and the relative water availability in the year round (mean and exceptionally dry), type of dam, type of soil under the dam and excavation/foundation depths at side to be raised for existing dam full foundation depth for new dams, expected dam’s siltation and life cycle, draft detail designs of dam embankment, spillway, etc.
\n\nNote that the preliminary investigations shall include geotechnical investigation through digging to investigate type of soil/rock under the dam on the side to be raised for existing dam and drilling works under the proposed embankment for new dams.
\n\nThe design of new dams/existing dam to be raised will include the instrumentations for monitoring and surveillance.
\n\n\n\n
It is also recommended that the Expert conduct testing quality of any surface water available in the area for a period to be recommended by the Expert to be sure of the quality.
\n\nThe consultant will prepare the ToR for recruitment of a consulting firm to carry out the feasibility and detail design studies for the new dam once it is determined that the raising of the existing dam cannot meet the irrigation water requirements, and a suitable site for dam construction is found.
\n\nThe task objective is to take stock of the baseline condition of the watersheds in the project areas and identify major erosion hotspot areas and interventions required to improve, protect, and maintain the watershed healthily and sustainably. This will in turn address sedimentation risks related to future depletion of storage.
\n\nThe Consultant should:
\n\n\n\n
The Consultant firm will study in detail the water catchment (upstream of each existing dam), the command area catchment, and the command area, identify all critical interventions required (short-term, medium, and long-term), and propose an integrated and comprehensive land husbandry plan for sustainability of the project. For planning and implementation of different land husbandry options to be proposed by the Consultant, a detail design with drawings where required should be prepared, the entire watershed shall be partitioned into 4 major categories, namely, water catchment, reservoir silt-trap zone, command area catchment, and command area.
\n\n\n\n
GIS Analysis and Mapping
\n\nAs part of the land husbandry study, the following maps shall be prepared:
\n\nThe Consultant firm shall review existing land-husbandry technologies being used by the Project and shall propose improvements for each slope/soil depth category suitable for each site to reduce soil erosion and safely convey runoff to streams and waterways, increase rain-fed crop production, and protect infrastructure. Typical design drawings shall be developed for each technology.
\n\nThe consultant shall analyze the use of the catchment area and propose a management plan considering the role of all stakeholders that intervene in the command area. The proposed management plan shall be elaborated considering but not limited to the following activities:
\n\nAfter analysis, the Consultant shall propose the rules and regulations that should strengthen the best practices of catchment management once abided to.
\n\nThe Consultant will analyze the environmental and social aspects including land acquisition and resettlement sensitivities in each project area and, through the consideration of alternate project designs, develop project proposals that avoid or minimize potential adverse environmental impacts. Specifically, the Consultant should:
\n\nThe assessments will be guided by the national environment including land acquisition and resettlement-related legislation as well as World Bank safeguards.
\n\nThe depth of the assessment will be sufficient to adequately inform the development of alternate project designs and the selection and justification of the preferred alternatives. Project alternatives that substantially convert or degrade important natural habitats should not be considered unless they include equivalent habitat restoration and maintenance within the project area or elsewhere.
\n\nA separate procurement for detailed Environmental and Social Assessment is being undertaken by the Client. The Consultant will coordinate his work with the Environmental and Social Assessment carried out under this separate consultancy and have feedback and incorporate the findings and recommendations of that study in this report.
\n\nDesign features to avoid adverse impacts, minimize land acquisition and involuntary resettlement, or enhance environmental/natural resource services are to be clearly noted in the description of preferred project alternatives, with suitable maps. Acceptability of the final project design will depend not only on its technical and financial feasibility but also on its environmental and social suitability.
\n\nThe Consultant shall identify and value the costs and benefits that will arise with the proposed project for purposes of comparison with the situation as it would be without the project and determining the incremental net benefit arising from the project investment. This will involve preparation of financial cost estimates for the various project options and components with expenditure schedules for capital costs, replacement costs, O&M, management costs, etc. for all activities and services. A summary of the financial and economic cost estimates shall be provided in a tabular form and appropriately classified and discussed. All cost estimates must show the foreign and local currency requirements; taxes and subsidies shall be identified and their implications analyzed; physical and price contingency allowances should be quantified appropriately for each component/activity of the projects.
\n\nThe Consultant should prepare estimates of project benefits, which should include: direct/indirect benefits, tangible benefits (arising either from an increased value of production or from reduced costs), intangible benefits (such as new job opportunities, improved access to domestic water supply and power generation as appropriate through availability of storage etc.). The Consultant will also estimate secondary benefits created or costs incurred outside the project (using shadow pricing techniques/non market valuation), so that they can be attributed to the project investment, in the economic analysis. Residual values must be calculated. Specifically for the storage reservoir, the Consultant will identify multipurpose benefits deriving from upstream storage. They will propose a number of scenarios that differ in terms of the use of the stored water (irrigation, flood management, municipal and livestock water supply, etc.) and that maximize the returns on investment in storage. Scenarios should include sensitivity tests involving climate change scenarios.
\n\nThe Consultant shall:
\n\nThe key information for the project shall be presented in tabular format together with key environmental and social information. The Consultant should also provide documented analysis in Excel spreadsheets and based on this analysis make final recommendations on the way forward.
\n\nThe Consultant will prepare the interim study and preliminary design reports for the scheme, which shall document the studies and investigations carried out, findings and information. The reports shall contain firm statements on the technical, economic/financial and environmental and social sustainability, and recommendations on project suitability and outlook, if necessary through a multi-criteria analysis. The reports shall include concise executive summaries to make the report more accessible to the public. The results of the investigations shall be compiled and appended either to the report or in a separate volume of the interim studies. This volume will aim at evidencing that the amount of investigation carried out brings a sufficient understanding of the site conditions to finalize the project layout and cost estimate with an acceptable level of contingencies at interim level. The reports will form a decision point on whether to advance the studies, in case viable options have been identified, or terminate the studies in case all options are non-feasible. In the former, the Consultant in consultation with the Client and stakeholders shall agree on the best design alternatives/layouts, for which detail designs shall subsequently be prepared.
\n\nThe objective of this phase is to prepare the detail design for the selected alternatives presented in the feasibility Study including a draft and final detail design report, design drawings, bill of quantities, unit price market survey, tender documents, technical specifications, and terms of references for hiring both a contractor and a supervisor.
\n\nThe Consultant will improve the topographical field survey of the interim phase for the selected alternative, and produce the following deliverables:
\n\nGeneral plans and profiles showing the infrastructure and alignment of the proposed catchment areas and the actual dam sites. (These shall be prepared in AutoCAD format as well as superimposed on Google Earth (KML file), Arc GIS readable format (shape file format). The plans view superimposed on Google Earth on top of the page the longitudinal profiles on the lower part of the page then the cross-section on a separate page, all shall show features such as rivers, streams, farms, valleys, marshy areas, gullies, rock (if visible), etc.), The plans and profiles shall be subdivided into a length of not more than 500 meters per sheet on A0 size drawings. All font sizes used shall be readable on A3 drawings. All data on actual survey points shall be provided in soft copy in a format readable by AutoCAD, Civl3D, ArcGIS and other standard software design and surveying packages. All survey points shall have an x, y and z value tied to the local coordinate system.
\n\nThe drawings are made by:
\n\nDrawings are made by topographical layouts and hydraulic structures drawings.
\n\nTopographical layouts (A0): These layouts will include:
\n\nThe surveying will follow a grid of 25m x 25m, or smaller grid to capture the actual ground features (addition to the particular points) and the contour lines will be plotted every 25cm for marshland and 50 cm for hillside of equidistance. The topographical surveys will include also:
\n\n\n\n
Implementation layouts (A0 format):
\n\nImplementation layouts will be developed on the basis of topographical layouts and all the basic data allowing, on one hand to accurately calculate the volume of land related to earthworks irrigation canals (primary and secondary), drainage channels and roads as well, and on other hand to determine the number of structures and estimate the size and the quantity. These include:
\n\n\n\n
Prepare the detail design of the dam/s including but not limited to: Detailed topographic survey of the dam site/s by using a ‘Total Station’ surveying equipment, the Production of a detailed contour plan in electronic format with scale of 1:100, confirmation of embankment length and elevation, provide detailed geotechnical investigation of dams structures, soil investigation and borrow pit identification and suitability, design solution optimisation, production of required detailed technical designs and drawings with related excavation and backfill quantities by using computer aided design, prepare self-standing plans for dam/s raising construction supervision, quality assurance, instrumentation, operations and maintenance, dam break analysis and emergency preparedness, in order to meet the requirements of the World Bank safeguard policy on safety of dams.
\n\nThe consultant will carry out but not limited to the following
\n\nPrepare the detail designs of the key water-intake structures (weirs, pipes and canals…). Provide detail designs and drawings for different components including: intake structure from the dam; feeder canal diversion weir; main delivery pipes; flood protection and sedimentation control structures; and ancillary infrastructure such as electricity if necessary and access roads. Efforts should be made to design simple cost-effective structures and equipment that can easily be operated and maintained by the farmers. Assessment should be made of the need for cost-effective canal lining where technically required.
\n\nPrepare detail designs for the main canals and related structures. The design should be prepared using (a) slope stability analysis for prevention of landslides along the canals; (b) hydraulic analyses including assessment of water losses at different reaches of the canal/pipes; and (c) suitable design parameters for the canals/pipes including side slopes, cross-sections, and freeboards, diameters, friction losses, protection drainage, crossing points etc. Assessment should be made of the need for cost-effective canal lining where technically required.
\n\nReview and refine the design capacity of the irrigation systems; prepare the design of secondary, tertiary, and other distribution control structures; conduct hydraulic and stability analysis of the individual structures to ensure proper distribution of water in the canal/pipe networks for better valorization of plots. Hydraulic and distribution structures are to be designed for their ability to transparently and accurately convey water to their respective command areas. Determine suitable locations and prepare detail designs for structures that may be required along the canal/pipe. Recommend the type of construction materials to be used for structures such as culverts, road crossings, outlets, bridges, inverted siphons, flumes, and drop structures. Use standard type of structures to facilitate future operation and maintenance.
\n\nIt is to be noted that the consulting firm should identify the source and location with coordinates of materials to be used during construction with estimated quantities.
\n\nThe objective of the analysis is to identify “what if” scenarios in the event of dam breach, to identify potential loss of infrastructure, human and animal life, and to develop response plans and protocols. The specific elements to be undertaken by the consultant shall include, but not necessary be limited to, the following:
\n\nPrepare the detail design of drainage and flood control networks. These will be mostly surface drainage and flood control structures. sub-surface drainage may be proposed and designed when deemed necessary.
\n\nFollowing the post-harvest and office structures need assessment conducted during interim stage, the Consultant will prepare the detail design of such structures that meet community/users needs (e.g., roads, power, water distribution networks and office buildings, post-harvest and handling facilities with basic utilities, etc.).
\n\nTo ensure stakeholder-wide appreciation and ownership of the assignment outputs and recommendations, the consultant is expected to organize a coordination workshop to present the draft designs to the client and stakeholders. During this workshop, the client will ensure all logistics of the participants
\n\nBased on the comments provided on the draft detail designs and outcome of the stakeholder workshop, the consultant shall prepare detail designs of dams and command areas and related structures. These include preparations of detailed drawings, detailed unit price market survey, BOQs, technical specifications, cost estimates, and bidding documents.
\n\nAfter incorporating the comments in the final designs, the consultant are expected to organize a coordination workshop to present the final designs and outputs to client in technical workshop, during this workshop the client will ensure all related logistics.
\n\nRevisit and refine the estimates of irrigation requirements for the selected irrigation technologies to be applied, taking into account of various irrigation efficiencies that are likely to be achieved, prepare detail design drawings including longitudinal plan, profiles, and cross-sections of the main and tertiary canals/secondary pipes and typical designs for their respective structures. Prepare design of three (3) representative tertiary blocks including tertiary canals and appropriate on-farm distribution systems.
\n\nPrepare suitable technical specifications for the use of materials, workmanship, inspection schedules, plant, and equipment in the construction of dam and appurtenant structures, dam instrumentation and irrigation infrastructures to allow the Client to prepare tender documents and select the contractors. Reference to brand names, catalog numbers or other details that limit any materials or items to a specific manufacturer is not allowed unless stated that is must be “equal or better”.
\n\nConsultant shall prepare bills of quantities and project cost estimates based on unit price of materials obtained during the market survey for the final detail design report clearly indicating activities to be carried out by contractors.
\n\nFor each scheme, the consultant shall prepare separate detailed implementation schedules for activities to be carried out by contractors.
\n\nA draft of the detail design report will be circulated for consultation to the Client and other key stakeholders prior to moving on to the final detail design report. The report shall include the following elements:
\n\nWhile conducting this assignment, the consultant will provide the client with short periodic progress updates. However, the client may request the consultant at any time to present any desired clarification about the progress of the assignment when it is determined to be necessary.
\n\nThe Consultant will produce a series of reports in English during the assignment. All the reports will be prepared in Word format with tables and graphs prepared in Excel format as well as Maps and design drawings in shapefile and CAD formats. All reports to be of internationally accepted standards. All the raw data (calculation notes) collected will be submitted to Client. The reports will make full use of diagrams, Gantt Charts, photos, tables etc to make the reports accessible to a wide readership, also whose first language might not be English. The report will be submitted to SPIU-CDAT/RAB in printed copies, along with an electronic copy for evaluation and approval.
\n\nThe Consultant shall arrange and make PowerPoint presentations, of the reports, maps and drawings, to the Client and other key stakeholders at workshops no more than 2 weeks after each submission.
\n\nThe Consultant will be expected to employ the most effective methodology and standards to achieve results with optimal national stakeholder involvement. In addition, the Consultant will be expected to:
\n\nInternational Standards shall be used for the studies, and their application shall be appropriately referenced. ICOLD dam design criteria shall be used to guide the definition of design floods, earthquakes, sediment management etc.
\n\nHydrology: the standards and guidelines provided by organizations like the World Meteorological Organization (WMO), International Association of Hydrological Sciences (IAHS), and national agencies (e.g., RWB) will be followed.
\n\nGeological and geotechnical investigations: relevant standards and guidelines established by organizations such as the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE), International Society for Rock Mechanics (ISRM), and ASTM International, Adherence to local, national, and international regulations, codes, and standards governing geological and geotechnical investigations, ensuring compliance with safety, environmental, and engineering requirements, Implementation of QA/QC procedures throughout the investigation process to ensure the accuracy, reliability, and consistency of data collection, testing, analysis, and reporting will be adhered to.
\n\nConsultant will Ensure that the assessment process complies with relevant national laws, regulations, and international standards pertaining to environmental and social impact assessment.
\n\n\n\n
The Consultant will produce the following reports and make presentations of the same to the Client:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t No of Copies \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Inception Report \n\n\t\t\t(1months) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Contains the updated work plan, state of mobilization, refined work methodology and understanding of assignment, specify submission dates for each of the required technical reports in draft form, issues identified for Client’s attention, proposed content and structure of the various reports. The proposed project schedule shall be broken down by tasks and sub-tasks and presented in Gantt chart form. A presentation shall be made by the Consultant 1 Month after commencement of consultancy services \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Feasibility Report \n\n\t\t\t(3 Months) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The report will contain progress made, including details of the project area, links with existing institutions, lessons from similar projects, an assessment of constraints and opportunities, results from field investigations and surveys, findings of the various water demand assessments, and clear approach that will be taken to analyse and compare the different alternatives. The report will be complete including all information required by this TOR with only minor changes expected for the final submittal. The report will contain a detailed executive summary, a complete technical description of each alternative analysed, including justification, technical and financial analysis, computation, drawings, figures and maps as well as detailed reports on all subjects treated in the scope of the study. A presentation shall be made by the Consultant 4 months after commencement to review and approve the report. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Final \n\n\t\t\tfeasibility Report \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t (1 Month) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Comments received after the presentation of the draft feasibility report will be addressed and the final report submitted 4 months after commencement. A final presentation is not expected unless there are significant changes made. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Draft detail design report technical specification and unit price market surveying (2 months) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The draft final report of selected alternative will provide details of in-depth investigations on all aspects of the project. It will include all calculations notes, layout maps, drawings, bill of quantities, and updated financial analyses. These reports will be the basis of engineering works that will be conducted by the contractors. A presentation shall be made by the Consultant 2 months after approval of the feasibility report and selection of best scenario. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Final design report (1 month) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Following comments from the Client, the Consultant will prepare and compile tender documents incorporating general, specific and technical conditions of contract, specifications, bill of quantities, tender drawings and operation and maintenance manuals. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Monthly progress reports (1st week of every month) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1-2 page maximum comprising a narrative and bar charts or other graphic presentation, showing details of the Consultant’s progress, changes in the assignment schedule, impediments and proposed remedies will be submitted on a monthly basis. Reports should include a financial summary, indicating amounts invoiced, amounts disbursed, and any other pertinent financial details. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Three workshops will be organized to discuss the submitted reports. The workshops will be facilitated by the Client. At each workshop, the Consultant’s key experts will make PowerPoint presentations and provide concise reports for discussion.
\n\n\n\n
Note: The abovementioned workshops are different from the expected stakeholder public consultative meetings and/or workshops to be organized and facilitated by the Consultant in the project-affected areas for information gathering (as part of Consultant’s fieldwork) and stakeholder review and comments on draft documents during the course of the assignment.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The study team should be comprised of experienced professionals which will include national/regional/international Consultants as necessary to ensure study relevance and effectiveness. The team should reflect an appropriate mix of disciplines, education, skills and experience, an understanding of underlying development issues, and regional experience. The team should be made up of specialists each with relevant qualifications in the corresponding disciplines and experience in undertaking studies related to irrigation development and watershed management.
\n\nThe areas of expertise required include: irrigation engineering and agriculture development, watershed management, rural development, civil/infrastructure/hydraulic engineering, hydrology, financial and economic analysis, geotechnical engineering, institutional analysis and environmental and social impact assessment. The Consultant may optimize their personnel to demonstrate the competencies required for the assignment. The time input and qualifications of the key experts are as follows:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Position \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Person-Months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Competences \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Team Leader (Dam Design/ Civil Engineer) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 8 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in Civil/Hydraulic Engineering, with a minimum of fifteen (15) year’s general experience and eight (8) specific references in water resources planning and design and construction supervision of hydraulic structures such as dams, hydropower projects and irrigation systems and have experience in designing World Bank or other IFI financed irrigation projects in recent years; strong coordination and leadership skills with proven record over past five years. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Irrigation and Drainage Specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualification in irrigation, water resources, or hydraulic engineering, with ten (10) years’ general experience and seven (7) specific references in the planning and design and construction supervision of irrigation and drainage systems. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Agricultural Planner/ Agronomist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in Agronomy or related sciences with at least seven (7) year’s general experience with three (3) specific references in commercially oriented irrigation or irrigated agriculture development projects. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Structural Engineer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in Structural Engineering and at least seven (7) year’s generals experience with three (3) specific references as structural engineer for design and construction supervision of hydraulic infrastructure projects. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Geotechnical Engineer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in Geotechnical Engineering and at least seven (7) year’s general experience with three (3) specific references in geotechnical investigations, design and construction supervision of hydraulic infrastructure projects. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Hydrologist/ Hydro-geologist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualification in water resources/hydrology, and at least five (5) year’s general experience with three (3) specific references in use of water resources models for surface and groundwater assessments as well as experience in use of GIS/remote sensing in river basins. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Soil Specialist/ Pedologist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in soil sciences and at least five (5) year’s general experience with three (3) specific references in soil investigation for irrigation and watershed projects \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Land-husbandry specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in soil sciences, agroforestry and at least five (5) year’s general experience with three (3) specific references in land husbandry for irrigation and watershed projects \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Economist/ Financial Specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in economics, and at least five (5) year’s general experience with three (3) Specific references on development projects, specifically in economic and financial analysis of water resources development projects; and has experiences in irrigation water tariff assessment and design \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Surveyor \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in surveying with demonstrated experience in use of remote sensing/GIS applications. minimum of five (5) year’s general experience with three (3) specific references in engineering surveys. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Social development specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in sociology, development studies with five (5) year’s general experience with three (3) specific references. The Specialist will ensure that socio-economic and gender issues are appropriately included during the project preparation/design stage. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Environmental Specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualification in Environment studies and at least five (5) year’s general experience with three (3) specific references in Environmental Assessments. Knowledge of World Bank Social and environmental safeguards is a must. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Total Man-Months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 40 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
Data and documentation on hydrological, meteorological, water quality and other relevant aspects of the river basins which the Client may have will be availed to the Consultant; however, the Consultant has the ultimate responsibility for collecting the required data and documentation which cannot be made available by the Client from official sources. The Client will:
\n\nProposals should indicate how the funds will be best utilized to achieve the objectives of the assignment. Whilst all of the Consultant’ costs incurred in their participation, supporting the arrangement and running of national and district workshops must be included in the Consultant’s financial proposal, the costs of holding the workshops themselves (costs of venue, participants’ expenses such as transport and accommodation, materials etc.) will be met by the Client and should not be included in the Consultant’s financial proposals. The costs of all other consultations, meetings etc. required by the Consultant to adequately complete the assignment must be included in the financial proposals.
\n\nThe Consultant shall operate their own project office and shall bear all accommodation, local transportation, visas, and other costs necessary to carry out the assignment.
\n\nThe Consultant's fees shall cover the salaries of the entire staff of the Consultant employed on the study. The fees will include provision for all supporting staff (non-key experts) and services necessary to carry out the work; hire of vehicles; procurement of equipment (establishment of gauging stations) and direct costs for travel, freight, accommodation, report production and other expenses. The contract will be for a fixed lump sum and the Consultant will not claim any additional payments to compensate for exchange rate fluctuations or price escalation and delays in payments of not more than 90 days on the part of the Client.
\n\nThe amount and schedule of payment of fees will be in accordance with the terms and conditions of the contract agreement finally made between the Consultant and RAB/SPIU/CDAT Project. Notwithstanding this, the following schedule will be used as a basis for negotiation:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Payment Number \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Event \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Percentage (%) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Submission of approved Inception Report, after addressing the comments from presentation workshop \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Submission of approved Interim Report, after addressing the comments from presentation workshop \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 40 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Submission of approved Final Detail Design Report and Tender documents, after addressing the comments from presentation workshop \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 40 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
The Consultant will be required to demonstrate in their proposal evidence of adoption of the use of a Quality Assurance System (ISO 9001 or equivalent), as well as describe how quality control will be implemented in the course of the project.
"},{"id":"OP00302525","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"26-Jul-2024","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2024-08-02T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"05:00","project_ctry_name":"Western and Central Africa","project_id":"P175525","project_name":"West Africa Coastal Areas Resilience Investment Project 2","bid_reference_no":"GH-MESTI-439984-CS-CQS","bid_description":"PREPARATION OF SOCIAL SUBPROJECTS PHASE II","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"Ministry of Environment, Science, Technology and Innovation\nMinistries\nAccra","contact_ctry_name":"Ghana","contact_email":"frank.lare@mesti.gov.gh","contact_name":"Peter J. Dery","contact_organization":"MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT, SCIENCE TECHNOLOGY AND INNOVATION","contact_phone_no":"0244842128","contact_web_url":"P. O. BOX M 232 ACCRA","submission_date":"2024-07-26T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"\n\n
PREPARATION OF SOCIAL SUBPROJECTS PHASE II
\n\nThe Government of Ghana through the Ministry of Environment, Science, Technology, and Innovation (MESTI) is seeking for technical services towards the delivery of efficient, effective, and comprehensive sub-social projects to enhance the livelihood of selected areas in coastal communities of Ghana. This is a follow up on a previous assignment “Preparation of Social Subproject phase I” which has documented and provided a validated longlist of proposed social subprojects for six coastal MMDAs within the Greater Accra and Volta regions. The continuation of this task will help to contribute to the implementation of the broader West Africa Coastal Areas Resilience Investment Project (WACA ResIP 2). The WACA program is a flagship multisector resilience investment project of the World Bank, designed to reduce the natural and man-made risks such as coastal erosion, flooding, pollution and climate change that is affecting coastal communities in West Africa. To achieve this goal, WACA boosts the transfer of knowledge, foster political dialogue among countries through the mobilization of public and private finance to tackle the issues with focus on country projects, regional integration, and other support activities.
\n\nSectoral context
\n\nThe West Africa Coastal Area (WACA) Program was created in response to countries’ request for solutions and finance to help protect and restore the ecological, social, and economic assets of coastal areas addressing erosion and flooding. West Africa’s coastal communities are highly vulnerable to the impacts of coastal erosion, flooding, and pollution. Coastal retreat is resulting in the loss of housing, assets, and land, and solutions are expensive and uncoordinated. Degradation of coastal and marine ecosystems is leading to significant and potentially irreversible loss of critical ecosystems such as beaches, wetlands, and mangroves which are key for livelihoods, food security, and storm protection. These physical challenges, coupled with the broader crises driven by energy, fertilizer, and food shortages, rising interest rates and debt levels, and COVID-19 pandemic impacts are leading to low economic growth and increases in poverty. These challenges are often transboundary, multisectoral, and beyond the ability of one country or development partner to finance or effectively address.
\n\n\n\n
To address these shared regional challenges, the WACA Resilience Investment Project (RESIP) 2 was approved by the World Bank in December 2022. The project supports site-specific grey, green, and hybrid physical investments, and social subprojects at the community level to achieve measurable increases in protection from coastal erosion and flooding, pollution control, and to promote climate-resilient and nature-based coastal development. Project activities are expected to directly benefit people at project sites in the three beneficiary countries, who live along the coast and depend on it for their livelihoods.
\n\n\n\n
The project consists of one regional integration component and three country projects in The Gambia, Ghana, and Guinea-Bissau, each with the same design and organized in three components, namely, policy, investment, and coordination. As part of WACA ResIP2, Ghana is benefiting from a $155 million investment in its blue economy ($150m IDA; $5m PROBLUE grant). This regional integration project also supports The Gambia ($45m), Guinea Bissau ($30m), and WAEMU ($16m).
\n\n\n\n
WACA ResIP2 Ghana
\n\n\n\n
WACA ResIP2 in Ghana is designed to address the three key challenges to unlocking the potential of its blue economy: coastal erosion, flooding, and pollution; ecosystem degradation; and institutional fragmentation. While the ultimate objective of the project is to strengthen the resilience of coastal communities, the project’s overarching strategy to achieve this outcome is to focus on strengthening Ghana's blue economy, and to restore and protect critical coastal ecosystems which provide essential services to nearby communities, including income generation and protection against natural disasters.
\n\n\n\n
The project comprises four components as with all other countries with WACA investments. Component 1, which involves strengthening regional integration, is implemented by WAEMU and therefore no allocation is made for Ghana. Component 2 of the Ghana project aims to strengthen institutional and policy frameworks for coastal development, protection, and natural resource management, excluding fisheries. Component 3 supports physical interventions at multiple sites across Ghana to protect communities from coastal hazards and restore critical coastal ecosystems, and social investments to directly benefit coastal communities which includes a community driven development approach to livelihoods. Component 4 supports National Coordination and implementation of the project.
\n\n\n\n
Under Component 3, the project will support site-specific grey, green, and/or hybrid physical rehabilitation and infrastructure investments at the following sites:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The project is implemented under the Environmental and Social Framework (ESF) of the World Bank, and the environmental and social (E&S) risk classification is High. The following E&S instruments have been prepared and disclosed by the project: Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP), Labour Management Procedures (LMP), Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF), Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF), Gender Assessment and Gender Based Violence (GBV) Action Plan, and Environment and Social Commitment Plan (ESCP).[1]
\n\n\n\n
The Project is implemented by MESTI. The project implementation unit (PIU) under the supervision of MESTI, will ensure the daily execution of the project. The PIU will coordinate implementation of activities with beneficiary agencies, including Ministry of Works and Housing, and the Ministry of Lands and Natural Resources, and will organize national meetings and workshops, participate in regional workshops, and conduct priority communication activities required to ensure that the project is understood by the beneficiaries and all other stakeholders. The PIU will also be responsible for monitoring and evaluation (M&E) activities.
\n\n\n\n
WACA ResIP2 supports targeted social subprojects for coastal communities. These community-driven activities will seek to: (i) support the creation of local jobs on labor-intensive works, (ii) provide opportunities to diversify local climate-sensitive livelihoods, (iii) increase the adoption and effectiveness of community-led resource management schemes, and (iv) strengthen the role of women in the management of coastal resources.
\n\nSocial subprojects will be identified during project implementation through an intense community participation process (Figure 1). Community participation will be embedded across all stages of the social subproject cycle, from subproject identification, planning, and implementation to operations, maintenance, and monitoring. It will be based on experience from community led development projects, such as Gulf of Guinea Northern Regions Social Cohesion project (SOCO) in Northern Ghana. Attention will be paid to integrating women and other vulnerable groups in these processes.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Figure 1. Role of communities in social subproject cycle in WACA ResIP2 Ghana (Stakeholder Engagement Plan, MESTI, WACA, https://mesti.gov.gh/west-africa-coastal-area-resilience-investment-project-ii-p175525/)
\n\nA long list of social subprojects has been identified through a desk review of the current Medium-term Development Plans (MTDPs) of coastal districts within the WACA ResIP 2 project area to inventoried social sub project identified in these documents and validated by communities through validation meetings with project communities. Targeted project communities have been identified in the Project’s Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP). Subproject types identified in phase one of this assignment includes community infrastructure and livelihood diversification activities. Community infrastructure included wells, schools, and sanitation and clinic facilities. Livelihood diversification activities included aquaculture, innovative oyster production, mangrove nurseries and restoration, confectionary soap-making and other handicrafts, plastics, and waste management. Women, youth, fishers and fish processors, mangrove harvesters, and those engaged in the agro-industry, tourism, and ICT training are targeted.
\n\n\n\n
The project ESMF describes the process for ensuring that E&S risks and impacts for social subprojects are adequately identified, analyzed, and addressed. Chapter six (6) of the ESMF outlines the processes of the preparation, approval, and implementation of E&S instruments for subprojects. In addition, a negative impact list of social subprojects has been identified in Annex 12 and will be excluded from financing under the project.
\n\n\n\n
WACA ResIP 2 seeks to introduce a “sustainable jobs approach” that builds on best practice from the World Bank. Sustainable jobs are intended to create income sources and livelihoods that allow people to become more resilient to shocks (including coastal erosion, flooding, and pollution). Targeted jobs can stem from activities to manage coastal erosion, flooding, and pollution, or they can draw on the natural resources of coastal ecosystems. The central feature of the sustainable jobs approach is that economic activities are sustained beyond the life and support of this project.
\n\nThe objective of this assignment is to support the PIU at MESTI to identify and prepare a comprehensive and well-defined social subproject that addresses specific social challenges and needs within the project's target communities. The social subprojects should align with the overarching project's goals, promote community participation, and ensure sustainable socio-economic development.
\n\nThe contract is scheduled for a period of Seven (7) months starting from the commencement date. The consultancy is subject to a service contract renewable based on performance.
\n\n\n\n
To achieve the assignment objective, the selected consultant/consultancy firm will undertake the following tasks:
\n\n\n\n
Proposed Sequence
\n\nThe successful implementation of the assignment will require a structured and sequential approach. The following sequence is proposed for the execution of the assignment, focusing on:
\n\nBy following this structured approach, the implementation process can be streamlined, promoting consistency, accountability, and successful outcomes.
\n\n\n\n
Task 1: Preparation of Inception Report
\n\n\n\n
The Consultant will prepare, in coordination with the assigned staff at the MESTI, an inception report including a workplan for this consultancy. The deliverables and related timing specified in the workplan will be agreed with MESTI. The report will also set out clear coordination, supervision, and reporting procedures for the duration of the assignment.
\n\n\n\n
Task 2: Preparation of Operations Manual and Training of Community Facilitators
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Training of Facilitators to Implement Social Subproject Operational Manual
\n\n\n\n
Task 3: Preparatory activities for Social Subprojects
\n\nNeeds Assessment: The consultant should work with the CFs to conduct a thorough needs assessment to identify the specific social issues and requirements of the target community. Engage with MMDAs and community members and stakeholders to gather insights and priorities. At the community level, the consultant should engage with traditional and community leaders, religious leaders, community-based organizations, youth, women and marginalized groups, fishers, farmers, traders etc.) The consultant should also create awareness and undertake some orientation (introduction of the program to make the community and local stakeholders aware of project objectives, the project cycle, social inclusion requirements, the role of any local government agencies and community representatives, etc.).
\n\n\n\n
Project Design: Using a participatory process, the consultant should support the CF to work with the communities to identify the social subprojects for each target community, outlining objectives, activities, timelines, and resources required. The consultant should ensure the process aligns with the operational manual and addresses identified needs. The consultant will have to further engage and present the identified subproject to stakeholders and communities for input, validation and prioritization and adjust the design as needed based on stakeholder feedback to ensure community buy-in and relevance.
\n\nFor social subprojects that aim to produce goods, it is essential that the consultant collaborates closely with the communities to develop a comprehensive supply and value chain framework. This process involves identifying the sources of raw materials, mapping out the production process, and establishing efficient distribution channels. Additionally, the consultant should work with the communities to create strong market linkages, ensuring that the products can reach and compete in relevant markets. This holistic approach not only supports the economic sustainability of the subprojects but also enhances the communities' capacity to engage in and benefit from broader market opportunities.
\n\nFinal “short listed” social subprojects: Following community consultations and prioritization activities, the consultant will present the final short list of the social subprojects to the PIU. This list will include all positive social subprojects to be financed by the project and will exclude projects with negative impacts as identified in Annex 12 of the ESMF.
\n\n\n\n
Task 4. Preparation of subproject documents
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The MESTI will enter a performance-based lump-sum contract and payments shall be made against actual deliverables as indicated below.
\n\n\n\n
Table 1. Deliverable and Payment Schedule
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Task \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Timing (from date of contract signing) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Payment (%) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Task 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Inception Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 month \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Task 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Developed Operations Manual for Social Subprojects \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 30 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Training Materials \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t Report on training of community facilitators \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Task 3 \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Needs assessment report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t 1 months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Task 3 \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Detailed workplan prior to commencement of preparatory activities \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 30 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t A report from the community participatory needs diagnostic and market assessment. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t A final report on implementation of participatory process for identification of social subprojects \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 8 months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t Task 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Project proposals, Risk assessment report, monitoring and evaluation framework and project profiles (Task 4) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12 months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
The Consultant will work under the supervision of MESTI. The Consultant will work in close liaison with the PIU of the WACA ResIP 2 project.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The assignment will require a high level of technical competence on holistic Project Management, implementation, and adequate demonstrable experience in designing and developing and implementing Livelihood programs for the public sector projects, particularly donor funded ones. Knowledge of World Bank policies and procedures is an added advantage.
\n\n\n\n
The table below lists the recommended key staff to be provided by the Consultant, their main responsibilities, and the desired qualifications.
\n\n\n\n
Table 2. Required Personnel and Qualifications
\n\n| \n\t\t\t # \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Key Staff Position \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Main Responsibilities \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Specific Qualifications \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Team leader \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Gender and Social Inclusion Specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t M&E Specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t Environmental Specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Market Linkage and Value Chain Specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Social Mobilizers \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
CLOSING DATE/ CONTACT
\n\nProposals detailing how this activity of interest will be undertaken with clear goals, activity timelines, methods to achieve the set targets, a budget and curriculum vitae must be submitted alongside the application to the email addresses or address below by 2nd August 2024:
\n\n\n\n
Address:
\n\nThe Project Coordinator,
\n\nWest Africa Coastal Areas Resilience Investment Project (WACA ResIP) 2,
\n\nMinistry of Environment, Science, Technology, and Innovation (MESTI)
\n\nBox M32
\n\nAccra-Ghana
\n\n\n\n
E-mail:
\n\nfrank.lare@mesti.gov.gh
\n\ndaniel.nortey@mesti.gov.gh
\n\n\n\n
For further clarification, kindly contact the following:
\n\nProcurement Specialist
\n\nPhone no.: 0302662626/0244-842128
\n\nE-mail: frank.lare@mesti.gov.gh
\n\n[1] https://mesti.gov.gh/west-africa-coastal-area-resilience-investment-project-ii-p175525/
"},{"id":"OP00296167","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"18-Jun-2024","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2024-06-24T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"10:00","project_ctry_name":"Rwanda","project_id":"P171462","project_name":"Commercialization and De-Risking for Agricultural Transformation Project","bid_reference_no":"RW-RAB-408668-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Recruiting consultant to carry out feasibility and detailed design study for rehabilitation and improvement of Agasasa marshland (200ha)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"spiuwbkoica@rab.gov,re","contact_ctry_name":"Rwanda","contact_email":"spiuwbkoica@rab.gov.rw","contact_name":"Stephen RWAMULANGWA","contact_organization":"SPIU World Bank @ KOICA funded Projects","contact_phone_no":"0738 461 866","contact_web_url":"www.rab.gov.rw","submission_date":"2024-06-18T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
\n\n(CONSULTING SERVICES - FIRMS SELECTION)
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
COUNTRY: Rwanda
\n\n\n\n
NAME OF PROJECT: Commercialization and De-risking for Agricultural
\n\nTransformation (CDAT) Project
\n\n\n\n
Credit A No: 7084-RW, Credit B No: 7085-RW and Grant No: E017-RW
\n\n\n\n
Assignment Title: Hiring consultant to carry out feasibility and detailed design study for
\n\nrehabilitation and improvement of Agasasa marshland (200ha).
\n\n\n\n
Reference No: RW-RAB-408668-CS-QCBS
\n\n\n\n
The Government of Rwanda has received financing from the International Development Association (IDA) toward the cost of the Commercialization and De-risking for Agricultural Transformation (CDAT) Project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services of Hiring a consultant to carry out feasibility and detailed design study for rehabilitation and improvement of Agasasa marshland (200ha).
\n\n\n\n
The Terms of Reference (TOR) related to this assignment are attached to this request for expressions of interest.
\n\n\n\n
The Rwanda Agriculture and Animal Resources Development Board (RAB) / Commercialization and De-risking for Agricultural Transformation (CDAT) Project now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the above Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. Expression of Interest (EoI) will include: core business and years in business, relevant experience, technical and managerial capability of the firm.
\n\n\n\n
To be able to submit an expression of interest, International and National consulting firms who are not registered in E-procurement system, are advised to register themselves through www.umucyo.gov.rw
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
N.B.:
\n\nSubmission of expression of interest via other channels than Umucyo E-Procurement System shall not be considered. In case of Joint-Venture, only the lead firm must submit the Expression of Interest, the Joint-Venture must be done through e-procurement system, otherwise the EOI will be rejected.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The shortlisting criteria are:
\n\n\n\n
The firm should have at least 10 years of general experience in Consultancy Services. The firm should have a specific experience in consultancy services related to the feasibility and detailed design studies on irrigation projects of construction for irrigation dams and the dam command area development proven by completion certificate and signed contract.
\n\nThe shortlist will contain five (5) to eight (8) firms.
\n\n\n\n
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” Fifth Edition September, 2023 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
\n\n\n\n
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
\n\n\n\n
A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the criteria set out in the Request for Proposals.
\n\nExpressions of interest must be delivered through e-procurement system on www.umucyo.gov.rw by the time indicated in the system.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR
\n\nDETAIL DESIGN STUDY FOR REHABILITATION AND IMPROVEMENTS OF AGASASA
\n\n1,068 HA POTENTIAL COMMAND AREA (200 HA EXISTING MARSHLAND,
\n\n200 HA NEW MARSHLAND, AND 668 HA OF NEW HILLSIDE),
\n\nLOCATED IN KIBIRIZI AND NTYAZO SECTORS, NYANZA DISTRICT IN SOUTHERN PROVINCE
\n\nThe World Bank approved $300 million in financing under the International Development Association’s (IDA’s) grant, credit, and Scale Up Window to help the Government of Rwanda increase the use of irrigation and commercialization among producers and agribusiness firms in supported value chains, and to increase access to agricultural finance.
\n\n\n\n
The Commercialization and De-Risking for Agricultural Transformation Project (CDAT) will support the Government to provide services and create an enabling environment for the private actor throughout the agricultural value chain. It will finance public investments in the seeds sector, develop and rehabilitate irrigation systems on over 17,600 ha, provide accompanying land husbandry development on about 11,000 ha in surrounding water catchment areas to increase productivity and promote climate smart agriculture.
\n\n\n\n
The project will also support commercialization by helping farmers access markets and availing matching grants for investments in mechanization, post-harvest infrastructure and processing equipment. A CDAT challenge fund will invest in particularly innovative solutions for the sector that can be brought to scale. The project is nationwide and is foreseen to directly benefit at least 235,000 households, including women and youth. In partnership with financial institutions, the Commercialization and De-Risking for Agricultural Transformation Project will seek to enhance access to affordable financial services and products in the agricultural sector by providing short and long-term financing and reducing risks and challenges faced by agricultural value chains through strengthening market linkages and scaling up agriculture insurance.
\n\n\n\n
One of the projects being considered for implementation by CDAT is the rehabilitation and upgrading of Agasasa scheme located in Kibirizi and Ntyazo Sectors, Nyanza District in Southern Province. Rice is primarily grown throughout the existing 200ha command area by gravity surface irrigation with some farmers switching to maize and other crops due to lack of water while the hillside is rainfed agriculture with different seasonal crops mainly maize, beans, soybeans, cassava, and banana. A study is required to consider alternatives for raising the dam, controlling river bank and bed erosion, improving and possibly expanding the command area, and if reasonable alternatives are found, an Interim Study is needed to present the most viable alternatives to the Client for selection of the alternative to undergo a detail design study.
\n\n\n\n
Rwanda’s economy relies heavily on agriculture as a sector contributing around 30% to the GDP. Nearly 70% of the rural population is employed in agriculture. The Government of Rwanda in its national policies indicates agriculture as a vehicle for economic growth. The National Strategy of Transformation and PSTA IV emphasizes agriculture development as a means to achieve the goal of poverty reduction and ensuring food security.
\n\nThe goal of the project is to develop financially sustainable irrigation and drainage services and increase farmers’ agricultural revenue in the project area.
\n\nThe overall objective of the study is to undertake an Interim and Detail Study to upgrade and rehabilitate the Agasasa dam and command areas. The study must meet the World Bank project appraisal requirements and should ensure the development is technically feasible, economically and financially viable, socially acceptable, and environmentally sustainable.
\n\nThe specific objectives of the assignment are to carry out relevant technical investigations and studies comprising of water resources (hydrologic and hydro-geologic) assessments, socio-economic assessments, agricultural soils and agronomic studies, irrigation water requirements, topographical surveys, geotechnical investigations, hydraulic studies and design, and undertake interim and detail design to ensure optimum use of available water and to enable the Client to tender construction of the improvements. If additional storage is needed to meet the demands of the existing or expanded command area, the study will determine the needs/demands and the potential for multipurpose infrastructure development.
\n\nThe study will be carried out in two phases; Interim Study and Detail Design. The Interim Study will select, examine, and rank various alternatives for increasing water harvesting, improving drainage, developing low-head solar pumped irrigation, expanding the command area, construction of flow regulating/flood attenuation reservoirs along the main canals, and if additional water storage is needed, to investigate raising the existing dam. The Interim Study will examine different alternatives and provide preliminary design drawings, cost estimates, and economic analyses sufficiently detailed to enable decisions to be made on project viability. If the Interim Study results in alternatives that seem reasonable to the Client, then the Consultant will proceed with the Detail Design study for the selected alternatives. The Detail Design study will examine selected alternatives and provide detail design drawings, cost estimates, technical specifications, tender documents, and unit price surveying to enable the client to proceed to the tendering of works. If the Client selects an alternative including a new dam, the Consultant will not provide a detail design of the dam but will consider the future supply from the dam in the design of the irrigation network improvements. In addition, the definition of the project components, organizational arrangements, and procedures will be detailed enough to permit the executing agencies to use the study as guidance on project implementation. The Consultant should take into consideration the World Bank policies, guidelines, and safeguards requirements, especially those for environmental and social impact assessment as well as dam safety to prepare the studies.
\n\n\n\n
The study will entail Interim and Detail Design studies that include the preparation of designs, cost estimates, and implementation arrangements for the finally agreed development alternative for water harvesting, drainage and irrigation development, infrastructure, and watershed management associated with the project. The Interim and Detail Design studies will comprise of analyses related to (a) basin-wide water resources (qualitative and quantitative), (b) drainage and flood management, (c) watershed management plan, (d) sand and silt control (e) topographic survey, (f) geologic and geotechnical investigations, (g) soils and agronomy, (h) cropping patterns and crop water requirements, (i) raising of the existing dam, (j) irrigation infrastructure, (k) overall agricultural potential and support services including market and value chain development for maximum water resource use, (l) land tenure, (m) environmental and social analyses, (n) institutional analyses, (o) water management and operation and maintenance, and (p) economic and financial analysis in close consultation with farmer communities and other stakeholders. This project must adhere to international best practices, policies/guidelines, and safeguards.
\n\nThe Consultant shall define, in consultation with the Client and other stakeholders, the scope of the project options, assess the practicability of the development, and provide the basis for decision-making on the choice of design options optimizing the use of available water. The Consultant shall define the benefits (direct and indirect) and costs, and determine financial feasibility, economic justification, and cost recovery. The Consultant will adopt participatory approaches to ensure the optimal involvement of stakeholders from national to community levels, during the study. In planning and scheduling the tasks, the Consultant should note that not all tasks will be conducted linearly and the Consultant should propose a schedule on how the tasks can be arranged to meet the objectives of the assignment and for optimal linkage/sequencing.
\n\n\n\n
The Agasasa site is located in Kibirizi and Ntyazo Sectors, Nyanza District in Southern Province. The Dam axis is located at Geographic coordinates of (x: 818372, Y: 9732058), the irrigation scheme was developed in 2004 under RSSP, a World Bank funded project. The infrastructures constructed include a dam, irrigation conveyance network and post-harvest infrastructures. The marshland is managed by famers through cooperative COOPRORIZ Agasasa with 467 members.
\n\n\n\n
The following map depicts schematic layout of the Scheme.
\n\n\n\n
Figure 1-1: Agasasa Existing Command Area Layout
\n\nThe developed marshland irrigation scheme covers 200ha, irrigated by the dam with a storage of 390,000m3, five diversions weirs feeding 6.5km of irrigation canal, 14.3km of drainage canal, and 398 small hydraulic structures.
\n\nThe marshland command area of Agasasa is irrigated from one dam with a main diversion weir at the head of the command area and one small diversion weir on left side of command area. The dam is not able to satisfy the command area demand probably due to the increase of demand, decrease of storage capacity, and decrease of conveyance efficiency. During the consultancy services, these mentioned problems will be analyzed and the consultant will come up with the best solutions to satisfy the user’s expectations.
\n\nSince 2004 up to today the land cover and land use in the dam catchment area has changed significantly with intensified agriculture activities and habitation settlement, which resulted in excess silt accumulation in the reservoir compared to the planned dead storage capacity. The increase of population density has pushed the population to pump water from main irrigation canals to irrigate the hillsides. This combined with siltation of the reservoir has significantly reduced the available water to irrigate the designed command area. Frequent torrential rainfall has destroyed diversion weirs on main drain and silted irrigation canals and water distribution structures. This has resulted in lack of water in the command area which forced some of the farmers to shift from rice crops to other crops that require less water or even depend on rainfall. Therefore, the SPIU/CDAT project wants to recruit a consulting firm to carry out a design study for rehabilitation of the existing irrigation scheme and come up with alternatives for resolving irrigation water shortages by maximizing available water resources and command areas.
\n\n\n\n
Some of software and modeling tools to be used during the study will include but not be limited to the following:
\n\n\n\n
The purpose of the Interim Study is to collect all data needed and to develop alternatives for improving the existing scheme including; expanding the command area, storing more water, draining flooded areas, stabilizing the river bed and banks, and silt and sand trap structures as described in more detail below:
\n\nIf this additional water is not enough to supply the expanded command area, the Consultant will consider efficient irrigation practices, and sub catchment runoff harvesting combined with flow regulating reservoirs along the main canal.
\n\nThe Consultant shall also:
\n\nBefore proceeding to the Detail Design phase, selected alternatives from the Interim Study phase will be compared and analysed to determine the most suitable to be further studied in the Detail Design phase.
\n\nThe purpose of this assessment is to understand the socio-economic profile of the beneficiary and potentially affected communities, to enable project design to meet their development needs and mitigate negative impacts. This assessment shall serve as a baseline that will help project planning, diagnostic monitoring, and impact evaluation purposes that should result into:
\n\nUsing internationally recognized methodologies/standards, the Consultant shall:
\n\nThe information obtained from the surveys will be used as a baseline for conducting a project socio-economic impact assessment. Combined with other technical studies, the outcome of this task should be adequate enough to be used as input for “with project” and “without project” scenario evaluations at the economic and financial analysis stage.
\n\nIn addition, the Consultant will identify the project communication needs and propose the appropriate communication strategy using the above information.
\n\nFor any new areas proposed for expansion of the command area, the Consultant shall:
\n\nThe Consultant shall then:
\n\nThe Consultants shall collect baseline information on the type of soils, topography, and land-use patterns; analyze water-use patterns (rain-fed crops, irrigated crops, drainage, surface, and groundwater extraction); examine existing field-crop production and soil management practices; establish and delineate major cropping pattern zones (considering types of irrigated crops grown, crop calendar and cropping intensity); propose schedules of crops for consideration; estimate expected yields and crop water requirements for alternative cropping programs, and examine the existing Agricultural Support Services. The assessment will cover:
\n\nThe Consultant will also analyze the gender division of labor in irrigated agricultural production for each socio-economic group, and identify the needs of both women and men related to proposed agricultural activities. Based on the analysis, the Consultant shall formulate the cropping and irrigated agriculture development plans for the proposed schemes including the potential distribution of land areas between the small-scale individual farms and large-scale commercial farms. Also, identify suitable and appropriate cropping patterns for each type, estimate farm-level crop production volumes, input and production costs, farm budget as well as gross and net returns, and generate incremental benefit estimations for use in the feasibility level economic and financial analyses.
\n\nThe Consultant shall carry out the following tasks for the existing dam:
\n\nIf the above analyses for raising the existing dam show that even more water is needed, follow the same steps to determine if deficit irrigation practices, proposed runoff harvesting and flow regulating reservoir can supply the required water at a feasible cost.
\n\nGeological investigations for raising the existing dam will be conducted with a combination of geophysical explorations and test pits at reasonable intervals to determine:
\n\nField Investigations will include but not be limited to:
\n\nGeological investigations for the runoff attenuation and flow regulating reservoir will be conducted with a combination of geophysical explorations and test pits at reasonable intervals to determine:
\n\nThe Consultant shall identify and geo-reference crucial soil and rock features and establish the engineering properties of rocks and soils, surficial deposits, and tectonic-structural patterns. The extent, depth, and type of exploration will depend on the complexity of the geology and the size and type of reservoir as conceptualized by the Consultant. Field investigations shall be the same as those listed above for existing dam.
\n\nThe final output of this task will be a detailed report on the project geology/geotechnical aspects, with engineering properties for further use in the hydraulic and structural design of the dam.
\n\nGiven the existing concerns of land degradation and erosion within the project areas, the Consultant will assess the sediment regime and total sediment transport of the river systems in the project area. This will include the determination of the sediment (suspended and bedload) yield. Additional sediment data shall be collected during the consultancy, forecasting of dead storage volume and the future rate of reduction of the live storage and reservoir trap efficiency, which will require limited sediment sampling to the extent possible.
\n\nOther than design against storage depletion, this analysis should also aid the subsequent design against increased loads on the dam, abrasion of outlet structures, and blockage of outlets which could cause interruption of water uses and reduce the ability of the dam to pass floods safely. It will also help to determine dead storage and sediment flushing outlet levels.
\n\nSediment load estimates should include projections of changes in upstream sediment yields, based on upstream development plans.
\n\nThe sediment analysis should include the determination of historic sediment yields of the catchments to the existing reservoirs based on a comparison of the topographic surveys of the reservoirs before the dam was constructed to the bathymetric surveys conducted for this study. Furthermore, the analysis will cover a task related to evaluating the potential impacts of sediment transport on the sustainability of the project infrastructures and proposing appropriate mitigation measures.
\n\nFor the existing command area investigate the following:
\n\nFor the expansion command areas, the objective is to identify/verify, evaluate, and physically delineate the areas that can be potentially developed for irrigated agriculture and be added to existing irrigated areas to be improved with proper irrigation and drainage. The area that can potentially be irrigated depends primarily on the ability to control floods but also on the availability and suitability of soil/land and water, combined with the irrigation water requirements, and crops and cropping patterns that are feasible.
\n\nThe Consultant shall first evaluate and fully understand the problems of the existing dam siltation, destruction of hydraulic structure river bank/bed erosion in the scheme during rainy seasons, and water shortage in the dry seasons, and prepare a report on recommended improvements for the scheme.
\n\nOne of the irrigation methods to be considered especially in the most wet/flat areas is surface and subsurface irrigation by controlling the water level in the drains to maintain a groundwater level at the recommended depth of the crop root zone.
\n\nThis task will thus include:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Propose preliminary farm models with options for the type of operation (i.e. from smallholder farmer plus family labor to emergent commercial farmer with hired labor and large-scale mechanized commercial farmer), considering private and government-owned land, options and need for relocation of farmers, options for O&M service providers, options for external investors, etc.
\n\nThis task aims to evaluate irrigation water demand under the most optimal scenario (supplementary and/or major irrigation) for the basic design parameters generated by the tasks above. The Consultant shall:
\n\nFor the areas that need levelling and drainage improvements, or surface irrigation development, the Consultant shall prepare:
\n\nFor the hillside expansion areas and the existing reservoir area, the Consultant shall prepare ground survey-based topographic maps of the irrigation expansion areas on hillsides, with an appropriate scale and point density (to be approved by the Client) to accurately generate no greater than 0.5m and 1m contour intervals, respectively.
\n\nThe scope for command area development will include the following:
\n\nThe Consultant shall examine the reliability of the water supply, considering the various existing and future water uses, and identify appropriate water conveyance systems for different sections of the irrigation system to supply water to all parts of the land to be developed and recommend appropriate irrigation methods best suited for the command area. To adapt against potential adverse impacts of climate change and improve water management and use efficiency, the Consultant is expected to introduce such recent innovative water distribution options as using pipes for secondary and tertiary canals which increases conveyance efficiency and allows for flow measurement, and regulating reservoirs which provide improved control of the main canal and reduce end spillage.
\n\nMoreover, the Consultant shall locate suitable irrigation water diversion structures in the command area and investigate pumping, storage, or diversion requirements and reservoir operations required for irrigation with due consideration of floods and siltation in the command area.
\n\nThe Consultant will consider expansion of the rice area of about 200 ha between the end of the existing rice and Akanyaru River. The following figure shows an option for accomplishing this by constructing a main diversion canal to convey runoff around the area, a dike to prevent Akanyaru flood water from entering the area, a drain culvert through the dike with a flap gate to allow water to drain automatically from the scheme, and a multi-purpose drainage pump used to pump water from the drain to either the irrigation canals or to Akanyaru River and if required, to pump water from Akanyaru River to the canals. This is a critical concept to be developed as a pilot project if it proves to be feasible, because there are many similar sites which can benefit from this concept.
\n\n\n\n
Lower Agasasa rice expansion area (~200ha)
\n\nThe Consultant will prepare preliminary designs for major structural and hydraulic elements of the proposed irrigation system, including, the water conveyance system, on-farm water distribution system, drainage canals system, river bank and bed erosion control, flood protection and control considering both structural, hydraulic safety, basin irrigation design, etc.
\n\nThe Consultant shall take into consideration intensive labor engagement and the use of local construction capability in case labor is available and local materials during the design as necessary. The Consultant shall prepare the layouts and drawings of the different project components using AutoCAD software. The Consultant shall also prepare a schedule of quantities in line with the latest Civil Engineering Standard Methods of Measurement (CESMM), for use in preliminary cost estimates and the economic and financial analysis.
\n\nThe Consultant shall assess the demand and the development potential and prepare preliminary studies to introduce such multipurpose infrastructures as domestic water supply systems, (incl. associated hydro-mechanical appurtenances), livestock water supply, and fish farming as an integral part of the scheme as appropriate. Specialized studies and detailed analyses shall be carried out for each aspect of the multipurpose uses.
\n\nFlood Control/Storage Dams Preliminary Design
\n\nBased on the need for flood control, water demand for irrigation, and multipurpose requirements, and resource availability, the Consultant will prepare preliminary designs of the dam raising including the following:
\n\nThis task aims to establish the following:
\n\nThe Consultant will carry out topographical surveys with appropriate contour intervals for use in planning and capturing specific site features such as the proposed dam axis, spillway area, energy dissipation area, reservoir extent, surface area-volume-depth relationship, river channel profiles, and location of proposed intake for irrigation, water supply, livestock, and fish farming as appropriate. The survey will also capture site features such as existing infrastructure within the vicinity of the proposed dams and reservoir areas (roads, buildings, bridges, power lines, etc.), trees and vegetation, rock outcrops, etc.
\n\nProspective borrow areas for construction materials and aggregates shall be shown at a scale of 1:2,000 on high-resolution orthophoto-based maps. The Consultant shall survey cross-sections of the rivers and their flood plains with the project areas at intervals and locations deemed relevant for incorporation in the mathematical hydraulic models of the rivers for purposes of routing floods in the event of extreme spillway releases. A topographic survey of the reservoir area extent shall be done to an appropriate scale with contour intervals of no less than 1m up to an elevation of maximum water level + 10m. Dam design plan and cross-section drawings shall be prepared at a scale of 1:100 indicating the pertinent features to the head works.
\n\nThe Consultant shall:
\n\nPreparations of draft detail dam raising design
\n\nThe draft detail design includes assessment of the dam location, dam catchment area, the nature of soils/rocks and coverage, the runoff (mean and in exceptionally dry years), the storage capacity of the dam after raising and the relative water availability in the year round (mean and exceptionally dry), type of dam, type of soil under the dam and excavation/foundation depths at side to be raised, expected dam’s siltation and life cycle, draft detail designs of dam embankment, spillway, etc.
\n\nNote that the preliminary investigations shall include geotechnical investigation through drilling/digging to investigate type of soil/rock under the dam the side to be raised.
\n\nThe design of the raising the dam will include the instrumentations for monitoring and surveillance.
\n\nIt is also recommended that the Expert conduct testing quality of any surface water available in the area for a period to be recommended by the Expert to be sure of the quality.
\n\nThe consultant will prepare the ToR for recruitment of a consulting firm to carry out the feasibility and detail design studies for the new dam once it is determined that the raising of the existing dam cannot meet the irrigation water requirements, and a suitable site for dam construction is found.
\n\nThe task objective is to take stock of the baseline condition of the watersheds in the project areas and identify major erosion hotspot areas and interventions required to improve, protect, and maintain the watershed healthily and sustainably. This will in turn address sedimentation risks related to future depletion of storage.
\n\nThe Consultant should:
\n\n\n\n
The Consultant firm will study in detail the water catchment (upstream of each existing dam), the command area catchment, and the command area, identify all critical interventions required (short-term, medium, and long-term), and propose an integrated and comprehensive land husbandry plan for sustainability of the project. For planning and implementation of different land husbandry options to be proposed by the Consultant, a detail design with drawings where required should be prepared, the entire watershed shall be partitioned into 4 major categories, namely, water catchment, reservoir silt-trap zone, command area catchment, and command area.
\n\nGIS Analysis and Mapping
\n\nAs part of the land husbandry study, the following maps shall be prepared:
\n\nThe Consultant firm shall review existing land-husbandry technologies being used by the Project and shall propose improvements for each slope/soil depth category suitable for each site to reduce soil erosion and safely convey runoff to streams and waterways, increase rain-fed crop production, and protect infrastructure. Typical design drawings shall be developed for each technology.
\n\nThe consultant shall analyze the use of the catchment area and propose a management plan considering the role of all stakeholders that intervene in the command area. The proposed management plan shall be elaborated considering but not limited to the following activities:
\n\nAfter analysis, the Consultant shall propose the rules and regulations that should strengthen the best practices of catchment management once abided to.
\n\nThe Consultant will analyze the environmental and social aspects including land acquisition and resettlement sensitivities in each project area and, through the consideration of alternate project designs, develop project proposals that avoid or minimize potential adverse environmental impacts. Specifically, the Consultant should:
\n\nThe assessments will be guided by the national environment including land acquisition and resettlement-related legislation as well as World Bank safeguards.
\n\nThe depth of the assessment will be sufficient to adequately inform the development of alternate project designs and the selection and justification of the preferred alternatives. Project alternatives that substantially convert or degrade important natural habitats should not be considered unless they include equivalent habitat restoration and maintenance within the project area or elsewhere.
\n\nA separate procurement for detailed Environmental and Social Assessment is being undertaken by the Client. The Consultant will coordinate his work with the Environmental and Social Assessment carried out under this separate consultancy and have feedback and incorporate the findings and recommendations of that study in this report.
\n\nDesign features to avoid adverse impacts, minimize land acquisition and involuntary resettlement, or enhance environmental/natural resource services are to be clearly noted in the description of preferred project alternatives, with suitable maps. Acceptability of the final project design will depend not only on its technical and financial feasibility but also on its environmental and social suitability.
\n\nThe Consultant shall identify and value the costs and benefits that will arise with the proposed project for purposes of comparison with the situation as it would be without the project and determining the incremental net benefit arising from the project investment. This will involve preparation of financial cost estimates for the various project options and components with expenditure schedules for capital costs, replacement costs, long-term O&M costs of the project infrastructure, management costs, as well as proposing strategies for sustainable financing and cost recovery etc. for all activities and services. A summary of the financial and economic cost estimates shall be provided in a tabular form and appropriately classified and discussed. All cost estimates must show the foreign and local currency requirements; taxes and subsidies shall be identified and their implications analyzed; physical and price contingency allowances should be quantified appropriately for each component/activity of the projects.
\n\nThe Consultant should prepare estimates of project benefits, which should include: direct/indirect benefits, tangible benefits (arising either from an increased value of production or from reduced costs), intangible benefits (such as new job opportunities, improved access to domestic water supply and power generation as appropriate through availability of storage etc.). The Consultant will also estimate secondary benefits created or costs incurred outside the project (using shadow pricing techniques/non market valuation), so that they can be attributed to the project investment, in the economic analysis. Residual values must be calculated. Specifically for the storage reservoir, the Consultant will identify multipurpose benefits deriving from upstream storage. They will propose a number of scenarios that differ in terms of the use of the stored water (irrigation, flood management, municipal and livestock water supply, etc.) and that maximize the returns on investment in storage. Scenarios should include sensitivity tests involving climate change scenarios.
\n\nThe Consultant shall:
\n\nThe key information for the project shall be presented in tabular format together with key environmental and social information. The Consultant should also provide documented analysis in Excel spreadsheets and based on this analysis make final recommendations on the way forward.
\n\nThe Consultant will prepare the interim study and preliminary design reports for the scheme, which shall document the studies and investigations carried out, findings and information. The reports shall contain firm statements on the technical, economic/financial and environmental and social sustainability, and recommendations on project suitability and outlook, if necessary through a multi-criteria analysis. The reports shall include concise executive summaries to make the report more accessible to the public. The results of the investigations shall be compiled and appended either to the report or in a separate volume of the interim studies. This volume will aim at evidencing that the amount of investigation carried out brings a sufficient understanding of the site conditions to finalize the project layout and cost estimate with an acceptable level of contingencies at interim level. The reports will form a decision point on whether to advance the studies, in case viable options have been identified, or terminate the studies in case all options are non-feasible. In the former, the Consultant in consultation with the Client and stakeholders shall agree on the best design alternatives/layouts, for which detail designs shall subsequently be prepared.
\n\nThe objective of this phase is to prepare the detail design for the selected alternatives presented in the Interim Study including a draft and final detail design report, design drawings, bill of quantities, unit price market survey, tender documents, technical specifications, and terms of references for hiring both a contractor and a supervisor.
\n\nThe Consultant will improve the topographical field survey of the interim phase for the selected alternative, and produce the following deliverables:
\n\nGeneral plans and profiles showing the infrastructure and alignment of the proposed catchment areas and the actual dam sites. (These shall be prepared in AutoCAD format as well as superimposed on Google Earth (KML file), Arc GIS readable format (shape file format). The plans view superimposed on Google Earth on top of the page the longitudinal profiles on the lower part of the page then the cross-section on a separate page, all shall show features such as rivers, streams, farms, valleys, marshy areas, gullies, rock (if visible), etc.), The plans and profiles shall be subdivided into a length of not more than 500 meters per sheet on A0 size drawings. All font sizes used shall be readable on A3 drawings. All data on actual survey points shall be provided in soft copy in a format readable by AutoCAD, Civl3D, ArcGIS and other standard software design and surveying packages. All survey points shall have an x, y and z value tied to the local coordinate system.
\n\nThe drawings are made by:
\n\nDrawings are made by topographical layouts and hydraulic structures drawings.
\n\nTopographical layouts (A0): These layouts will include:
\n\nThe surveying will follow a grid of 25m x 25m (addition to the particular points) and the contour lines will be plotted every 25cm for marshland and 50 cm for hillside of equidistance. The topographical surveys will include also:
\n\nImplementation layouts (A0 format):
\n\nImplementation layouts will be developed on the basis of topographical layouts and all the basic data allowing, on one hand to accurately calculate the volume of land related to earthworks irrigation canals (primary and secondary), drainage channels and roads as well, and on other hand to determine the number of structures and estimate the size and the quantity. These include:
\n\nPrepare the detail design of the dam including but not limited to: Detailed topographic survey of the dam site by using a ‘Total Station’ surveying equipment, the Production of a detailed contour plan in electronic format with scale of 1:100, confirmation of embankment length and elevation, provide detailed geotechnical investigation of dams structures, soil investigation and borrow pit identification and suitability, design solution optimisation, production of required detailed technical designs and drawings with related excavation and backfill quantities by using computer aided design, prepare self-standing plans for dam raising construction supervision, quality assurance, instrumentation, operations and maintenance, and emergency preparedness, in order to meet the requirements of the World Bank safeguard policy on safety of dams.
\n\nPrepare the detail designs of the key water-intake structures (weirs, pipes and canals…). Provide detail designs and drawings for different components including: intake structure from the dam; feeder canal diversion weir; main delivery pipes; flood protection and sedimentation control structures; and ancillary infrastructure such as electricity if necessary and access roads. Efforts should be made to design simple cost-effective structures and equipment that can easily be operated and maintained by the farmers. Assessment should be made of the need for cost-effective canal lining where technically required.
\n\nPrepare detail designs for the main canals and related structures. The design should be prepared using (a) slope stability analysis for prevention of landslides along the canals; (b) hydraulic analyses including assessment of water losses at different reaches of the canal/pipes; and (c) suitable design parameters for the canals/pipes including side slopes, cross-sections, and freeboards, diameters, friction losses, protection drainage, crossing points etc. Assessment should be made of the need for cost-effective canal lining where technically required.
\n\nReview and refine the design capacity of the irrigation systems; prepare the design of secondary, tertiary, and other distribution control structures; conduct hydraulic and stability analysis of the individual structures to ensure proper distribution of water in the canal/pipe networks for better valorization of plots. Hydraulic and distribution structures are to be designed for their ability to transparently and accurately convey water to their respective command areas. Determine suitable locations and prepare detail designs for structures that may be required along the canal/pipe. Recommend the type of construction materials to be used for structures such as culverts, road crossings, outlets, bridges, inverted siphons, flumes, and drop structures. Use standard type of structures to facilitate future operation and maintenance.
\n\nIt is to be noted that the consulting firm should identify the source and location with coordinates of materials to be used during construction with estimated quantities.
\n\nPrepare the detail design of drainage and flood control networks. These will be mostly surface drainage and flood control structures. sub-surface drainage may be proposed and designed when deemed necessary.
\n\nFollowing the post-harvest and office structures need assessment conducted during interim stage, the Consultant will prepare the detail design of such structures that meet community/users needs (e.g., roads, power, water distribution networks and office buildings, post-harvest and handling facilities with basic utilities, etc.).
\n\nTo ensure stakeholder-wide appreciation and ownership of the assignment outputs and recommendations, the consultant is expected to organize a coordination workshop to present the draft designs to the client and stakeholders. During this workshop, the client will ensure all logistics of the participants
\n\nBased on the comments provided on the draft detail designs and outcome of the stakeholder workshop, the consultant shall prepare detail designs of dams and command areas and related structures. These include preparations of detailed drawings, detailed unit price market survey, BOQs, technical specifications, cost estimates, and bidding documents.
\n\nAfter incorporating the comments in the final designs, the consultant are expected to organize a coordination workshop to present the final designs and outputs to client in technical workshop, during this workshop the client will ensure all related logistics.
\n\nRevisit and refine the estimates of irrigation requirements for the selected irrigation technologies to be applied, taking into account of various irrigation efficiencies that are likely to be achieved, prepare detail design drawings including longitudinal plan, profiles, and cross-sections of the main and tertiary canals/secondary pipes and typical designs for their respective structures. Prepare design of three (3) representative tertiary blocks including tertiary canals and appropriate on-farm distribution systems.
\n\nPrepare suitable technical specifications for the use of materials, workmanship, inspection schedules, plant, and equipment in the construction of irrigation infrastructures to allow the Client to prepare tender documents and select the contractors. Reference to brand names, catalog numbers or other details that limit any materials or items to a specific manufacturer is not allowed unless stated that is must be “equal or better”.
\n\nConsultant shall prepare bills of quantities and project cost estimates based on unit price of materials obtained during the market survey for the final detail design report clearly indicating activities to be carried out by contractors.
\n\nFor each scheme, the consultant shall prepare separate detailed implementation schedules for activities to be carried out by contractors.
\n\nA draft of the detail design report will be circulated for consultation to the Client and other key stakeholders prior to moving on to the final detail design report. The report shall include the following elements:
\n\nWhile conducting this assignment, the consultant will provide the client with short periodic progress updates. However, the client may request the consultant at any time to present any desired clarification about the progress of the assignment when it is determined to be necessary.
\n\nThe Consultant will produce a series of reports in English during the assignment. All the reports will be prepared in Word format with tables and graphs prepared in Excel format as well as Maps and design drawings in shapefile and CAD formats. All reports to be of internationally accepted standards. All the raw data (calculation notes) collected will be submitted to Client. The reports will make full use of diagrams, Gantt Charts, photos, tables etc to make the reports accessible to a wide readership, also whose first language might not be English. The report will be submitted to SPIU-CDAT/RAB in printed copies, along with an electronic copy for evaluation and approval.
\n\nThe Consultant shall arrange and make PowerPoint presentations, of the reports, maps and drawings, to the Client and other key stakeholders at workshops no more than 2 weeks after each submission.
\n\nThe Consultant will be expected to employ the most effective methodology and standards to achieve results with optimal national stakeholder involvement. In addition, the Consultant will be expected to:
\n\nInternational Standards shall be used for the studies, and their application shall be appropriately referenced. ICOLD dam design criteria shall be used to guide the definition of design floods, earthquakes, sediment management etc.
\n\nDam Safety: Consultants should adhere to established dam safety guidelines and standards set by organizations such as the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). These standards typically cover aspects such as dam design, construction, maintenance, and emergency preparedness to mitigate risks related to dam failure and ensure public safety.
\n\nHydraulic Design: Hydraulic design standards provide guidelines for designing irrigation systems that efficiently convey and distribute water to agricultural fields while minimizing losses due to leakage, evaporation, and runoff. Consultants should follow industry standards such as those developed by the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) or the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) for hydraulic design parameters and methodologies.
\n\nEnvironmental Impact Assessment (EIA): Consultants should adhere to relevant environmental regulations and guidelines, such as those issued by government agencies or international organizations like the World Bank or United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP). These guidelines typically cover aspects such as water quality protection, habitat preservation, and mitigation of ecological impacts.
\n\n\n\n
The Consultant will produce the following reports and make presentations of the same to the Client:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t No of Copies \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Inception Report \n\n\t\t\t(1months) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Contains the updated work plan, state of mobilization, refined work methodology and understanding of assignment, specify submission dates for each of the required technical reports in draft form, issues identified for Client’s attention, proposed content and structure of the various reports. The proposed project schedule shall be broken down by tasks and sub-tasks and presented in Gantt chart form. A presentation shall be made by the Consultant 1 Month after commencement of consultancy services \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Interim Report \n\n\t\t\t(2 Months) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The report will contain progress made, including details of the project area, links with existing institutions, lessons from similar projects, an assessment of constraints and opportunities, preliminary results from field investigations and surveys, preliminary findings of the various water demand assessments, and clear approach that will be taken to analyse and compare the different alternatives. The report will be complete including all information required by this TOR with only minor changes expected for the final submittal. The report will contain a detailed executive summary, a complete technical description of each alternative analysed, including justification, technical and financial analysis, computation, drawings, figures and maps as well as detailed reports on all subjects treated in the scope of the study. A presentation shall be made by the Consultant 3 months after commencement to review and approve the report. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Final \n\n\t\t\tInterim Report \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t (1 Month) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Comments received after the presentation of the draft interim report will be addressed and the final report submitted 4 months after commencement. A final presentation is not expected unless there are significant changes made. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Draft detail design report technical specification and unit price market surveying (2 months) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The draft final report of selected alternative will provide details of in-depth investigations on all aspects of the project. It will include all calculations notes, layout maps, drawings, bill of quantities, and updated financial analyses. These reports will be the basis of engineering works that will be conducted by the contractors. A presentation shall be made by the Consultant 2 months after approval of the interim report and selection of best scenario. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Final design report (1 month) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Following comments from the Client, the Consultant will prepare and compile tender documents incorporating general, specific and technical conditions of contract, specifications, bill of quantities, tender drawings and operation and maintenance manuals. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Monthly progress reports (1st week of every month) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1-5 page maximum, comprising a narrative and bar charts or other graphic presentation showing details of the Consultant’s progress, changes in the assignment schedule, impediments, progressive findings, site meeting with stakeholders to be informed and contribute to design progress, and proposed remedies will be submitted on a monthly basis. Reports should include a financial summary, indicating amounts invoiced, amounts disbursed, and any other pertinent financial details. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Three workshops will be organized to discuss the submitted reports. The workshops will be facilitated by the Client. At each workshop, the Consultant’s key experts will make PowerPoint presentations and provide concise reports for discussion.
\n\nNote: The abovementioned workshops are different from the expected stakeholder public consultative meetings and/or workshops to be organized and facilitated by the Consultant in the project-affected areas for information gathering (as part of Consultant’s fieldwork) and stakeholder review and comments on draft documents during the course of the assignment.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The study team should be comprised of experienced professionals which will include national/regional/international Consultants as necessary to ensure study relevance and effectiveness. The team should reflect an appropriate mix of disciplines, education, skills and experience, an understanding of underlying development issues, and regional experience. The team should be made up of specialists each with relevant qualifications in the corresponding disciplines and experience in undertaking studies related to irrigation development and watershed management.
\n\nThe areas of expertise required include: irrigation engineering and agriculture development, watershed management, rural development, civil/infrastructure/hydraulic engineering, hydrology, financial and economic analysis, geotechnical engineering, institutional analysis and environmental and social impact assessment. The Consultant may optimize their personnel to demonstrate the competencies required for the assignment. The time input and qualifications of the key experts are as follows:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Position \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Person-Months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Competences \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Team Leader (Dam Design/ Civil Engineer) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in Civil/Hydraulic Engineering, with a minimum of 15 years’ general and 5 years specific experience in water resources planning, design and construction of hydraulic structures such as dams, hydropower projects and irrigation systems and have experience in designing World Bank or other IFI financed irrigation projects in recent years; strong coordination and leadership skills with proven record over past five years proven with at least 3 completion certificates. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Irrigation and Drainage Specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualification in irrigation, water resources, or hydraulic engineering, with 10 years’ experience in the planning and design and construction of irrigation and drainage systems. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Agricultural Planner/ Agronomist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in Agronomy or related sciences with at least 7 generals with specific 3 proven with certificate years of work experience in commercially oriented irrigation or irrigated agriculture development projects. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Structural Engineer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in Structural Engineering and at least 7 generals with specific 3 proven with certificate years of experience as structural engineer for design and construction of hydraulic infrastructure projects. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Geotechnical Engineer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in Geotechnical Engineering and at least 7 generals with specific 3 proven with certificate years of experience in geotechnical investigations, design and construction of hydraulic infrastructure projects. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Hydrologist/ Hydro-geologist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualification in water resources /hydrology, and at least 5 generals with specific 3 proven with certificate years’ experience in use of water resources models for surface and groundwater assessments as well as experience in use of GIS/remote sensing in river basins. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Soil Specialist/ Pedologist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in soil sciences and at least 5 generals with specific 3 proven with certificate years’ experience in soil investigation for irrigation and watershed projects \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Land-husbandry specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in soil sciences, agroforestry and at least 5 generals with specific 3 proven with certificate years’ experience land husbandry for irrigation and watershed projects \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Economist/ Financial Specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in economics, and at least 5 generals with Specific 3 proven with certificate years of work experience on development projects, specifically in economic and financial analysis of water resources development projects; and has experiences in irrigation water tariff assessment and design \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Surveyor \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in surveying with demonstrated experience in use of remote sensing/GIS applications. Minimum of 5 general with Specific 3 proven with certificate years’ experience in engineering surveys. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Social development specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in sociology, development, Minimum of 5 years of general experience with Specific 3 proven with certificate years of work experience. The Specialist will ensure that socio-economic and gender issues are appropriately included during the project preparation/design stage. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Environmental Specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualification in Environment studies at least 5 generals with Specific 3 proven with certificate years’ work experience in Environmental Assessments. Knowledge of World Bank Social and environmental safeguards is a must. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Total Man-Months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 35 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
Data and documentation on hydrological, meteorological, water quality and other relevant aspects of the river basins which the Client may have will be availed to the Consultant; however, the Consultant has the ultimate responsibility for collecting the required data and documentation which cannot be made available by the Client from official sources. The Client will:
\n\nProposals should indicate how the funds will be best utilized to achieve the objectives of the assignment. Whilst all of the Consultant’ costs incurred in their participation, supporting the arrangement and running of national and district workshops must be included in the Consultant’s financial proposal, the costs of holding the workshops themselves (costs of venue, participants’ expenses such as transport and accommodation, materials etc.) will be met by the Client and should not be included in the Consultant’s financial proposals. The costs of all other consultations, meetings etc. required by the Consultant to adequately complete the assignment must be included in the financial proposals.
\n\nThe Consultant shall operate their own project office and shall bear all accommodation, local transportation, visas, and other costs necessary to carry out the assignment.
\n\nThe Consultant's fees shall cover the salaries of the entire staff of the Consultant employed on the study. The fees will include provision for all supporting staff and services necessary to carry out the work; hire of vehicles; procurement of equipment and direct costs for travel, freight, accommodation, report production and other expenses. The contract will be for a fixed lump sum and the Consultant will not claim any additional payments to compensate for exchange rate fluctuations or price escalation and delays in payments of not more than 90 days on the part of the Client.
\n\nThe amount and schedule of payment of fees will be in accordance with the terms and conditions of the contract agreement finally made between the Consultant and RAB/SPIU/CDAT Project. Notwithstanding this, the following schedule will be used as a basis for negotiation:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Payment Number \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Event \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Percentage (%) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Submission of approved Inception Report, after addressing the comments from presentation workshop \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Submission of approved Interim Report, after addressing the comments from presentation workshop \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 40 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Submission of approved Final Detail Design Report and Tender documents, after addressing the comments from presentation workshop \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 40 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
The Consultant will be required to demonstrate in their proposal evidence of adoption of the use of a Quality Assurance System (ISO 9001 or equivalent), as well as describe how quality control will be implemented in the course of the project.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
"},{"id":"OP00283761","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"11-Apr-2024","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2024-05-10T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"10:00","project_ctry_name":"Rwanda","project_id":"P171462","project_name":"Commercialization and De-Risking for Agricultural Transformation Project","bid_reference_no":"RW-RAB-408675-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Hiring a consultancy firm for detailed design of Karambi marshland","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Not Applicable","contact_ctry_name":"Rwanda","contact_email":"spiuwbkioca@rab.gov.rw","contact_name":"Sarah NYIRAMUTANGWA","contact_organization":"CDAT","contact_phone_no":"0738 461 866","contact_web_url":"-","submission_date":"2024-04-11T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
\n\n(CONSULTING SERVICES -– FIRMS SELECTION)
\n\n\n\n
COUNTRY: Rwanda
\n\nNAME OF PROJECT: Commercialization and De-risking for Agricultural
\n\nTransformation (CDAT) Project
\n\nCredit A No: 7084-RW, Credit B No: 7085-RW and Grant No: E017-RW
\n\nAssignment Title: hiring a consultancy firm for detailed design of Karambi marshland.
\n\nReference No: RW-RAB-408675-CS-QCBS
\n\n\n\n
The Government of Rwanda has received financing from the International Development Association (IDA) toward the cost of the Commercialization and De-risking for Agricultural Transformation (CDAT) Project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services of hiring a consultancy firm for detailed design of Karambi marshland.
\n\nThe Terms of Reference (TOR) related to this assignment are attached to this request for expressions of interest.
\n\nThe Rwanda Agriculture and Animal Resources Development Board (RAB) / Commercialization and De-risking for Agricultural Transformation (CDAT) Project now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the above Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. Expression of Interest (EOI) will include: core business and years in business, relevant experience, technical and managerial capability of the firm.
\n\nTo be able to submit an expression of interest, International and National consulting firms who are not registered in E-procurement system, are advised to register themselves through www.umucyo.gov.rw
\n\nN.B.:
\n\nSubmission of expression of interest via other channels than Umucyo E-Procurement System shall not be considered. In case of Joint-Venture, only the lead firm must submit the Expression of Interest, the Joint-Venture must be done through e-procurement system, otherwise the EOI will be rejected.
\n\n\n\n
The shortlisting criteria are:
\n\n\n\n
The shortlist will contain five (5) to eight (8) firms.
\n\nThe attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” Fourth Edition September, 2023 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
\n\nConsultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
\n\nA Consultant will be selected in accordance with the criteria set out in the Request for Proposals.
\n\nExpressions of interest must be delivered through e-procurement system on www.umucyo.gov.rw by the time indicated in the system.
\n\n\n\n
TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR DETAIL DESIGN STUDY FOR REHABILITATION AND IMPROVEMENTS OF KARAMBI-GACACA-RWAGITIMA IRRIGATION SCHEMES (1,421 ha) LOCATED IN KAYONZA AND GATSIBO DISTRICTS.
\n\n\n\n
The World Bank approved $300 million in financing under the International Development Association’s (IDA’s) grant, credit, and Scale Up Window to help the Government of Rwanda increase the use of irrigation and commercialization among producers and agribusiness firms in supported value chains, and to increase access to agricultural finance.
\n\nThe Commercialization and De-Risking for Agricultural Transformation Project (CDAT) will support the Government to provide services and create an enabling environment for the private actors throughout the agricultural value chain. It will finance public investments in the seeds sector, develop and rehabilitate irrigation systems on over 17,600 ha, and provide accompanying land husbandry development on about 11,000 ha in surrounding water catchment areas to increase productivity and promote climate-smart agriculture.
\n\nThe project will also support commercialization by helping farmers access markets and availing matching grants for investments in mechanization, post-harvest infrastructure, and processing equipment. A CDAT challenge fund will invest in particularly innovative solutions for the sector that can be brought to scale. The project is nationwide and is foreseen to directly benefit at least 235,000 households, including women and youth. In partnership with financial institutions, the Commercialization and De-Risking for Agricultural Transformation Project will seek to enhance access to affordable financial services and products in the agricultural sector by providing short and long-term financing and reducing risks and challenges faced by agricultural value chains through strengthening market linkages and scaling up agriculture insurance.
\n\nOne of the projects being considered for implementation by CDAT is the rehabilitation and upgrading Gacaca scheme located in Murundi sector of Kayonza District served by Gacaca Dam, and Rwagitima scheme located in Rugarama, Kiziguro, Gitoki and Rugarama sectors of Gatsibo district served by Ntende and Kiliba dams. Rice is primarily grown throughout the 1,421 ha command area by gravity surface irrigation with some farmers switching to maize and other crops due to lack of water. A study is required to consider alternatives for raising these dams and improving and possibly expanding the command area. The Inception Report will prepare many potential alternatives to be presented to the stakeholders to select the most viable ones that will undergo further analysis in an Interim Study and be presented to the Client for selection of the best alternative to undergo a Detail Design Study.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Gacaca-Rwagitima general Location map
\n\n\n\n
Rwanda’s economy relies heavily on agriculture as a sector contributing around 30% to the GDP. Nearly 70% of the rural population is employed in agriculture. The Government of Rwanda in its national policies indicates agriculture as a vehicle for economic growth. The National Strategy of Transformation and PSTA IV emphasizes agriculture development as a means to achieve the goal of poverty reduction and ensuring food security.
\n\nThe goal of the project is to develop financially sustainable irrigation and drainage services and increase farmers’ agricultural revenue in the project area.
\n\nThe overall objective of the study is to undertake an Interim and Detail Study to upgrade and rehabilitate the Gacaca, Kiliba, and Ntende dams and command areas. The study must meet the World Bank project appraisal requirements and should ensure the development is technically feasible, economically and financially viable, socially acceptable, and environmentally sustainable.
\n\nThe specific objectives of the assignment are to carry out relevant technical investigations and studies comprising of water resources (hydrologic and hydro-geologic) assessment, socio-economic assessment, agricultural soils and agronomic studies, irrigation water requirements, topographical surveys, geotechnical investigations, hydraulic studies and design, and undertake interim and detail design studies for upgrading and rehabilitating Gacaca, Kiliba, and Ntende dams and command areas located in Kayonza and Gatsibo Districts to ensure optimum use of available water. If additional storage is needed to meet the demands of the existing or expanded command area, the study will determine the needs/demands and the potential for multipurpose infrastructure development, identify new potential dam sites and develop conceptual designs with enough detail to help the Client make a decision on the viability of the dams and if feasibility studies should be carried out in the future.
\n\nThe study will be carried out in two phases; Interim Study and Detail Design. The Interim Study will analyse the alternatives selected in the inception phase, examine, and rank the alternatives for increasing water harvesting, improving drainage, developing low-head solar pumped irrigation, expanding the command area, and if additional water storage is needed, to investigate potential new dam sites. The Interim Study will examine the alternatives and provide preliminary design drawings, cost estimates, and economic analyses sufficiently detailed to enable decisions to be made on project viability. If the Interim Study results in alternatives that seem reasonable to the Client, then the Consultant will proceed with the detail design study for the selected alternative. The detail design study will examine selected alternative and provide detail design drawings, cost estimates, technical specifications, tender documents, and unit price surveying to enable the client to proceed to the tendering of works. In addition, the definition of the project components, organizational arrangements, and procedures will be detailed enough to permit the executing agencies to use the study as guidance on project implementation.
\n\nThe Consultant should take into consideration the World Bank policies, guidelines, and safeguards requirements, especially those for environmental and social impact assessment as well as dam safety to prepare the studies.
\n\nThe study will entail interim and detail design studies that include the preparation of designs, cost estimates, and implementation arrangements for the finally agreed development alternative for water harvesting, drainage and irrigation development, infrastructure, and watershed management associated with the project. The interim and detail design studies will comprise of analyses related to (a) basin-wide water resources (qualitative and quantitative), (b) drainage and flood management, (c) watershed management plan, (d) topographic survey, (e) geologic and geotechnical investigations, (f) soils and agronomy, (g) cropping patterns and crop water requirements, (h) raising of dams, (i) irrigation infrastructure, (j) overall agricultural potential and support services including market and value chain development for maximum water resource use (l) land tenure, (m) environmental and social analyses, (o) institutional analysis, (p) water management and operation and maintenance, and (q) economic and financial analysis in close consultation with farmer communities and other stakeholders. This project must adhere to international best practices, policies/guidelines, and safeguards.
\n\nThe Consultant shall define, in consultation with the Client and other stakeholders, the scope of the project options, assess the practicability of the development, and provide the basis for decision-making on the choice of design options optimizing the use of available water. The Consultant shall define the benefits (direct and indirect) and costs, and determine financial feasibility, economic justification, and cost recovery. The Consultant will adopt participatory approaches to ensure the optimal involvement of stakeholders from national to community levels, during the study. In planning and scheduling the tasks, the Consultant should note that not all tasks will be conducted linearly and the Consultant should propose a schedule on how the tasks can be arranged to meet the objectives of the assignment and for optimal linkage/sequencing.
\n\nThe primary problems faced by the farmers of this area are lack of water for irrigation during the dry months and flooding of their fields during the rainy seasons. The Gacaca scheme (875 ha) is irrigated by Gacaca dam with a downstream area of around 400 ha located in Rwimbogo sector that is frequently flooded after meeting with drainage water from Rwagitima scheme. On the left side (2 km downstream from Gacaca dam) there is a potential dam site with 24.3 km2 catchment. Rwagitima scheme (545 ha) is irrigated by Ntende and Kiliba dams. On the right side of the scheme in Murundi sector, there is a potential area of 375 ha that can be irrigated by a small dam with a 12.9 km2 water catchment area, or by low head pumping from the main canal of Rwagitima command area. During rainy periods the spillover from Gacaca, Ntende, and Kiliba Dams, together with the identified potential dams on the right side of Rwagitima and left side of Gacaca, provide potential water harvesting alternatives that can be used during dry periods and prevent flooding during rainy periods in the targeted command area.
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Gacaca during flood period \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Gacaca during normal period \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Existing and potential areas to be developed in Gacaca-Rwagitima Rice scheme
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t No \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Name of command area \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Existing Command Area (ha) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Potential Command Area (ha) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Storage Capacity of Dam MCM \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Watershed (km2) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Gacaca \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 876 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t 2.5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 66.8 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Karambi 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t 24.4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Karambi 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 375 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t 12.9 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Ntende \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 36 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t 0.7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 44.8 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Kiliba \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 49 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t 0.4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 32.6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Rwagitima \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 460 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t Irrigated by Ntende and Kiliba dams \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t 7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Munini \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 50 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Gacaca downstream extension area \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Total \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1,421 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 410 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3.6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 173.6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
The land cover and land use in the dam catchment area has changed drastically with intensified agriculture activities, mining, and habitation settlement, which resulted in more silt accumulation in dam compared to the planned dead storage capacity.
\n\nThe increase of both population density and interest in irrigation has pushed farmers to pump water from the main irrigation canals to irrigate the hillsides. This combined with siltation in the dam has significantly reduced the available water to irrigate the originally designed command area.
\n\nSeasonal rainfall frequently results in flooding of the command area and damage to water distribution structures.
\n\nThe lack of water in the command area during dry periods has forced some of the farmers to shift from rice crops to other crops that require less water or even depend on rainfall.
\n\nTherefore, SPIU/CDAT wants to recruit a consulting firm to carry out a design study for rehabilitation and improving the existing irrigation scheme of Gacaca-Rwagitima and come up with alternatives for resolving irrigation water shortage during dry periods, flooding during rainy periods, and maximizing available water resources for irrigation.
\n\nExisting irrigation infrastructures
\n\nThe existing Rwagitima-Gacaca schemes with 1,421 ha of rice is irrigated by the Gacaca dam of 2.5 MCM, Ntende Dam of 0.7 MCM and Kiliba Dam of 0.4 MCM, that are not sufficient to supply the exiting area. Raising the existing dams and possibly constructing a new dam will help to control flooding during the rainy seasons, provide adequate water during the dry seasons, and possibly allow expansion of the command area by 410 ha of marshland and more on the hillsides by pumping depending on the availability of water.
\n\nThe table below summarizes the status of existing hydraulic structures for both Gacaca and Rwagitima schemes:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Infrastructure \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Current Status \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Comments and Proposed Improvement \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Gacaca scheme (876 ha) developed by RSSP 3 in 2014 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t Gacaca Dam \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Type: \n\n\t\t\tEarthen dam 2.5Mcm \n\n\t\t\tHeight: 9.10m; \n\n\t\t\tCrest Length: 136.90m; \n\n\t\t\tStorage capacity: 2,500,000m3; \n\n\t\t\tCatchment area: \n\n\t\t\t66.8 km2; \n\n\t\t\tRelated structures: sediment flushing gate, intake structure, spillway \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Well operating, spills often, runs dry \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t In recent years, many farmers started to pump from the reservoir and from the main canals to irrigate their crops on the hillsides. \n\n\t\t\tThe dam spills in every rainy season period therefore raising the dam will be beneficial. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Ntende Dam \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Type: \n\n\t\t\tEarthen dam 0.7Mcm \n\n\t\t\tHeight: 4.250m; \n\n\t\t\tCrest Length: 143.00m; \n\n\t\t\tStorage capacity: 700,000m3; \n\n\t\t\tCatchment area: \n\n\t\t\t44.8 km2; \n\n\t\t\tRelated structures: sediment flushing gate, intake structure, spillway \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Well operating, spills often, runs dry \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The dam is located along the highway to Nyagatare at Rwagitima center. From the dam's full water level to the lowest point on the road there is a vertical difference of around 3m. A raise of 1 to 1.5 m can not disturb the road but more than that would require to also raise about 200 to 400m of the lowest part of the road. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Kiliba Dam \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Type: \n\n\t\t\tEarthen dam 0.4Mcm \n\n\t\t\tHeight: 9.50m; \n\n\t\t\tCrest Length: 139.0m; \n\n\t\t\tStorage capacity: 400,000m3; \n\n\t\t\tCatchment area: \n\n\t\t\t32.6 km2; \n\n\t\t\tRelated structures: sediment flushing gate, intake structure, spillway \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t One of the outlet gates is not operational \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The dam is being silted due to tree harvesting, agricultural and mining activities in the water catchment. The dam is always open during the rainy seasons to flush sediments. Erosion control combined with runoff water harvesting by raising the dam, will reduce water shortage in the command area. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Weir intakes from Main canal (Gacaca) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Type: Masonry \n\n\t\t\tNumber: 7 weir intakes \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 of them were eroded \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Protection and improvement of weirs against flash flow is needed \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Main Canal \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Type: earthen; trapezoidal shape, \n\n\t\t\tlength: 27km, longitudinal slope: 0.003, \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Good and well operating with some erosion of the embankments \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Lining of parts or the entire canal needs to be assessed. Lining and rehabilitation of distribution structures will help reduce the water shortage during the dry season. Measuring water loss from the canals may help to make this assessment. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Rwagitima scheme (460 ha) developed by RSSP in 2010 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t Weir intake on the main canal \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Type: Masonry \n\n\t\t\tNumber: 26 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t In good status and well operating, except for 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Two weirs are very old and need rehabilitation. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Main Canal \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Type: earthen; trapezoidal shape, \n\n\t\t\tlength: 41.364km, longitudinal slope: 0.003, \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t In good status and well-operating \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The canals are old with a high infiltration rate which will be assessed and required improvements will be proposed accordingly. Improvement is also needed on water distribution infrastructures to increase water productivity. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Scheme management
\n\nThe Rwagitima and Gacaca schemes are managed by Water Users Association (WUA –Tuzamurane Ntende, Isoko Yubukire Gacaca) and one Cooperative (Koperative COPRORIZ-Ntende, Duterimbere Murundi ) with a total membership of 2,648 and 1,743 farmers, respectively. The existing WUA and Cooperative will continue to manage the scheme after its expansion. The chart below shows the organizational structure of the WUA and the scheme arrangement.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The following existing documents should be reviewed:
\n\n\n\n
The irrigation and drainage design study aims to address water management issues in Karambi-Rwagitima scheme. The region faces challenges such as water scarcity, inefficient irrigation practices, and inadequate drainage systems, impacting agricultural productivity and environmental sustainability. This study intends to provide comprehensive solutions for optimizing water usage, enhancing irrigation efficiency, and mitigating flooding through improved drainage systems.
\n\n\n\n
The inception stage will consist of:
\n\n\n\n
The methodology will consist of the followings:
\n\nDesk Review: Review existing literature, reports, and data on the region's water resources, irrigation practices, and drainage systems.
\n\nSite Visits and Surveys: Conduct field visits to assess the current irrigation and drainage infrastructure, gather data on water sources, usage, and land characteristics, and engage with local stakeholders.
\n\nHydrological and Hydraulic Analysis: carry out the preliminary analysis of hydrological data to understand water availability, conduct hydraulic modelling to simulate irrigation and drainage systems' performance, and assess the impact of proposed interventions.
\n\n\n\n
Identify Stakeholders: Begin by identifying all relevant stakeholders who may be affected by the study or have a vested interest in its outcomes. This includes local communities, water user associations, governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations (NGOs), businesses, and other relevant groups.
\n\n\n\n
Develop a Stakeholder Engagement Plan: Create a comprehensive plan outlining how stakeholders will be engaged throughout the study process. This plan should include clear objectives, methods for engagement, communication strategies, timelines, and resources required.
\n\n\n\n
Stakeholder Consultation: Engage with farmers, local authorities, water management agencies, and other stakeholders to understand their needs, gather feedback on proposed designs, and ensure alignment with community priorities.
\n\nTechnical Design: List and assess the designs alternatives for irrigation and drainage systems, incorporating best practices, modern technologies, and cost-effective solutions.
\n\nEnvironmental and Social Impact Assessment: Assess the potential environmental and social impacts of the proposed interventions and list the potential mitigation measures.
\n\nFinancial Analysis: Estimate the costs associated with the listed potential design alternative, including capital investments, operation, and maintenance expenses, and analyze the economic viability of the project.
\n\n\n\n
The data to be used during the design study will be reported at the phase of inception. The data to be collected will include but not be limited to:
\n\n\n\n
The Consultant shall:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
At the Inception Phase the consultant will identify and carry out the preliminary selection to come up with three to four promising alternative that will be analysed in the Interim Phase. When evaluating design study alternatives to upgrade and rehabilitate irrigation dams and their command areas, the following factors will be considered:
\n\nBefore proceeding to the interim design phase, the 3 selected alternatives from the Inception Study phase will be compared and analyzed to determine the most suitable to be further studied in the interim design phase.
\n\n\n\n
1. Executive Summary
\n\nProvide a concise overview of the study, including its purpose, objectives, key findings, and recommendations.
\n\n2. Introduction
\n\nBackground: Provide context for the study, including the need for irrigation/drainage and the significance of the design study.
\n\nObjectives: Clearly state the objectives of the study.
\n\n3. Scope of Work
\n\nOutline the scope of the study, including the geographical area covered, irrigation and drainage systems to be assessed, and design parameters to be considered.
\n\n4. Methodology
\n\nDescribe the approach and methods used for data collection, analysis, and design, including any tools or models to be utilized.
\n\n5. Stakeholder Engagement
\n\nDiscuss the stakeholders involved in the study and their roles, as well as any consultations or workshops conducted.
\n\n6. Data Collection and Analysis
\n\nPresent the data collected during the study, including information on water resources, land use, soil characteristics, and existing irrigation infrastructure. Summarize the analysis conducted on this data.
\n\n7. Irrigation System Assessment
\n\nProvide an assessment of the existing irrigation and drainage systems, including their efficiency, effectiveness, and sustainability.
\n\n8. Design Study
\n\nOutline the proposed designs alternatives for improving or expanding the irrigation and drainage systems including technical specifications, cost estimate, preliminary financial and economic analysis, and potential environmental impacts.
\n\n9. Weighing and ranking all design alternatives identified
\n\nSystematically weigh and rank design alternatives to make well-informed decisions that align with project objectives and stakeholder requirements. It is done by: Defining Criteria, Assigning Weights on criteria, Evaluating Alternatives, Normalizing Scores, Calculating Weighted Scores, Ranking Alternatives, Sensitivity Analysis, Decision Making on selection of best alternatives to carry forward to the next stage of Interim Report.
\n\nDocument the entire process, including criteria selection, weights assignment, evaluation methodology, results, and the rationale behind the final decision. This documentation serves as a reference for future projects and ensures transparency in decision-making.
\n\nSometimes, it might be necessary to iterate through the process, especially if new information becomes available or if stakeholders change their priorities. Stay flexible and be prepared to adjust your approach accordingly.
\n\n10. Risk Assessment
\n\nIdentify potential risks and challenges associated with the proposed designs, along with strategies for mitigation.
\n\n11. Conclusion
\n\nSummarize the key findings of the study and reiterate the proposed recommendations.
\n\n12. Recommendations
\n\nProvide actionable recommendations based on the findings of the study, including suggestions for further research or implementation.
\n\n13. Annexes
\n\nInclude any supplementary information, such as maps, tables, or technical drawings, in the annexes.
\n\nThe purpose of the Interim Study is develop alternatives selected from the Interim Report for expanding the command area, storing more water, and draining flooded areas as described in more detail below:
\n\nIf this additional water is not enough to supply the expanded command area, the Consultant will carry out preliminary studies of potential dam sites to determine which sites are viable. The feasibility and detail design of any such dams will the subject of a follow-on study.
\n\nBefore proceeding to the Detail Design phase, the selected alternatives from the Interim Study phase will be compared and analyzed to determine the one most suitable to be further studied in the Detail Design phase.
\n\nThe purpose of this assessment is to understand the socio-economic profile of the beneficiary and potentially affected communities, to enable project design to meet their development needs and mitigate negative impacts. This assessment shall serve as a baseline that will help project planning, diagnostic monitoring, and impact evaluation purposes that should result into:
\n\nUsing internationally recognized methodologies/standards, the Consultant shall:
\n\nThe information obtained from the surveys will be used as a baseline for conducting a project socio-economic impact assessment. Combined with other technical studies, the outcome of this task should be adequate enough to be used as input for “with project” and “without project” scenario evaluations at the economic and financial analysis stage.
\n\nIn addition, the Consultant will identify the project communication needs and propose the appropriate communication strategy using the above information.
\n\nFor any new areas proposed for expansion of the command area, the Consultant shall:
\n\nThe Consultant shall then:
\n\nTo assist landowners, farmers, or agricultural professionals to take decisions regarding soil management practices, land development strategies, and crop production methods tailored to the specific agro-climatic conditions of the site to optimize productivity and sustainability over time, the following soil characteristics assessment will be conducted:
\n\n\n\n
The Consultants shall collect baseline information on the type of soils, topography, and land-use patterns; analyze water-use patterns (rain-fed crops, irrigated crops, drainage, surface, and groundwater extraction); examine existing field-crop production and soil management practices; establish and delineate major cropping pattern zones (considering types of irrigated crops grown, crop calendar and cropping intensity); propose schedules of crops for consideration; estimate expected yields and crop water requirements for alternative cropping programs, and examine the existing Agricultural Support Services. The assessment will cover:
\n\nThe Consultant will also analyze the gender division of labor in irrigated agricultural production for each socio-economic group, and identify the needs of both women and men related to proposed agricultural activities. Based on the analysis, the Consultant shall formulate the cropping and irrigated agriculture development plans for the proposed schemes including the potential distribution of land areas between the small-scale individual farms and large-scale commercial farms. Also, identify suitable and appropriate cropping patterns for each type, estimate farm-level crop production volumes, input and production costs, farm budget as well as gross and net returns, and generate incremental benefit estimations for use in the feasibility level economic and financial analyses.
\n\nThe Consultant shall carry out the following tasks for the existing dams:
\n\nIf the above analyses for raising the existing dams show that even more water is needed, follow the same steps to determine which of the proposed dams can supply the required water at the lowest cost.
\n\nGeological investigations for raising the existing dams will be conducted with a combination of geophysical explorations and test pits at reasonable intervals (minimum number of test pit:1 per 400Sq meter with two times height of the designed embankment) to determine:
\n\nField Investigations will include but not be limited to:
\n\nGeological investigations for the proposed dam sites will be conducted with a combination of geophysical explorations and test pits at reasonable intervals to determine:
\n\nThe Consultant shall identify and geo-reference crucial soil and rock features and establish the engineering properties of rocks and soils, surficial deposits, and tectonic-structural patterns. The extent, depth, and type of exploration will depend on the complexity of the geology and the size and type of dam as conceptualized by the Consultant. Field investigations shall be the same as those listed above for existing dams.
\n\nThe final output of this task will be a detailed report on the project geology/geotechnical aspects, with engineering properties for further use in the hydraulic and structural design of the dam.
\n\nGiven the existing concerns of land degradation and erosion within the project areas, the Consultant will assess the sediment regime and total sediment transport of the river system in the project areas. This will include the determination of the sediment (suspended and bedload) yield. Additional sediment data shall be collected during the consultancy, forecasting of dead storage volume and the future rate of reduction of the live storage and reservoir trap efficiency, which will require limited sediment sampling to the extent possible.
\n\nOther than design against storage depletion, this analysis should also aid the subsequent design against increased loads on the dam, abrasion of outlet structures, and blockage of outlets which could cause interruption of water uses and reduce the ability of the dam to pass floods safely. It will also help to determine dead storage and sediment flushing outlet levels.
\n\nSediment load estimates should include projections of changes in upstream sediment release, based on upstream development plans.
\n\nThe sediment analysis should include the determination of historic sediment yields of the catchments to the existing reservoirs based on a comparison of the topographic surveys of the reservoirs before the dams were constructed to the bathymetric surveys conducted for this study.
\n\nFor the location of 6 potential dam sites that should be investigated to determine their viability for increasing storage for irrigation, meeting the demands of the current scheme, and supporting expansion of the scheme, refer to the map below.
\n\nThe consulting firm shall carry out a cost analysis and recommend to the client the most economical among the options analysed.
\n\nFor the existing command area investigate the following:
\n\n\n\n
For the expansion command area the objective is to identify/verify, evaluate, and physically delineate the areas that can be potentially developed for irrigated agriculture and be added to existing irrigated areas to be improved with proper irrigation and drainage. The area that can potentially be irrigated depends primarily on the ability to control floods but also on the availability and suitability of soil/land and water, combined with the irrigation water requirements, and crops and cropping patterns that are feasible.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
The Consultant shall first evaluate and fully understand the problems of the existing rice irrigation scheme (flood in one season with the destruction of hydraulic structure and water shortage in another season), and prepare a report on recommended improvements for the scheme with particular attention to the lowest around 475 ha which suffers prolonged flooding.
\n\nOne of the irrigation methods to be considered especially in the most wet/flat areas is surface and subsurface irrigation by controlling the water level in the drains to maintain a groundwater level at the recommended depth of the crop root zone.
\n\nThis task will thus include:
\n\nPropose preliminary farm models with options for the type of operation (i.e. from smallholder farmer plus family labor to emergent commercial farmer with hired labor and large-scale mechanized commercial farmer), considering private and government-owned land, options and need for relocation of farmers, options for O&M service providers, options for external investors, etc.
\n\nThis task aims to evaluate irrigation water demand under the most optimal scenario (supplementary and/or major irrigation) for the basic design parameters generated by the tasks above. The Consultant shall:
\n\nFor the areas that need levelling and drainage improvements, or surface irrigation development, the Consultant shall prepare:
\n\nFor the hillside expansion areas and the existing reservoir areas, the Consultant shall prepare ground survey-based topographic maps of the irrigation expansion areas on hillsides, with an appropriate scale and point density (to be approved by the Client) to accurately generate no greater than 1m contour intervals.
\n\nThe scope for command area development will include the following:
\n\nThe Consultant shall examine the reliability of the water supply, considering the various existing and future water uses, and identify appropriate water conveyance systems for different sections of the irrigation system to supply water to all parts of the land to be developed and recommend appropriate irrigation methods best suited for the command area. To adapt against potential adverse impacts of climate change and improve water management and use efficiency, the Consultant is expected to introduce such recent innovative water distribution options as using pipes for secondary and tertiary canals which allow for flow measurement, and regulating reservoirs which provide improved control of the main canal and reduce end spillage.
\n\nMoreover, the Consultant shall locate suitable irrigation water diversion structures in the command area and investigate pumping, storage, or diversion requirements and reservoir operations required for irrigation with due consideration of floods and siltation in the command area.
\n\nThe Consultant will prepare preliminary designs for major structural and hydraulic elements of the proposed irrigation system, including, the water conveyance system, on-farm water distribution system, drainage canals system, flood protection and control considering both structural, hydraulic safety, basin irrigation design in valley bottom for rice, furrow with hose on hillside and pressurized irrigation like sprinkler, micro-spray, drip and raingun with pressure booster system where applicable on hillside, etc.
\n\nThe Consultant shall take into consideration intensive labor engagement and the use of local construction capability in case labor is available and local materials during the design as necessary. The Consultant shall prepare the layouts and drawings of the different project components using AutoCAD software. The Consultant shall also prepare a schedule of quantities in line with the latest Civil Engineering Standard Methods of Measurement (CESMM), for use in preliminary cost estimates and the economic and financial analysis.
\n\nThe Consultant shall assess the demand and the development potential and prepare preliminary studies to introduce such multipurpose infrastructures as domestic water supply systems, hydropower plants (incl. associated hydro-mechanical appurtenances), livestock water supply, and fish farming as an integral part of each scheme as appropriate. Specialized studies and detailed analyses shall be carried out for each aspect of the multipurpose schemes.
\n\nBased on the need for flood control, water demand for irrigation, and multipurpose requirements, and resource availability, the Consultant will prepare preliminary designs of proposed dams including the following:
\n\nAccessibility and construction logistics are crucial considerations when planning a dam site. Here's a breakdown of key factors:
\n\nThis task aims to establish the following:
\n\nSite Selection: Choose a location with suitable geological conditions, such as stable bedrock, to support the dam structure. Accessibility to water sources and proximity to areas requiring water management are also important.
\n\nTransportation Infrastructure: Assess the existing transportation infrastructure, including roads, railways, and waterways, to ensure materials and equipment can be transported to the site efficiently. If necessary, upgrade or construct access roads to accommodate heavy machinery and construction traffic.
\n\nEnvironmental Impact: Evaluate the environmental impact of construction activities on the surrounding ecosystem, including wildlife habitats and water quality. Implement mitigation measures to minimize disruption and adhere to environmental regulations.
\n\nPower Supply: Ensure access to a reliable power supply for construction activities, such as electricity for machinery and lighting. Temporary power sources will be established when no power line is nearby.
\n\nWater Management: Develop a comprehensive water management plan to control water flow during construction and prevent flooding or erosion. This will involve diversion channels, cofferdams, or temporary storage reservoirs.
\n\nWorkforce Accommodation: Provide adequate accommodation facilities for construction workers near the dam site to minimize commuting time and facilitate round-the-clock construction operations.
\n\nMaterial Sourcing: Identify nearby sources of construction materials, such as aggregates, cement, and steel, to reduce transportation costs and environmental impact.
\n\nSafety Considerations: Prioritize safety throughout the construction process by implementing proper safety protocols, providing training to workers, and conducting regular inspections of equipment and structures.
\n\nCommunication Infrastructure: Establish reliable communication systems, including mobile networks and radios, to facilitate coordination among project stakeholders and emergency response teams.
\n\nLogistics Planning: Develop a detailed logistics plan that addresses procurement, storage, and distribution of materials, as well as scheduling of construction activities to optimize productivity and minimize delays.
\n\nThis task aims to establish the following:
\n\nThe Consultant will carry out topographical surveys with appropriate contour intervals for use in planning and capturing specific site features such as the proposed dam axis, spillway area, energy dissipation area, reservoir extent, surface area-volume-depth relationship, river channel profiles, and location of proposed intake for irrigation, water supply, livestock, and fish farming as appropriate. The survey will also capture site features such as existing infrastructure within the vicinity of the proposed dams and reservoir areas (roads, buildings, bridges, power lines, etc.), trees and vegetation, rock outcrops, etc.
\n\nProspective borrow areas for construction materials and aggregates shall be shown at a scale of 1:2,000 on high-resolution orthophoto-based maps. The Consultant shall survey cross-sections of the rivers and their flood plains with the project areas at intervals and locations deemed relevant for incorporation in the mathematical hydraulic models of the rivers for purposes of routing floods in the event of extreme spillway releases. A topographic survey of the reservoir area extent shall be done to an appropriate scale with contour intervals of no less than 1m up to an elevation of maximum water level + 10m. Dam design plan and cross-section drawings shall be prepared at a scale of 1:100 indicating the pertinent features to the head works.
\n\nThe Consultant shall:
\n\nThe consultant will prepare the ToR for recruitment of a consulting firm to carry out the feasibility and detail design studies for the new dams once it is determined that the raising of the existing dams cannot meet the irrigation water requirements, and a suitable site for dam construction is found.
\n\nThe draft detail designs include assessment of the dam location, dam catchment areas, the nature of soils/rocks and coverage, the runoff (mean and in exceptionally dry years), the storage capacity of the dam after raising and the relative water availability in the year round (mean and exceptionally dry), type of dam, type of soil under the dam and excavation/foundation depths at side to be raised, expected dam’s siltation and life cycle, draft detail designs of dam embankment, spillway, etc.
\n\nNote that the preliminary investigations shall include geotechnical investigation through drilling/digging to investigate type of soil/rock under the dam the side to be raised.
\n\nThe design for raising the dam will include instrumentation for monitoring and surveillance.
\n\nIt is also recommended that the Expert conduct testing quality of any surface water available in the area for a period to be recommended by the Expert to be sure of the quality.
\n\nThe task objective is to take stock of the baseline condition of the watersheds in the project areas and identify major erosion hotspot areas and interventions required to improve, protect, and maintain the watershed healthily and sustainably. This will in turn address sedimentation risks related to future depletion of storage.
\n\nThe Consultant should:
\n\n\n\n
The Consultant firm will study in detail the water catchment (upstream of each existing dam), the command area catchment, and the command area, identify all critical interventions required (short-term, medium, and long-term), and propose an integrated and comprehensive land husbandry plan for sustainability of the project. For planning and implementation of different land husbandry options to be proposed by the Consultant, a detail design with drawings where required should be prepared, the entire watershed shall be partitioned into 5 major categories, namely, water catchment, reservoir silt-trap zone, command area catchment, and command area.
\n\nGIS Analysis and Mapping
\n\nAs part of the land husbandry study, the following maps shall be prepared:
\n\nThe Consultant firm shall review existing land-husbandry technologies being used by the Project and shall propose improvements for each slope/soil depth category suitable for each site to reduce soil erosion and safely convey runoff to streams and waterways, increase rain-fed crop production, and protect infrastructure. Typical design drawings shall be developed for each technology.
\n\nThe consultant shall analyze the use of the catchment area and propose a management plan considering the role of all stakeholders that intervene in the command area. The proposed management plan shall be elaborated considering but not limited to the following activities:
\n\nAfter analysis, the consulting firm shall propose the rules and regulations that should strengthen the best practices of catchment management once abided to.
\n\nThe Consultant will analyze the environmental and social aspects including land acquisition and resettlement sensitivities in each project area and, through the consideration of alternate project designs, develop project proposals that avoid or minimize potential adverse environmental impacts. Specifically, the Consultant should:
\n\nThe assessments will be guided by the national environment including land acquisition and resettlement-related legislation as well as World Bank safeguards.
\n\nThe depth of the assessment will be sufficient to adequately inform the development of alternate project designs and the selection and justification of the preferred alternatives. Project alternatives that substantially convert or degrade important natural habitats should not be considered unless they include equivalent habitat restoration and maintenance within the project area or elsewhere.
\n\nA separate procurement for detailed Environmental and Social Assessment is being undertaken by the Client. The Consultant will coordinate his work with the Environmental and Social Assessment carried out under this separate consultancy and have feedback and incorporate the findings and recommendations of that study in this report.
\n\nDesign features to avoid adverse impacts, minimize land acquisition and involuntary resettlement, or enhance environmental/natural resource services are to be clearly noted in the description of preferred project alternatives, with suitable maps. Acceptability of the final project design will depend not only on its technical and financial feasibility but also on its environmental and social suitability.
\n\nThe Consultant shall identify and value the costs and benefits that will arise with the proposed project for purposes of comparison with the situation as it would be without the project and determining the incremental net benefit arising from the project investment. This will involve preparation of financial cost estimates for the various project options and components with expenditure schedules for capital costs, replacement costs, O&M, management costs, etc. for all activities and services. A summary of the financial and economic cost estimates shall be provided in a tabular form and appropriately classified and discussed. All cost estimates must show the foreign and local currency requirements; taxes and subsidies shall be identified and their implications analyzed; physical and price contingency allowances should be quantified appropriately for each component/activity of the projects.
\n\nThe Consultant should prepare estimates of project benefits, which should include: direct/indirect benefits, tangible benefits (arising either from an increased value of production or from reduced costs), intangible benefits (such as new job opportunities, improved access to domestic water supply and power generation as appropriate through availability of storage etc.). The Consultant will also estimate secondary benefits created or costs incurred outside the project (using shadow pricing techniques/non market valuation), so that they can be attributed to the project investment, in the economic analysis. Residual values must be calculated. Specifically for the storage reservoir, the Consultant will identify multipurpose benefits deriving from upstream storage. They will propose a number of scenarios that differ in terms of the use of the stored water (irrigation, flood management, municipal and livestock water supply, etc.) and that maximize the returns on investment in storage. Scenarios should include sensitivity tests involving climate change scenarios.
\n\nThe Consultant shall:
\n\nThe key information for the project shall be presented in tabular format together with key environmental and social information. The Consultant should also provide documented analysis in Excel spreadsheets and based on this analysis make final recommendations on the way forward.
\n\nThe Consultant will prepare the feasibility study and preliminary design reports for the scheme, which shall document the studies and investigations carried out, findings and information. The reports shall contain firm statements on the technical, economic/financial and environmental and social sustainability, and recommendations on project suitability and outlook, if necessary through a multi-criteria analysis. The reports shall include concise executive summaries to make the report more accessible to the public. The results of the investigations shall be compiled and appended either to the report or in a separate volume of the feasibility studies. This volume will aim at evidencing that the amount of investigation carried out brings a sufficient understanding of the site conditions to finalize the project layout and cost estimate with an acceptable level of contingencies at feasibility level. The reports will form a decision point on whether to advance the studies, in case viable options have been identified, or terminate the studies in case all options are non-feasible. In the former, the Consultant in consultation with the Client and stakeholders shall agree on the best design alternatives/layouts, for which detail designs shall subsequently be prepared.
\n\n1. Introduction:
\n\nBrief overview of the project.
\n\nPurpose of the interim report.
\n\nOutline of the report structure.
\n\n2. Project Objectives:
\n\nClearly stated objectives of the design project.
\n\nAlignment with broader project goals and stakeholders' requirements.
\n\n3. Methodology:
\n\nDescription of the approach taken in designing the irrigation and drainage systems.
\n\nExplanation of any tools, software, or models used for analysis and design.
\n\n4. Site Analysis:
\n\nDetailed analysis of the site including socio-economic, hydrology, topography, soil types and agronomy, climate data, water sources, financial and economic study and other relevant factors.
\n\nIdentification of constraints and opportunities for the design. Rank 3 design alternatives recommended at inception phase and recommend the best one to undergo the final detail design
\n\n5. Irrigation System Design:
\n\nDesign considerations for the irrigation system including water requirements, crop types, and distribution methods.
\n\nLayout and specifications of irrigation infrastructure such as pipes, pumps, valves, and sprinklers.
\n\n6. Drainage System Design:
\n\nDesign of drainage system to manage excess water, prevent waterlogging, and soil erosion.
\n\nComponents of drainage system including channels, drains, and outlets.
\n\n7. Cost Estimates:
\n\nEstimation of costs associated with the design, installation, and maintenance of irrigation and drainage systems.
\n\nBreakdown of costs for materials, labor, equipment, and other expenses.
\n\n\n\n
8. Progress Summary:
\n\nOverview of progress made in the design process.
\n\nMilestones achieved and remaining tasks.
\n\n9. Challenges and Mitigation Strategies:
\n\nIdentification of challenges encountered during the design process.
\n\nStrategies implemented or proposed to address these challenges.
\n\n10. Conclusion:
\n\nSummary of key findings and outcomes of the interim design report.
\n\nNext steps in the design process.
\n\n11. References:
\n\nList of sources referenced in the report including technical documents, research papers, and relevant literature.
\n\n12. Appendices:
\n\nAdditional supplementary information such as maps, calculations, data tables, and technical drawings.
\n\nThe objective of this phase is to prepare the detail design for the selected alternatives presented in the Interim Study including a draft and final detail design report, design drawings, bill of quantities, unit price market survey, tender documents, technical specifications, and terms of references for hiring both a contractor and a supervisor. If adding a new dam is one of the selected alternatives, the dam will not be part of the detail design but the command area improvements will be designed considering the future requirements for when the dam is constructed.
\n\nIntegrating climate change adaptation measures into irrigation detail designs for hydraulic structures and drainage systems is essential for ensuring the resilience, efficiency, and sustainability of agricultural water management in the face of changing climatic conditions. This proactive approach can help mitigate risks, safeguard agricultural productivity, and promote sustainable development in the long run.
\n\nThe design of all hydraulic structures and drainage system will consider the climate change adaptation measures
\n\nHydraulic structures such as dams, canals, and reservoirs need to be designed to withstand these extreme weather events to ensure efficient water management and prevent flooding or water scarcity.
\n\nDesigning efficient hydraulic structures and drainage systems can help minimize water loss and optimize water distribution, ensuring agricultural productivity even in hotter climates.
\n\nHydraulic structures and drainage systems need to be resilient enough to withstand these events to prevent infrastructure damage and ensure continuous water supply for irrigation.
\n\nClimate change may also lead to shifts in crop suitability and planting seasons. Irrigation systems must be adaptable to accommodate these changes, allowing for flexibility in water management and crop selection to optimize agricultural productivity.
\n\nHealthy ecosystems play a crucial role in regulating water cycles and supporting sustainable agriculture. By incorporating climate change adaptation measures into irrigation designs, such as preserving natural wetlands or implementing green infrastructure, it is possible to enhance ecosystem resilience and ensure long-term water availability for irrigation purposes.
\n\nIncorporating climate change adaptation measures into irrigation designs helps protect long-term investments in agricultural infrastructure. By building resilience into hydraulic structures and drainage systems, the risks associated with climate-related impacts are minimized, ensuring the longevity and effectiveness of irrigation projects.
\n\nThe consultant will carry out the assessments of the impacts on communities, strategies for minimizing negative impacts, and provisions for compensation, livelihood restoration, and assistance to affected communities.
\n\nThey will focus on managing and mitigating the environmental and social impacts of the project by including the measures to minimize pollution, protect natural habitats, manage resources sustainably, and address social concerns such as community health, safety, and cultural heritage. They will design the monitoring and evaluation mechanisms to ensure compliance with environmental and social standards throughout the project lifecycle.
\n\nThe Consultant will improve the topographical field survey of the interim phase for the selected alternative, and produce the following deliverables:
\n\nGeneral plans and profiles showing the infrastructure and alignment of the proposed catchment areas and the actual dam sites. (These shall be prepared in AutoCAD format as well as superimposed on Google Earth (KML file), Arc GIS readable format (shape file format). The plans view superimposed on Google Earth on top of the page the longitudinal profiles on the lower part of the page then the cross-section on a separate page, all shall show features such as rivers, streams, farms, valleys, marshy areas, gullies, rock (if visible), etc.), The plans and profiles shall be subdivided into a length of not more than 500 meters per sheet on A0 size drawings. All font sizes used shall be readable on A3 drawings.
\n\nAll data on actual survey points shall be provided in soft copy in a format readable by AutoCAD, Civl3D, ArcGIS and other standard software design and surveying packages. All survey points shall have an x, y and z value tied to the local coordinate system.
\n\n\n\n
The drawings are made by:
\n\nDrawings are made by topographical layouts and hydraulic structures drawings.
\n\nTopographical layouts (A0): These layouts will include:
\n\nThe surveying will follow a grid of 25m x 25m (addition to the particular points) and the contour lines will be plotted every 25cm for marshland and 50 cm for hillside of equidistance. The topographical surveys will include also:
\n\nImplementation layouts (A0 format):
\n\nImplementation layouts will be developed on the basis of topographical layouts and all the basic data allowing, on one hand to accurately calculate the volume of land related to earthworks irrigation canals (primary and secondary), drainage channels and roads as well, and on other hand to determine the number of structures and estimate the size and the quantity. These include:
\n\nPrepare the detail design of the dam including but not limited to: Detailed topographic survey of the dam site by using a ‘Total Station’ surveying equipment, the Production of a detailed contour plan in electronic format with scale of 1:100, confirmation of embankment length and elevation, provide detailed geotechnical investigation of dams structures, soil investigation and borrow pit identification and suitability, design solution optimisation, production of required detailed technical designs and drawings with related excavation and backfill quantities by using computer aided design, prepare self-standing plans for dam raising construction supervision, quality assurance, instrumentation, operations and maintenance, and emergency preparedness, in order to meet the requirements of the World Bank safeguard policy on safety of dams.
\n\nPrepare the detail designs of the key water-intake structures (weirs, pipes and canals…). Provide detail designs and drawings for different components including: intake structure from the dam; feeder canal diversion weir; main delivery pipes; flood protection and sedimentation control structures; and ancillary infrastructure such as electricity if necessary and access roads. Efforts should be made to design simple cost-effective structures and equipment that can easily be operated and maintained by the farmers. Assessment should be made of the need for cost-effective canal lining where technically required.
\n\nPrepare detail designs for the main canals and related structures. The design should be prepared using (a) slope stability analysis for prevention of landslides along the canals; (b) hydraulic analyses including assessment of water losses at different reaches of the canal/pipes; and (c) suitable design parameters for the canals/pipes including side slopes, cross-sections, and freeboards, diameters, friction losses, protection drainage, crossing points etc. Assessment should be made of the need for cost-effective canal lining where technically required.
\n\nReview and refine the design capacity of the irrigation systems; prepare the design of secondary, tertiary, and other distribution control structures; conduct hydraulic and stability analysis of the individual structures to ensure proper distribution of water in the canal/pipe networks for better valorization of plots. Hydraulic and distribution structures are to be designed for their ability to transparently and accurately convey water to their respective command areas. Determine suitable locations and prepare detail designs for structures that may be required along the canal/pipe. Recommend the type of construction materials to be used for structures such as culverts, road crossings, outlets, bridges, inverted siphons, flumes, and drop structures. Use standard type of structures to facilitate future operation and maintenance.
\n\nIt is to be noted that the consulting firm should identify the source and location with coordinates of materials to be used during construction with estimated quantities.
\n\nPrepare the detail design of drainage and flood control networks. These will be mostly surface drainage and flood control structures. sub-surface drainage may be proposed and designed when deemed necessary.
\n\nFollowing the post-harvest and office structures need assessment conducted during interim stage, the Consultant will prepare the detail design of such structures that meet community/users needs (e.g., roads, power, water distribution networks and office buildings, post-harvest and handling facilities with basic utilities, etc.).
\n\nTo ensure stakeholder-wide appreciation and ownership of the assignment outputs and recommendations, the consultant is expected to organize a coordination workshop to present the draft designs to the client and stakeholders. During this workshop, the client will ensure all logistics of the participants
\n\nBased on the comments provided on the draft detail designs and outcome of the stakeholder workshop, the consultant shall prepare detail designs of dams and command areas and related structures. These include preparations of detailed drawings, detailed unit price market survey, BOQs, technical specifications, cost estimates, and bidding documents.
\n\nAfter incorporating the comments in the final designs, the consultant are expected to organize a coordination workshop to present the final designs and outputs to client in technical workshop, during this workshop the client will ensure all related logistics.
\n\nRevisit and refine the estimates of irrigation requirements for the selected irrigation technologies to be applied, taking into account of various irrigation efficiencies that are likely to be achieved, prepare detail design drawings including longitudinal plan, profiles, and cross-sections of the main and tertiary canals/secondary pipes and typical designs for their respective structures. Prepare design of three (3) representative tertiary blocks including tertiary canals and appropriate on-farm distribution systems.
\n\nPrepare suitable technical specifications for the use of materials, workmanship, inspection schedules, plant, and equipment in the construction of irrigation infrastructures to allow the Client to prepare tender documents and select the contractors. Reference to brand names, catalog numbers or other details that limit any materials or items to a specific manufacturer is not allowed unless stated that is must be “equal or better”.
\n\nConsultant shall prepare bills of quantities and project cost estimates based on unit price of materials obtained during the market survey for the final detail design report clearly indicating activities to be carried out by contractors.
\n\nFor each scheme, the consultant shall prepare separate detailed implementation schedules for activities to be carried out by contractors.
\n\nA draft of the detail design report will be circulated for consultation to the Client and other key stakeholders prior to moving on to the final detail design report. The report shall include the following elements:
\n\nTitle Page:
\n\nTitle of the report
\n\nName of the organization or project
\n\nDate of submission
\n\nName(s) of author(s) or team members
\n\n1.Table of Contents:
\n\nList of sections and subsections with page numbers
\n\n2.Executive Summary:
\n\nBrief overview of the project
\n\nSummary of key findings and recommendations
\n\nHighlights of the design approach and outcomes
\n\n3.Introduction:
\n\nBackground information on the project
\n\nObjectives and scope of the design study
\n\nPurpose of the report
\n\n4.Methodology:
\n\nDescription of the approach taken in the design study
\n\nExplanation of tools, techniques, and methodologies used
\n\nJustification for chosen methods
\n\n5.Requirements Analysis:
\n\nDetailed discussion of the requirements gathered for the project
\n\nPrioritization of requirements
\n\nTraceability matrix linking requirements to design elements
\n\n6.Design Considerations:
\n\nFactors influencing the design decisions
\n\nConstraints and limitations
\n\nRisk analysis and mitigation strategies
\n\n7.System Architecture:
\n\nHigh-level overview of the system architecture
\n\nDiagrams (e.g., block diagrams, flowcharts) illustrating the system components and their interactions
\n\nDescription of subsystems and their functions
\n\n8.Detailed Design:
\n\nDetailed description of each subsystem/component
\n\nTechnical specifications and design parameters
\n\nDesign rationale and trade-offs considered
\n\n9.Implementation Plan:
\n\nTimeline for implementation
\n\nResource requirements (e.g., personnel, materials, equipment)
\n\nDependencies and milestones
\n\n10.Testing and Validation:
\n\nPlan for testing the designed system
\n\nTest scenarios and expected outcomes
\n\nValidation criteria and acceptance criteria
\n\n11.Cost Analysis:
\n\nBreakdown of costs associated with design, development, and implementation
\n\nCost-benefit analysis
\n\nConsideration of budget constraints
\n\n12.Conclusion:
\n\nSummary of key findings
\n\nReflection on the design process
\n\nRecommendations for future improvements or iterations
\n\n13.References:
\n\nList of sources cited in the report
\n\nStandards or guidelines referenced
\n\n14.Appendices:
\n\nSupplementary information such as detailed calculations, additional diagrams, or supporting data
\n\n\n\n
While conducting this assignment, the consultant will provide the client with short periodic progress updates. However, the client may request the consultant at any time to present any desired clarification about the progress of the assignment when it is determined to be necessary.
\n\nThe Consultant will produce a series of reports in English during the assignment. All the reports will be prepared in Word format with tables and graphs prepared in Excel format as well as Maps and design drawings in shapefile and CAD formats. All reports to be of internationally accepted standards. All the raw data (calculation notes) collected will be submitted to Client. The reports will make full use of diagrams, Gantt Charts, photos, tables etc to make the reports accessible to a wide readership, also whose first language might not be English. The report will be submitted to SPIU-CDAT/RAB in printed copies, along with an electronic copy for evaluation and approval.
\n\nThe Consultant shall arrange and make PowerPoint presentations, of the reports, maps and drawings, to the Client and other key stakeholders at workshops no more than 2 weeks after each submission.
\n\nThe Consultant will be expected to employ the most effective methodology and standards to achieve results with optimal national stakeholder involvement. In addition the Consultant will be expected to:
\n\nInternational Standards shall be used for the studies, and their application shall be appropriately referenced. ICOLD dam design criteria shall be used to guide the definition of design floods, earthquakes, sediment management etc.
\n\nThe Consultant will produce the following reports and make presentations of the same to the Client:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t No of Copies \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Inception Report \n\n\t\t\t(1months) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Contains the updated work plan, state of mobilization, refined work methodology and understanding of assignment, specify submission dates for each of the required technical reports in draft form, issues identified for Client’s attention, proposed content and structure of the various reports. The proposed project schedule shall be broken down by tasks and sub-tasks and presented in Gantt chart form. A presentation shall be made by the Consultant 2 weeks after commencement to review and approve the report. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Interim Report \n\n\t\t\t(3 Months) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The report will contain progress made, including details of the project area, links with existing institutions, lessons from similar projects, an assessment of constraints and opportunities, preliminary results from field investigations and surveys, preliminary findings of the various water demand assessments, and clear approach that will be taken to analyse and compare the different alternatives. The report will be complete including all information required by this TOR with only minor changes expected for the final submittal. The report will contain a detailed executive summary, a complete technical description of each alternative analysed, including justification, technical and financial analysis, computation, drawings, figures and maps as well as detailed reports on all subjects treated in the scope of the study. A presentation shall be made by the Consultant 4 months after commencement to review and approve the report. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Final \n\n\t\t\tinterim Report \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t (1 Month) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Comments received after the presentation of the draft interim report will be addressed and the final report submitted 5 month after commencement. A final presentation is not expected unless there are significant changes made. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Draft detail design report technical specification and unit price market surveying (2 months) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The draft final report of selected alternative will provide details of in-depth investigations on all aspects of the project. It will include all calculations notes, layout maps, drawings, bill of quantities, and updated financial analyses. These reports will be the basis of engineering works that will be conducted by the contractors. A presentation shall be made by the Consultant 2 months after approval of the interim report and selection of best scenario. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Final design report (1 month) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Following comments from the Client, the Consultant will prepare and compile tender documents incorporating general, specific and technical conditions of contract, specifications, bill of quantities, tender drawings and operation and maintenance manuals. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Monthly progress reports (1st week of every month) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1-2 page maximum comprising a narrative and bar charts or other graphic presentation, showing details of the Consultant’s progress, changes in the assignment schedule, impediments and proposed remedies will be submitted on a monthly basis. Reports should include a financial summary, indicating amounts invoiced, amounts disbursed, and any other pertinent financial details. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Three workshops will be organized to discuss the submitted reports. The workshops will be facilitated by the Client. At each workshop, the Consultant’s key experts will make PowerPoint presentations and provide concise reports for discussion.
\n\n\n\n
Note: The abovementioned workshops are different from the expected stakeholder public consultative meetings and/or workshops to be organized and facilitated by the Consultant in the project-affected areas for information gathering (as part of Consultant’s fieldwork) and stakeholder review and comments on draft documents during the course of the assignment.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The study team should be comprised of experienced professionals which will include national/regional/international Consultants as necessary to ensure study relevance and effectiveness. The team should reflect an appropriate mix of disciplines, education, skills and experience, an understanding of underlying development issues, and regional experience. The team should be made up of specialists each with relevant qualifications in the corresponding disciplines and experience in undertaking studies related to irrigation development and watershed management.
\n\nThe areas of expertise required include: irrigation engineering and agriculture development, watershed management, rural development, civil/infrastructure/hydraulic engineering, hydrology, financial and economic analysis, geotechnical engineering, institutional analysis and environmental and social impact assessment. The Consultant may optimize their personnel to demonstrate the competencies required for the assignment. The time input and qualifications of the key experts are as follows:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Position \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Person-Months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Competences \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Team Leader (Dam Design/ Civil Engineer) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12.5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in Civil/Hydraulic Engineering, or related field with a minimum of 15 years’ experience in water resources planning and design and construction supervision of hydraulic structures such as dams, hydropower projects and irrigation systems and have experience in designing World Bank or other IFI financed irrigation projects in recent years; strong coordination and leadership skills with proven record over past five years. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Irrigation and Drainage Specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 9 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualification in irrigation, water resources, or hydraulic engineering, with 10 years’ experience in the planning and design and construction supervision of irrigation and drainage systems. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Agricultural Planner/ Agronomist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in Agronomy or related sciences with at least 7 years of work experience in commercially oriented irrigation or irrigated agriculture development projects. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Structural Engineer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in Structural Engineering and at least 7 years of experience as structural engineer for design and construction supervision of hydraulic infrastructure projects. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Geotechnicall Engineer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in Geotechnical Engineering and at least 7 years of experience in geotechnical investigations, design and construction supervision of hydraulic infrastructure projects. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Hydrologist/ Hydro-geologist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualification in water resources /hydrology, and at least 5 years’ experience in use of water resources models for surface and groundwater assessments as well as experience in use of GIS/remote sensing in river basins. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Soil Specialist/ Pedologist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in soil sciences and at least 5 years’ experience in soil investigation for irrigation and watershed projects \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Land-husbandry specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in soil sciences, agroforestry and at least 5 years’ experience land husbandry for irrigation and watershed projects \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Economist/ Financial Specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in economics, and at least 5 years of work experience on development projects, specifically in economic and financial analysis of water resources development projects; and has experiences in irrigation water tariff assessment and design \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Surveyor \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in surveying with demonstrated experience in use of remote sensing/GIS applications. Minimum of 5 years’ experience in engineering surveys. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Social development specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in sociology, development studies or related fields 5 years of work experience. The Specialist will ensure that socio-economic and gender issues are appropriately included during the project preparation/design stage. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Environmental Specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualification in Environment studies or related fields and at least 5 years work experience in Environmental Assessments. Knowledge of World Bank Social and environmental safeguards is a must. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Total Man-Months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 50.5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
Data and documentation on hydrological, meteorological, water quality and other relevant aspects of the river basins which the Client may have will be availed to the Consultant; however, the Consultant has the ultimate responsibility for collecting the required data and documentation which cannot be made available by the Client from official sources. The Client will:
\n\nProposals should indicate how the funds will be best utilized to achieve the objectives of the assignment. Whilst all of the Consultant’ costs incurred in their participation, supporting the arrangement and running of national and district workshops must be included in the Consultant’s financial proposal, the costs of holding the workshops themselves (costs of venue, participants’ expenses such as transport and accommodation, materials etc.) will be met by the Client and should not be included in the Consultant’s financial proposals. The costs of all other consultations, meetings etc. required by the Consultant to adequately complete the assignment must be included in the financial proposals.
\n\nThe Consultant shall operate their own project office and shall bear all accommodation, local transportation, visas, and other costs necessary to carry out the assignment.
\n\nThe Consultant's fees shall cover the salaries of the entire staff of the Consultant employed on the study. The fees will include provision for all supporting staff and services necessary to carry out the work; hire of vehicles; procurement of equipment and direct costs for travel, freight, accommodation, report production and other expenses. The contract will be for a fixed lump sum and the Consultant will not claim any additional payments to compensate for exchange rate fluctuations or price escalation and delays in payments of not more than 90 days on the part of the Client.
\n\nThe amount and schedule of payment of fees will be in accordance with the terms and conditions of the contract agreement finally made between the Consultant and RAB/SPIU/CDAT Project. Notwithstanding this, the following schedule will be used as a basis for negotiation:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Payment Number \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Event \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Percentage (%) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Submission of approved Inception Report, after addressing the comments from presentation workshop \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Submission of approved Interim Report, after addressing the comments from presentation workshop \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 40 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Submission of approved Final Detail Design Report and Tender documents, after addressing the comments from presentation workshop \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 40 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
The Consultant will be required to demonstrate in their proposal evidence of adoption of the use of a Quality Assurance System (ISO 9001 or equivalent), as well as describe how quality control will be implemented in the course of the project.
\n\n\n\n
A comprehensive institutional assessment for sustainable management typically encompasses several key areas including policy/legal frameworks, institutional capacities, operation modalities, cost-recovery mechanisms, and training needs. During the consultancy services the following breakdown of each aspect will be considered:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Review existing policies and legal frameworks related to the management of the institution or the subject matter.
\n\nAssess the adequacy, effectiveness, and alignment of these policies and legal frameworks with sustainability goals.
\n\nIdentify any gaps or inconsistencies that need to be addressed.
\n\nRecommend updates or new policies/laws as necessary to enhance sustainability and compliance.
\n\n\n\n
Evaluate the organizational structure of cooperative and water users association, roles, and responsibilities within the institutions.
\n\nAssess the human resources, expertise, skills, and knowledge available within the institutions.
\n\nIdentify strengths and weaknesses in terms of capacity to implement sustainable management practices of the scheme.
\n\nRecommend strategies to enhance institutional capacities through training, recruitment, or restructuring.
\n\n\n\n
Analyze current operational procedures and practices within the institutions.
\n\nAssess how effectively these operations support sustainable management objectives.
\n\nIdentify opportunities for improvement, optimization, or innovation in operational modalities.
\n\nRecommend changes or enhancements to operational processes to better align with sustainability goals.
\n\n\n\n
Review existing financial mechanisms for funding the institution's activities.
\n\nEvaluate the adequacy and sustainability of these mechanisms in covering costs associated with sustainable management.
\n\nIdentify alternative or additional revenue sources to support sustainable management initiatives.
\n\nRecommend adjustments to cost-recovery mechanisms to ensure long-term financial viability while promoting sustainability.
\n\n\n\n
Assess the current level of knowledge, skills, and competencies among staff related to sustainable management.
\n\nIdentify gaps in training and capacity-building initiatives.
\n\nDetermine specific training needs based on the institution's goals and priorities for sustainability.
\n\nDevelop a training plan that addresses these needs, including topics such as environmental conservation, resource management, policy implementation, and technical skills.
\n\nThe assessment should involve consultation with key stakeholders, including staff members, management, policymakers, and relevant external partners. It should also consider best practices, benchmarks, and relevant standards in sustainable management. The findings and recommendations should be documented in a comprehensive report, which serves as a roadmap for enhancing the institution's capacity for sustainable management. Ongoing monitoring and evaluation mechanisms should be established to track progress and adjust strategies as needed.
"},{"id":"OP00209395","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"15-Dec-2022","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2023-01-05T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"15:00","project_ctry_name":"India","project_id":"P160408","project_name":"Maharashtra Project on Climate Resilient Agriculture","bid_reference_no":"IN-MAHAPOCRA-324931-CS-LCS","bid_description":"Independent Post Procurement Audit Review of Contract's under PoCRA (2021-22,2022-23)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"LCS","procurement_method_name":"Least Cost Selection","contact_address":"30B ARCADE, World Trade Centre, Cuffe Parade, Mumbai 400005","contact_ctry_name":"India","contact_email":"procurement.pmu@mahapocra.gov.in","contact_name":"Ravindra Desai","contact_organization":"Project Management Unit, Project on Climate Resilient Agriculture, Dept. of Agriculture, Govt. of Maharashtra","contact_phone_no":"+919423185664","submission_date":"2022-12-15T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"REQUEST FOR EXPRESSION OF INTEREST
(CONSULTING SERVICES- FIRMS SELECTION)
1 | Country | INDIA |
2 | Name of the Project | PROJECT ON CLIMATE RESILIENT AGRICULTURE IN MAHARASHTRA (PoCRA) |
3 | Project Number/ Loan Number | P160408/88290-IN |
4 | Assignment Title | INDEPENDENT POST PROCUREMENT REVIEWS OF CONTRACTS for PoCRA for 2021-2022,2022-23 & 2023-24 |
5 | Reference No | EOI No. 182/PoCRA/PMU/22-23 |
Background:
The Government of Maharashtra has received financing USD 420 million from the World Bank towards the cost of the Project on Climate Resilient Agriculture in Maharashtra (PoCRA). The project development objective is to enhance climate-resilience and profitability of smallholder farming systems in project districts of Maharashtra. The project aims to achieve the objective through promotion of climate resilient technologies and commodity value chain across approximately 4,000 drought-prone villages in 16 districts, namely, Jalgaon, Aurangabad, Jalna, Beed, Parbhani, Hingoli, Osmanabad, Latur, Nanded, Buldhana, Washim, Akola, Amravati, Yavatmal, Wardha and Nashik and approximately 1000 salinity affected villages in the basin of Purna river spread across Akola, Amravati, Buldhana and Jalgaon districts.
The project intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services for the consultancy services for Post Procurement Review of PoCRA for 2021-22, 2022-23 & 2023-24 from qualified consultants.
The consulting services requires carrying out Post Procurement Review Audit
The scope of Post Procurement Review Assignment:
To carry out Post Procurement Review audit of the project at various implementing levels as per the enclosed Terms of Reference and submit report to Project Management Unit.
An indicative Terms of Reference (ToR) for the consultancy is enclosed for improved understanding of the proposed assignment.
The period of the assignment is one year for the Procurement Audit of three years i.e 2021-22, 2022-23 & 2023-24.
The Project Director, PoCRA invites eligible “Consultancy Firms” to indicate their interest in providing the above-mentioned Services. Interested applicants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.
The short-listing criteria are:
The consultancy firms will be shortlisted according to Section VII Approved Selection Methods for consulting services, paragraph, 7.17 of the World Bank’s Procurement Regulation for IPF Borrowers, July 2016, revised November 2017 issued by World Bank.
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s Procurement Regulation for IPF Borrowers, July 2016, revised November 2017 issued by World Bank, setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
(https://policies.worldbank.org/sites/ppf3/PPFDocuments/Forms/DispPage.aspx?docid=4005&ver=current )
Associations and joint ventures are not allowed for this assignment.
The consultant will be selected in accordance with the Least Cost Selection method (LCS) set out in the World Bank’s Procurement Regulation issued by World Bank.
Expressions of interest must be submitted through e-procurement portal www.mahatenders.gov.in as per schedule.
Interested applicants would be required to register on the e-procurement portal, which is free of cost, and would be responsible for ensuring that any addenda available on the portal is also downloaded and incorporated prior to the submission of Expression of Interest (EoI). For submission of EOI online at the portal indicated above, the applicant is also required to have a Digital Signature (DSC) from one of the Government of India authorized Certifying Authorities. The list of the authorized Certifying Authorities can be found from the link http://www.cca.gov.in.
Sd/-
Project Director, PoCRA
Address:
Project Director,
Project on Climate Resilient Agriculture,
30 B, Arcade, World Trade Centre, Cuffe Parade,
Mumbai-400005
Email id: procurement.pmu@mahapocra.gov.in
FAX: 022-2216335
Appendix A – Terms of Reference
Terms of Reference for Conducting Independent Procurement Audit (Post) Reviews of Contracts Under Maharashtra Project on Climate Resilient Agriculture (Pocra)
1. Background:
The essence of the World Bank Post Procurement Review is to ensure that the Bank receives adequate, independent, and professional, audit assurance that the procurement procedures of World Bank are adhered ate all project implementation levels.
Based on the World Bank’s assessment of the procurement capacity, the contracts below a certain threshold are subject to post review. While the entire procurement process for all post review contracts is completed without the Bank’s prior review and clearance but all the contracts are required to be procured as per the Bank’s Guidelines for Procurement under IBRD Loans and Credits and the Guidelines for Selection and Employment of Consultants by World Bank Borrowers (‘’Guidelines’’). It is mandated that:
PoCRA project is being executed in selected 16 districts of the state. At each level, the institutional arrangement has been made to manage the project’s procurement-related aspects including goods, works, and consulting and other services. This procurement post review of the contracts is required at PMU, Districts/Sub-divisions/VCRMCs and Farmer Producer Organizations (FPO, FPC, Farmer Organization, SHG etc.)As per the list provided at Annexure-II. The procurement post review is to cover all accounting centers and confirm compliance of the procurement procedures of the project and effectiveness of internal control systems and recommend suitable mitigations measures to address systemic and specific issues.
2. Objectives of the assignment:
The main objectives of the Consultant’s services are to:
4. The fund flow for the project:
The detail is attached in Annexure-I.
5. Accounting Centers in the project at which procurement activities are carried out:
The Consultants services for Post Procurement Review are required at PMU/ Districts/Sub-divisions/VCRMCs and Farmer Producer Organizations (FPO, FPC, Farmer Organization, SHG etc.), the list of which is attached as Annexure-II.
6.2 Scope of Post Procurement Review
Status of Mitigation Actions
The review includes an update on the progress of implementation of the risk mitigation and corrective actions from the previous review, as identified in the PAD, previous reports and aide-mémoire. When corrective actions remain unfinished beyond their due date, the reviewer discusses whether the actions are still relevant and records any reasons why the actions were not implemented. When the measures were implemented, the reviewer assesses whether they effectively mitigated the identified risks.
PPR Reporting and Filing
Once the report is final, the APS/PAS (i) reports to the TTL the PPR ratings for the project, as input to the ISR, (ii) sends a copy of the PPR report to the APM, and (iii) files the PPR report, along with supervision results, in the Post Review module of the project portal. In filing the PPR, the APS/PAS updates the risk ratings on procurement and contract administration, and risk management measures.
The scope of the PPR for which the Consultants services are required encompasses the Accounting Centers as provided in Annexure II.
PMU will provide the Consultant Contract list of all post-review contracts which are eligible for Bank-financing.
The Consultant is further directed to refer to the “Bank guidance on procurement post review, September 2016 ”, which is provided below to and made a part of these Terms of Reference (TOR) attached as Annexure VIII,
Typically, the following documents are examined in conducting the PPR:
[a] Invitation for bids, advertising procedures and bidding period
[b] Bidding documents and addenda if any
[c] Sale of bidding documents, pre-bid meeting (wherever applicable)
[d] Receipt and opening of bids.
[e] Bid evaluation and recommendation for award of the contract
[f] Draft contract in the bidding documents versus the awarded contract
[g] Timeliness of payment to contractors/suppliers/consultants
[h] Projected versus actual completion schedule
[i] Variation orders and time extensions
[j] Acceptance or substantial completion certificate
The consultant will use PPR review module as mentioned below to carry out PPR.
Useful indicators to assess compliance with the agreed procurement procedures are summarized in the following matrix, which shall be augmented as necessary to capture the salient features of each project. In addition, and as specified in the minutes on submission of inception report Bank shall be providing certain indicators for appropriate incorporation.
| ||
CATEGORIES | SUB-AREAS | INDICATORS |
1. Systems | Legal Framework | Suitability of the laws, rules and regulations applicable to the implementing agency |
Organization/Staffing | Organization of the procurement unit and allocation of functions; quality and adequacy of procurement staff | |
Controls/Manuals | Quality of internal administrative practices, including special anticorruption initiatives, existence of dispute resolution systems, internal procedural manuals and instructions, oversight and auditing practices, and code of professional behavior and ethics | |
Record-keeping | Availability, quality, security and completeness of procurement records and files | |
A procurement plan for the projects are to be looked into to see whether these are being updated regularly and the Bank’s approval obtained when these were modified/updated | ||
2. Procurement Process | Publications | Assessment of quality of, and adherence to, advertising and contract award publication requirements for applicable contracts |
Bidding/RFP Document | Assessment of quality of, and adherence to, requirements for bidding documents, including RFP’s, LOI’s, short lists, terms of reference, and other applicable documents | |
Evaluation | Assessment of quality of, and adherence to, bid evaluation requirements/criteria, including draft contracts, technical and financial evaluation reports, and bid amendments, if applicable | |
Awards | Assessment of quality of, and adherence to, contract award requirements and criteria, including amendments, variation orders, and extensions. | |
3. Contract Administration | Implementation | Assessment of quality of, and adherence to, contract implementation criteria and scope of work (in the case of consulting services), including results of physical inspections |
Payments | Assessment of adherence to contract payment schedules, including timeliness of payments to contractors | |
Compliance | Assessment of adherence to all contractual compliance with agreed provisions; adherence to all related anti-corruption practices |
Physical Inspection. The physical inspection of goods and works and, where applicable, non-consulting services resulting in a physical output, is an indispensable part of the PPR. It should draw attention to missing, diverted or relocated assets procured through Bank financing.
The auditor will undertake physical verification of the assets (about 3% - 4% of the created assets created under the project through a random sampling process) of post review contracts and report the presence and condition of these assets. The Consultant is encouraged to illustrate his findings with photos of these assets. Any insurmountable impediments in gaining access for physical inspection should be detailed in the PPR.
The consultant should also review the inventory system, in order to ascertain whether or not each asset is properly accounted for in the asset accounting records and being used for the intended purpose under the project.
The draft PPR Report should include follow up on findings of previous PPR and retain recommended actions not yet implemented.
Besides the above the Consultant shall also consider the following:
1) Going beyond checking the box: reviewers may add any important observation even if it is not mandated in the PPR format
2) Same issues appear year-after-year: Please discuss with Implementing Units to find out whether adequate remedial actions were taken by the Implementing Units on finding of previous PPRs and record the same in detail.
3) Quality of Physical inspection: If there are subject experts in PPR team, they should be used for carrying physical inspections;
4) Sample: High value contracts are to be given preference while proposing the sample for PPR
5) Report of Auditors: Please also look at major audit observations (in previous years financial audit report) as they may include observations on procurement process. This may be added in list of documents required as well as should be recorded in PPR report.
7. Coverage for the PPR:
This procurement post review of the contracts is required at PMU, Districts/Sub-divisions/VCRMCs and Farmer Producer Organizations (FPO, FPC, Farmer Organization, SHG etc.) as per the list provided at Annexure-II. The PPR will be based on the Consultant’s review of a representative sample of contracts that are subject to post review at various levels. The Consultant will select at least 15% representative sample on a random basis from a verified list of post review contracts provided by SPMU. The Consultant may use the sampling methodology as set out in the Guidance Note.
For PPR of procurement carried out below the sub-divisional level, the Consultant will go to at least 20% of the offices below the sub-district and at-least 5% of the VCRMCs .For PPR for the balance procurement carried out below sub division, documents of the contracts will be brought to the convenient sub division /district level office within the state.
8. Extent of the PPR:
The Bank expects the Consultant to apply his best professional practices and judgment in performing the PPR services. For further information, the “Bank Guidance on procurement post review September 2016” represents the Bank’s performance standard for PPRs.
For each project, the PMU will provide the Consultant, on request, the following documents:
The Consultant is further directed to refer to the “Bank guidance on procurement post review, September 2016 ”, which is attached to and made a part of these Terms of Reference (TOR),
Sampling of Contracts
The PPR will be based on the Consultant’s review of a representative sample of contracts that are subject to post review under the Loan Agreement. The Consultant will select this representative sample on a random basis from the list of signed contracts (register) received from the Borrower, the disbursement reports, periodic procurement reports prepared by the Borrower, and any available payment records to ensure the completeness of the list, and then selects the sample of contracts to be reviewed.
Planning. Preparatory Activities
• The reviewer checks the list of contracts to identify any patterns indicating risky activities – for example, splitting of contracts, repetitive contracts, orders of the same items from the same firms (except under framework agreements), or multiple contracts just below the Prior Review thresholds or other thresholds for competitive procurement. Contracts exhibiting such patterns may be added to the sample of contracts to be reviewed.
• The reviewer also reviews the previous PPR and aide-mémoire to assess the issues raised in the last review and how they have been addressed, as well as any outstanding mitigation actions and other issues from implementation support and monitoring. The progress with pending actions is discussed with the Borrower as part of the review.
In line with the completion schedule agreed between the Consultant and the PMU, the Consultant should prepare a review schedule to be shared and agreed with the IA at the first work session. This will give early recognition to the availability of the IA’s staff who have been assigned to work with the Consultant; alternatively, the Consultant should advise the PD of any problems with the availability of the IA’s staff requiring their assistance.
The consultant will ensure that draft PPR report is sent to concern PMU within 2 weeks of completion of PPR.
Review of Contract Implementation
Review of the Adequacy of Procurement Arrangements
Follow-Up Tasks:
At least, the major findings of the draft PPR Report should be shared with the Implementing Units as part of the dialogue between the Implementing Units. It will be essential to provide the Implementing Units with the opportunity to review the draft for factual errors and identified deviations that may, on further inspection, turn out to be incorrect. This feedback from the Implementing Units should be taken into account by the Consultant in the final PPR in a substantive manner and for the record. Setting a time limit for receiving this feedback from the Implementing Units may be necessary in some cases. If the Consultant discovers any evidence of fraudulent or corrupt practices by the Implementing Units within the context of his/ her PPR work, he/ she should gather and record the evidence that has come to his/ her attention and report it as part of the PPR summary of findings.
10. Deliverables and time Schedule of Procurement post review Reports:
Post Review Reports
The indicative schedule for the assignment is given below:
Milestone | Milestone Date |
Submission & acceptance of Inception Report (consisting of team details, actual work plan, schedule of PPR, actual methodology and process of audit and sampling methodology acceptable to the PMU) | Within 1 month from the signing of contract. |
Submission & acceptance of project draft PPR reports for year 2021-22 & 2022-23 | Within 4 months from the acceptance of Inception report. |
Submission & acceptance of final reports for year 2021-22 & 2022-23 | Within 2 months from the acceptance of draft report for the year 2021-22 & 2022-23. |
Submission & acceptance of project draft PPR report for year 2023-24 | Within 3 months from the acceptance of final report for the year 2021-22 & 2022-23. |
Submission & acceptance of final report for year 2023-24 | Within 2 months from the acceptance of draft report for the year 2023-24. |
11. Qualifications & Experience of Consultants for PPR:
The team Composition and Qualifications & Experience of Consultants for post procurement review is as follows:
S. No. | Key Position | Experience Requirements | Professional Requirements |
1. | Team Leader (1) | Minimum of 10 years of experience in compliance audit in public sector.
Trained in handling Procurement post review of Bank projects and familiarity with Bank procurement processes and procedures. | University degree (or equivalent) in business administration, engineering, accounting, materials management or related field. |
2 | Auditors (2) | Minimum of 5 years of experience in compliance audit in public sector.
Trained in handling Procurement post review of Bank projects and familiarity with Bank procurement processes and procedures. | University degree (or equivalent) in business administration, engineering, accounting, materials management or related field. |
3. | Procurement Specialist (1) | Minimum of 3 years of experience in public procurement. Prior experience in carrying out procurement reviews/ audits. | University degree in business administration, engineering, accounting, materials management or related field. Should have taken training on World Banks Procurement guidelines / framework. |
4. | Analyst (2) | At least 3 previous assignments involving review of large volume of documents, data extraction and spreadsheet entry. Demonstrated computer skills. | Any Graduate with Suitable professional training. |
12. Tenure:
To complete the procurement post review for three years (2021-22, 2022-23 at a time) and year 2023-24 separately.
13. Support provided by PoCRA:
ANNEXURE- I
Fund Flow System for the Project
ANNEXURE- II
DETAILS OF ACCOUNTING CENTRES
Level | Name of Accounting Centre | Number of Accounting centers |
Accounting Centres |
State | PMU | 1 | PMU-Mumbai |
District Level | DSAO | 16 | Aurangabad, Jalna, Beed, Osmanabad, Latur, Parbhani, Nanded, Hingoli, Washim, Yavatmal, Wardha, Buldhana Akola, Amravati, Jalgaon, Nashik |
PD ATMA | 16 | Aurangabad, Jalna, Beed, Osmanabad, Latur, Parbhani, Nanded, Hingoli, Washim, Yavatmal, Wardha, Buldhana Akola, Amravati, Jalgaon, Nashik | |
Sub-Division Level | SDAO | 37 | Aurangabad, Vaijapur, Sillod, Jalna, Partur, Beed, Majalgaon, Ambajogai, Latur, Udgir, Osmanabad, Bhum, Parbhani, Hingoli, Nanded, Deglur, Kinwat, Amravati, Morshi, Achalpur, Akola, Akot, Washim, Yawatmal, Dwarva, Pusad, Pandharkawada, Buldhana, Mehkar, Khamgaon, Wardha, Aarvi, Hinganghat, Jalgaon, Amalner, Pachora, Malegaon |
Total |
| 70 |
|
VCRMCs | Total Number of VCRMCs = 3828 (Out of the above numbers 10% of VCRMC’s are to be reviewed for each financial year but no same VCRMC are expected to be covered in two consecutive years unless specifically agreed. Hence for 3 years at least 30% of the VCRMC contracts will be covered comprising of agreed percentage of contracted activities .) |
This is only indicative list and projects may be added or deleted during contract implementation
ANNEXURE- III
TIME SCHEDULE FOR SUBMISSION OF PPR REPORTS
Level | Accounting Centre | Number | Audit frequency | Time line for submission of audit reports |
State | PMU | 1 | Yearly | Submission of Draft report for 1st and 2nd year within four months from the acceptance of Inception report. Submission of final report for 1st and 2nd year within two months from the acceptance of draft report for the year 2021-22 & 2022-23. |
Submission of draft report for 3rd year within three months from the acceptance of final report for the year 2021-22 & 2022-23. Submission of final report for 3rd year within two months for the acceptance of draft report for the year 2023-24. | ||||
District Level | DSAO | 16 | Yearly | Submission of Draft report for 1st and 2nd year within four months from the acceptance of Inception report. Submission of final report for 1st and 2nd year within two months from the acceptance of draft report for the year 2021-22 & 2022-23. |
Submission of draft report for 3rd year within three months from the acceptance of final report for the year 2021-22 & 2022-23. Submission of final report for 3rd year within two months for the acceptance of draft report for the year 2023-24. | ||||
PD ATMA | 16 | Yearly | Submission of Draft report for 1st and 2nd year within four months from the acceptance of Inception report. Submission of final report for 1st and 2nd year within two months from the acceptance of draft report for the year 2021-22 & 2022-23. | |
Submission of draft report for 3rd year within three months from the acceptance of final report for the year 2021-22 & 2022-23. Submission of final report for 3rd year within two months for the acceptance of draft report for the year 2023-24. | ||||
Sub-Divisional Level | SDAO | 37 | Yearly | Submission of Draft report for 1st and 2nd year within four months from the acceptance of Inception report. Submission of final report for 1st and 2nd year within two months from the acceptance of draft report for the year 2021-22 & 2022-23. |
Submission of draft report for 3rd year within three months from the acceptance of final report for the year 2021-22 & 2022-23. Submission of final report for 3rd year within two months for the acceptance of draft report for the year 2023-24. | ||||
Village | VCRMC | Total Number of VCRMCs =3828 | Yearly | Submission of Draft report for 1st and 2nd year within four months from the acceptance of Inception report. Submission of final report for 1st and 2nd year within two months from the acceptance of draft report for the year 2021-22 & 2022-23. |
Submission of draft report for 3rd year within three months from the acceptance of final report for the year 2021-22 & 2022-23. Submission of final report for 3rd year within two months for the acceptance of draft report for the year 2023-24. | ||||
FPOs | FPOs | 10% in each financial year | Yearly | Submission of Draft report for 1st and 2nd year within four months from the acceptance of Inception report. Submission of final report for 1st and 2nd year within two months from the acceptance of draft report for the year 2021-22 & 2022-23. |
Submission of draft report for 3rd year within three months from the acceptance of final report for the year 2021-22 & 2022-23. Submission of final report for 3rd year within two months for the acceptance of draft report for the year 2023-24. |
ANNEXURE – IV
Expected Man Days Requirement
Positions | Expected Man days Requirement |
Total (Consolidate for the year Procurement Year 2021-22, 2022-23,2023-24) | |
Team Leader | 30 |
Auditor- I | 75 |
Auditor- II | 75 |
Procurement Specialist | 75 |
Analyst I | 30 |
Analyst II | 30 |
Non key experts | 150 |
Total | 465 |
Annexure V
Details of Procurement Activities / Contracts under PoCRA
District | Year | Goods | Works | Consulting Services | Total |
Contracts (No) | Contracts (No) | Contracts (No) | Contracts (No) | ||
|
|
|
| ||
Akola | 2021-22 | 234 | 2 | 0 | 236 |
Amravati | 2021-22 | 103 | 0 | 0 | 103 |
Aurangabad | 2021-22 | 395 | 50 | 0 | 445 |
Beed | 2021-22 | 40 | 13 | 0 | 53 |
Buldhana | 2021-22 | 59 | 74 | 0 | 133 |
Hingoli | 2021-22 | 59 | 59 | 0 | 118 |
Jalgaon | 2021-22 | 61 | 5 | 0 | 66 |
Jalna | 2021-22 | 66 | 40 | 0 | 106 |
Latur | 2021-22 | 82 | 231 | 0 | 313 |
Nanded | 2021-22 | 44 | 54 | 0 | 98 |
Osmanabad | 2021-22 | 157 | 88 | 0 | 245 |
Parbhani | 2021-22 | 43 | 23 | 0 | 66 |
Wardha | 2021-22 | 8 | 16 | 0 | 24 |
Washim | 2021-22 | 50 | 147 | 0 | 197 |
Yavatmal | 2021-22 | 14 | 21 | 0 | 35 |
PMU | 2021-22 | 0 | 0 | 3 | 3 |
Grand Total PMU |
|
|
|
| 3 |
Grand Total |
| 1415 | 823 | 3 | 1415+823+3=2241 |
Total Cost Range |
| INR 151.94 (Rs.in Cr) | INR 0.80 (Rs. In Cr) | INR 4.27 (Rs.in Cr) | INR 235.80 (Rs.in Cr.) |
Note: Assignment numbers for the procurement year 2021-22 are as actual and for procurement year 2022-23 and 2023-24 (Sampling size is 10% higher than sampling size of 2021-22) exact number of contracts will be given at the time of review.
Number VCRMCs (Where Expenditure is more than INR 5000/-).
District | Sub Division | FY 2021-22 | Total VCRMC | Expenditure in total number of VCRMCs (FY 21 – 22) | Total Expenditure 21-22 in Lac |
Akola | Akola | 2021-22 | 214 | 18 | 3.9852 |
| Akot | 2021-22 | 94 | 86 | 3.77371 |
Total Akola |
|
| 308 | 104 | 7.75891 |
Amravati | Achalpur | 2021-22 | 132 | 3 | 0.6635 |
| Amravati | 2021-22 | 92 | 92 | 11.86311 |
| Morshi | 2021-22 | 58 | 0 | 0 |
Total Amravati |
|
| 282 | 95 | 12.52661 |
Aurangabad | Aurangabad | 2021-22 | 101 | 3 | 0.55434 |
| Sillod | 2021-22 | 99 | 19 | 3.17599 |
| Vaijapur | 2021-22 | 99 | 0 | 0 |
Total Aurangabad | 297 | 3.73033 | |||
Beed | Ambajogai | 2021-22 | 114 | 6 | 1.10898 |
| Beed | 2021-22 | 99 | 1 | 0.09000 |
| Majalgaon | 2021-22 | 100 | 0 | 0 |
Total Beed |
|
| 312 | 7 | 1.19898 |
Buldhana | Buldhana | 2021-22 | 77 | 20 | 2.7607 |
| Khamgaon | 2021-22 | 191 | 36 | 3.30121 |
| Mehkar | 2021-22 | 41 | 2 | 0.23994 |
Total Buldhana |
|
| 309 | 58 | 6.30185 |
Total Hingoli | Hingoli | 2021-22 | 196 | 0 | 0 |
Jalgaon | Amalner | 2021-22 | 100 | 2 | 0.17 |
| Jalgaon | 2021-22 | 130 | 13 | 1.87543 |
| Pachora | 2021-22 | 121 | 8 | 0.88122 |
Total Jalgaon |
|
| 351 | 23 | 2.92665 |
Jalna | Jalna | 2021-22 | 144 | 7 | 1.30518 |
| Partur | 2021-22 | 166 | 11 | 1.60978 |
Total Jalna |
|
| 310 | 18 | 2.91496 |
Latur | Latur | 2021-22 | 137 | 97 | 7.00 |
| Udgir | 2021-22 | 108 | 70 | 4.18951 |
Total Latur |
|
| 245 | 167 | 11.18951 |
Nanded | Deglur | 2021-22 | 106 | 0 | 0 |
| Kinwat | 2021-22 | 139 | 4 | 0.733 |
| Nanded | 2021-22 | 93 | 9 | 1.47367 |
Total Nanded |
|
| 338 | 13 | 2.20667 |
Osmanabad | Bhoom | 2021-22 | 106 | 0 | 0 |
| Osmanabad | 2021-22 | 149 | 0 | 0 |
Total Osmanabad | 255 | 0 | 0 | ||
Total Parbhani | Parbhani | 2021-22 | 242 | 21 | 2.74794 |
Wardha | Arvi | 2021-22 | 19 | 0 | 0 |
| Hinganghat | 2021-22 | 17 | 0 | 0 |
| Wardha | 2021-22 | 29 | 1 | 0.1456 |
Total Wardha |
|
| 65 | 1 | 0.1456 |
Total Washim | Washim | 2021-22 | 115 | 1 | 0.16506 |
Yavatmal | Dharva | 2021-2022 | 50 | 7 | 1.092 |
| Pandharkawda | 2021-22 | 34 | 0 | 0 |
| Pusad | 2021 -22 | 47 | 0 | 0 |
| Yavatmal |
| 74 | 0 | 0 |
Total Yavatmal |
|
| 203 | 7 | 1.092 |
Grand Total |
|
| 3828 | 515 | 51.17 |
*For the year 2022-23 Actual number VCRMC where expenditure is more than 5000/- will be given at the time of Audit review.
Annex A. Templates for the Procurement Post Review Report
Country |
|
Loan / Credit / Trust Fund #: |
|
Project name*: |
|
Project ID: |
|
Name (s) of Implementing Agency (ies): |
|
TL: |
|
Bank Procurement Specialist: |
|
|
|
Post Review conducted by*: |
|
No. of contracts since last review |
|
No. of contracts reviewed |
|
Total value of contracts reviewed |
|
% no. of contracts reviewed |
|
[Report Cover page]
Country |
|
Credit No |
|
Project Name |
|
Project ID: |
|
Names of participating AUs/ IAs |
|
General Procurement Information
1. Executive Summary |
Provide a brief description of Post Review objective, key findings/issues, and recommendations.The key objective to review if the procurement has been carried out as per the agreed processes and procedures and if there are any F&C or systemic issue . |
2. Discussion on the Selection of the Contract Samples Reviewed |
Provide a brief description of the selection of the contract sample and summary list of the contracts reviewed, including procurement category, procurement method, contract number, contract date, short contract description, name of contracting agency, name of contractor/supplier/consultant, contract amount.
|
3. Findings on the Review of the Procurement Arrangements Agreed with the Borrower |
Staffing, unit organization, internal controls, project manual, etc. |
4. Findings on the Review of Procurement Processes |
Provide a brief description of findings on procurement processes, including procurement planning, publications, bidding, evaluation, complaints handling, awards and timeliness of procurement. |
5. Findings on the Review of Contract Administration & Management |
Provide a brief description of findings on contract administration, including implementation, payments, disputes resolution, and compliance. |
6. Indication of Possible Governance Issues |
Provide a brief description of any findings on red flags that could indicate possible fraud or corruption related to the procurement processes, contract administration, or any other related issues at contract, project, sector, or country level. |
8. Mitigating Measures or Corrective Actions |
Identify mitigating measures or actions to correct procurement deficiencies, and recommend them to the Borrower and its executing agency(ies). |
9. Possible Indication of Noncompliance requiring Bank Action (including misprocurement) |
Report reasons for potential actions on noncompliance |
10. Risk Rating & Recommendation | |
Definitions of Post Review Risk Ratings | |
Low Risk (LR) | Borrower systems, procurement processes, and/or contract administration are of highest quality; are fit for purpose in achieving value for money, economy, efficiency, effectiveness, integrity, fairness, transparency, and accountability; and require little or no corrective action by the Bank. |
Moderate Risk (MR) | Borrower systems, procurement processes, and/or contract administration are of generally good quality and are reliable in achieving value for money, economy, efficiency, effectiveness, integrity, fairness, transparency, and accountability, with minor corrective actions needed by the Bank. |
Substantial Risk (SR) | Moderate shortcomings in Borrower systems, procurement processes, and/or contract administration have limited or jeopardized the timely or efficient achievement of one or more major outputs and/or limited achievement of value for money, economy, efficiency, effectiveness, integrity, fairness, transparency, and accountability, but resolution(s) is/are likely. |
High Risk (HR) | Significant shortcomings in Borrower systems, procurement processes, and/or contract administration have limited or jeopardized the timely or efficient achievement of one or more major outputs and compromised achievement of value for money, economy, efficiency, effectiveness, integrity, fairness, transparency, and accountability. Resolution is uncertain or unlikely. |
Overall risk rating: |
Low Moderate Substantial High (Overall rating for a report is not an average rating of all indicators combined but rather a final rating based on reviewer's objective conclusions about the findings as a whole, including performance ratings of contracts.) |
Overall recommendations: |
|
Risk rating of procurement system: |
Low Moderate Substantial High
Indicators to consider:
| |
Recommendations: |
| |
Risk rating of procurement processes: |
Low Moderate Substantial High Indicators to consider:
| |
Recommendations: |
| |
Risk rating of contract administration: |
Low Moderate Substantial High Indicators to consider:
|
Recommendations: |
|
Annex A.2. Profile of Procurement Items
Category | Prior Review threshold in US$ | Proposed revised Prior Review thresholds (to be completed by Bank Procurement Specialist, if required) |
Works |
|
|
Goods |
| |
Consulting firms |
| |
Individual consultants |
|
Procurement method | Civil works | Goods |
Open International Competition |
|
|
National Competition |
|
|
Request for |
|
|
| No. of contracts awarded in review period Review period is (mm/dd/yyyy) to (mm/dd/yyyy) | ||||||
Category | |||||||
IC |
NC |
RFQ |
DC/SS | Others (Competitive Selection of |
Total | ||
Works |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Goods |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Services |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Consulting firms |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Individual consultants |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category | No. of procurements reviewed | |||||
IC |
NC |
RFQ |
DC/SS | Others (Competitive Selection of Consultants) | Total | |
Works |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goods |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Services |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consulting firms |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Individual consultants |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
AnnexA.3.WorksheetforCompetitiveProcedures(RequestforBids)
Part A.General
Date ofreview: | Name ofreviewer: | ||||
Contractno.: | Contract date(dd/mm/yy): | ||||
Contractdescription: | Contract amount(US$): | ||||
Contractor / Supplier name andaddress: | Category
| ||||
Marketapproachoption |
|
|
| Prequalification | |
Single-Stage |
|
|
| ||
Selection method/arrangement |
RFB | ||||
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
| ||
Part B. ProcessReview
Aspectsreviewed | Findings andcomments |
Procurement Documentation(Filing) |
|
Reference in Procurement PlanorSTEP |
|
Use of e-procurementsystem |
|
Advertising: Newspapers /date |
|
Pre-bidmeeting |
|
Pre/post qualification andcriteria |
|
BiddingDocument |
|
Time allowed for submission ofbids |
|
| Bid opening and minutes ofbidopening |
|
Bid securityrecords |
|
Bid evaluationreport |
|
Negotiations (ifapplicable) |
|
Publication of Notice of intention toaward contract and standstill period(if applicable) | NA guideline applicable |
Debriefing (ifapplicable) |
|
Publication of contractaward |
|
Complaints andresults |
|
Part C. ContractAdministration
Aspectsreviewed |
Findings andcomments |
Contractdocument: Available /date of signing |
|
Advance payment guaranteedetailsandrecords |
|
Insurance |
|
Performance security detailsandrecords |
|
Bill of lading, customsclearance, license and permits ifrequired |
|
Inspection of supervision recordsandreports |
|
Planned contractual completiondate |
|
Provisional acceptance ortesting |
|
Actual completiondate |
|
Delivery receipt or similarinstrument |
|
Liquidated damages, detailsandenforcementfordelays |
|
Warehousing andinventory |
|
Timeliness ofpayments |
|
| Amendments or contract modifications: number, amounts,% |
|
Contractual disputes and resolution,ifany |
|
Cost overruns reasonsandexplanations |
|
Adjudication andarbitration |
|
Closing ofcontract |
|
Part D.Others
Aspectsreviewed |
Findings andcomments | |||||||||
Indication of possible fraudorcorruption |
| |||||||||
Physicalinspection |
| |||||||||
Involvement of beneficiaries orusers |
| |||||||||
Total duration from advertisementtocontractsignature |
| |||||||||
Final cost compared to costestimate |
| |||||||||
Additionalobservations |
| |||||||||
Contract rating (coveringprocurementandcontractadministration) | Satisfactory | Moderately Satisfactory | Moderately Unsatisfactory | Unsatisfactory | ||||||
Ratingexplanation |
| |||||||||
| Aspects reviewed | Findings and comments |
| |||||||
| Contract rating (covering procurement and contract administration) | Satisfactory | Moderately Satisfactory | Moderately Unsatisfactory | Unsatisfactory |
| ||||
| Rating explanation |
|
| |||||||
Annex A.4. Worksheet for Direct Selection Procedure
Part A. General
Date of review: | Name of reviewer: |
Contract no.: | Contract date (dd/mm/yy): |
Contract description: | Contract amount (US$): |
Contractor / Supplier name and address: | Category
|
Part B. Process Review
Aspects reviewed | Findings and comments |
Procurement Documentation (Filing) |
|
Reference in Procurement Plan or STEP |
|
Adequacy of justification for direct selection |
|
Use of e-procurement system |
|
Negotiations |
|
Publication of contract award |
|
Complaints and results |
|
Justification for direct selection |
|
Part C. Contract Administration
Aspects reviewed | Findings and comments |
Contract document |
|
Advance payment guarantee details and records |
|
| Insurance |
|
Performance security details and records |
|
Bill of lading, customs clearance, license and permits if required |
|
Inspection of supervision records and reports |
|
Planned contractual completion date |
|
Provisional acceptance or testing |
|
Actual completion date |
|
Delivery receipt or similar instrument |
|
Liquidated damages, details and enforcement for delays |
|
Timeliness of payments |
|
Amendments or contract modifications: number, amounts, and % |
|
Contractual disputes and resolution, if any |
|
Cost overruns reasons and explanations |
|
Adjudication and arbitration |
|
Aspects reviewed | Findings and comments |
Closing of contract |
|
Part D. Others
Aspects reviewed | Findings and comments | |||
Indication of possible fraud or corruption |
| |||
Physical inspection |
| |||
Involvement of beneficiaries or users |
| |||
Total duration from advertisement to contract signature |
| |||
Final cost compared to cost estimate |
| |||
Additional observations |
| |||
Contract rating (covering procurement and contract administration) | Satisfactory | Moderately Satisfactory | Moderately Unsatisfactory | Unsatisfactory |
Rating explanation |
|
Annex A.5. Worksheet for Competitive Procedures(Request for Proposals)
Part A. General
Date of review: | Name of reviewer: | ||||
Contract no.: | Contract date (dd/mm/yy): | ||||
Contract description: | Contract amount (US$): | ||||
Contractor / Supplier name and address: | Category
| ||||
Market approach option | International Competition | Limited Competition | National Market | Initial Selection | |
Single-Stage | Multi-Stage | BAFO | Negotiations | ||
Selection method / arrangement | RFP | ||||
Leasing | PPP | ||||
Part B. Process Review
Aspects | Findings and comments |
Procurement documentation and records |
|
Procurement Plan or STEP reference |
|
Use of e-procurement system |
|
Advertising for Initial Selection |
|
Initial selection qualification criteria and rated criteria and requirements |
|
Response to SPN for initial Selection |
|
Evaluation of Applications and comments, if any (Verify existence of applications ) |
|
Initially selected applicants (number, names etc.) |
|
Review of Request for Technical Proposals |
|
Aspects | Findings and comments |
Technical proposal evaluation |
|
Management of discovery stage (including meetings, clarifications and addendum of changes) |
|
Request for Financial Proposals and Revised Technical proposals |
|
Time allowed for submission of proposals |
|
Weights in evaluation criteria |
|
Evaluation of Technical part and Report |
|
Financial proposal opening |
|
Minutes of financial proposal opening |
|
Evaluation of Financial part and Combined evaluation |
|
Publication of Notice of Intention to award contract |
|
Standstill period and debriefing (if applicable) |
|
Complaints handling (if any) |
|
Notification of award |
|
Publication of contract award |
|
Part C. Contract Administration
Aspects reviewed | Findings and comments |
Contract document |
|
Advance payment guarantee details and records |
|
Insurance |
|
Performance security details and records |
|
Bill of lading, customs clearance, license and permits if required |
|
Inspection of supervision or testing records and reports |
|
Planned contractual completion date |
|
Provisional acceptance or testing |
|
Actual completion date |
|
Delivery receipt or similar instrument |
|
Liquidated damages, details and enforcement for delays |
|
Timeliness of payments |
|
Amendments or contract modifications: number, amounts, and % |
|
Contractual disputes and resolution, if any |
|
Cost overruns reasons and explanations |
|
Adjudication and arbitration |
|
Aspects reviewed | Findings and comments |
Closing of contract |
|
Part D. Others
Aspects reviewed | Findings and comments | |||
Indication of possible fraud or corruption |
| |||
Involvement of beneficiaries or users |
| |||
Total duration from advertisement to contract signature |
| |||
Additional observations |
| |||
Contract rating (covering procurement and contract administration) | Satisfactory | Moderately Satisfactory | Moderately Unsatisfactory | Unsatisfactory |
Rating explanation |
|
Annex A.6. Worksheet for Request for Quotations Procedures
Part A. General
Date of review: | Name of reviewer: |
Contract no.: | Contract date (dd/mm/yy): |
Contract description: | Contract amount (US$): |
Contractor / Supplier name and address: | Category
|
Part B: Process Review
Aspects reviewed | Findings and comments |
Procurement Documentation (Filing) |
|
Reference in Procurement Plan or STEP |
|
Use of e-procurement system |
|
Advertising or direct invitation |
|
Source of suppliers invited |
|
Time allowed for submission of quotations |
|
Bid opening and minutes of bid opening: indicate number of participants, names, and prices per lot |
|
Adequacy of reason for any disqualifications |
|
Bid evaluation report and award |
|
Reasonableness of cost |
|
Part C. Contract Administration
Aspects reviewed |
Findings and comments |
Contract document or purchase order |
|
Bill of lading, if any |
|
Planned contractual completion date |
|
Actual completion date |
|
Delivery receipt or similar instrument |
|
Timeliness of payments |
|
Amendments or contract modifications: number, amounts, and % |
|
Contractual disputes and resolution, if any |
|
Cost overruns reasons and explanations |
|
Closing of contract |
|
Part D. Others
Aspects reviewed | Findings and comments | |||||
Indication of possible fraud or corruption |
| |||||
Physical inspection |
| |||||
Involvement of beneficiaries or users |
| |||||
Total duration from advertisement to contract signature |
| |||||
Final cost compared to cost estimate |
| |||||
Additional observations |
| |||||
Aspects reviewed | Findings and comments |
| ||||
Contract rating (covering procurement and contract administration) | Satisfactory | Moderately Satisfactory | Moderately Unsatisfactory | Unsatisfactory |
| |
Rating explanation |
|
| ||||
Annex A.7. Worksheet for Consultant Firms Contracts Award
Part A. General
Date of review: | Name of reviewer: | ||||
Contract no.: | Contract date (dd/mm/yy): | ||||
Contract description: | Contract amount (US$): | ||||
Consultant name and address: | Cost estimate (US$): | ||||
Market approach option | International Competition | National Approaches | Limited Competition | Shortlist | |
Selection method | QCBS | FBS | LCS | QBS | |
CQS |
|
|
| ||
Part B. Process Review
Aspects | Findings and comments |
| ||
Procurement documentation and records |
|
| ||
Procurement Plan or STEP reference |
|
| ||
Use of e-procurement system |
|
| ||
Advertising for Expressions of Interest |
|
| ||
Response to Request for Expression of Interest |
|
| ||
Review of Request for Proposals |
|
| ||
Describe shortlist |
|
| ||
Time allowed for submission of proposals |
|
| ||
Weights in evaluation criteria |
|
| ||
Technical evaluation: separate reviews and average |
|
| ||
Technical evaluation report |
|
| ||
| Aspects | Findings and comments | ||
| Financial proposal opening |
| ||
| Minutes of financial proposal opening |
| ||
| Combined quality and cost evaluation |
| ||
| Negotiations |
| ||
| Complaints handling (if any) |
| ||
| Publication of Notice of intention of to award contract and standstill period (if applicable) |
| ||
| Debriefing (if applicable) |
| ||
| Publication of contract award |
| ||
Part C. Contract Administration
Aspects |
Findings and comments |
Signed contract document |
|
Advance payment guarantee details and records |
|
Monitoring and reporting |
|
Changes of key personnel, if any |
|
Planned contractual completion date |
|
Actual completion date |
|
Outputs; final report acceptance |
|
Timeliness of payments |
|
Aspects |
Findings and comments |
Amendments or contract modifications: number, amounts, and % |
|
Contractual disputes and resolution, if any |
|
Cost overruns reasons and explanations |
|
Closing of contract |
|
Part D. Others
Aspects reviewed | Findings and comments | |||
Indication of possible fraud or corruption |
| |||
Involvement of beneficiaries or users |
| |||
Total duration from advertisement to contract signature |
| |||
Additional observations |
| |||
Contract rating (covering procurement and contract administration) | Satisfactory | Moderately Satisfactory | Moderately Unsatisfactory | Unsatisfactory |
Rating explanation |
|
Annex A.8. Worksheet for Individual Consultant Contracts Award
Part A. General
Date of review: | Name of reviewer: | ||
Contract no.: | Contract date (dd/mm/yy): | ||
Contract description: | Contract amount (US$): | ||
Consultant name and address: | Cost estimate (US$): | ||
Selection method: | Comparison of CVs | Direct Selection | |
Part B. Process Review
Aspects | Findings and comments |
Procurement documentation and records |
|
Procurement Plan or STEP reference |
|
Use of e-procurement system |
|
Justification for Direct Selection if applicable |
|
Advertising for Expressions of Interest |
|
Response to Request for Expression of Interest |
|
Describe shortlist |
|
Evaluation report |
|
Negotiations |
|
Publication of contract award |
|
Part C. Contract Administration
Aspects |
Findings and comments |
Signed contract document |
|
Advance payment guarantee details and records |
|
Monitoring and reporting |
|
Planned contractual completion date |
|
Actual completion date |
|
Outputs; final report acceptance |
|
Timeliness of payments |
|
Amendments or contract modifications: number, amounts, and % |
|
Contractual disputes and resolution, if any |
|
Cost overruns reasons and explanations |
|
Closing of contract |
|
Part D. Others
Aspects reviewed | Findings and comments | |||
Indication of possible fraud or corruption |
| |||
Involvement of beneficiaries or users where applicable |
| |||
Total duration from advertisement to contract signature |
| |||
Final cost compared to cost estimate |
| |||
Additional observations |
| |||
Contract rating (covering procurement and contract administration) | Satisfactory | Moderately Satisfactory | Moderately Unsatisfactory | Unsatisfactory |
Rating explanation |
|
"},{"id":"OP00198518","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"22-Sep-2022","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2022-10-24T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"12:00","project_ctry_name":"Ghana","project_id":"P171933","project_name":"Ghana Landscape Restoration and Small Scale Mining Project","bid_reference_no":"GH-EPA-307364-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Project works and infrastructural consultants for the Ghana Landscape and Small Scale Mining Project - EPA PCU","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"P.O. Box M.326\nAccra, GR\nGhana","contact_ctry_name":"Ghana","contact_email":"icacquah2012@gmail.com","contact_name":"Isaac Charles Acquah","contact_organization":"Environmental Protection Agency","contact_phone_no":"0243004082","contact_web_url":"http://www.epa.gov.gh/epa/","submission_date":"2022-09-22T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSION OF INTEREST
(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRM SELECTION)
Ghana Landscape Restoration and Small-Scale Mining Project (GLRSSMP)
Credit No.: IDA 69690
Assignment Title: Project works and infrastructural consultants for the Ghana Landscape and Small-Scale Mining Project - EPA PCU (Consultancy Service to Design and Supervise Small Infrastructural Works Under the Project and Conduct the Environmental and Social Assessments and Monitoring)
Reference No.: (GH-EPA-307364-CS-QCBS)
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) through the Government of Ghana has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Ghana Landscape Restoration and Small-Scale Mining Project (GLRSSMP), and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.
The overall objective of this assignment is to design and supervise small infrastructural works under the Project and conduct the Environmental and Social Assessments and Monitoring as the infrastructural consultants of the Project.
The consulting services (“the Services”) include the incorporation of Environmental/sustainability issues in the planning, design, construction and implementation of the various facilities, identify potential E&S risks and impacts and propose measures to mitigate them; Preparation of environmental assessment reports for the proposed construction and operation works of these facilities (i.e. preliminary environmental report to meet national requirement and an ESIA and ESMP to meet World Bank requirements); undertaking of broad relevant stakeholder engagements with project implementers and beneficiaries in the decision-making process; develop Grievance Redress Mechanism to address complaints and grievances that may arise in the course of Project implementation; provide design and costing for the water systems in accordance with requisite standards/codes and in conformity to general civil engineering and architectural practice and World Bank environment and safeguards guidelines; make recommendations on measures and alternatives to ensure sustainability of these facilities after they have been established to impact positively on beneficiary communities; and undertaking a supervisory role for the planning, design and construction of all infrastructure and facilities to be established and assist the PCU in the procurement processes of the same.
The estimated level of effort (professional staff-months) is 360-staff-months. The duration of the assignment is estimated at Sixty (60) Months and the assignment is expected to start in March 2023.
The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment are attached to this Request for Expressions of Interest.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required expertise, qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The shortlisting criteria are:
1. The core business of the firm should be in the different aspects of designing, supervising and conducting environmental due diligence for the construction of infrastructural facilities.
2. Firm should be legally registered and in good standing in Ghana (provide proofs of legal registration and operation of firm).
3. Experience in cooperation and engagement with stakeholders in local/rural communities in the construction, supervision and design of infrastructural facilities for local communities for long term benefit.
4. Demonstrated experience in completing a minimum of five (5) assignments of similar nature and complexity.
5. Minimum of five (5) years’ experience of designing infrastructure located within sensitive ecological areas, such as protected areas.
6. Proven track record of having successfully completed three (3) assignments of similar nature and complexity in preparing ESIAs following the requirements of the relevant laws of Ghana.
7. Experience in executing World Bank funded assignments/contracts.
Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” July 2016 revised November 2017, August 2018 and November 2020 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. In addition, please refer to the following specific information on conflict of interest related to this assignment as per paragraph 3.17 of the Procurement Regulations. Any false declaration will result in disqualification.
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours, i.e. 0900 to 1600 hours local time.
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written and printed form to the address below in person by Monday, 24th October, 2022 at 1200 hours GMT (Ghana Time). All packets containing the Expression of Interest Document must be sealed and clearly labelled/marked “Expression of Interest for Project works and infrastructural consultants for the Ghana Landscape and Small-Scale Mining Project - EPA PCU (Consultancy Service to Design and Supervise Small Infrastructural Works Under the Project and Conduct the Environmental and Social Assessments and Monitoring)”.
For firms situated outside the borrower’s country who, due to the COVID 19 restrictions, cannot deliver their hard copies before the stated date, should submit a softcopy version of their printed copies at icacquah@hotmail.com and jacob.attiogbe@epa.gov.gh.
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written and printed form (FOUR COPIES) to the address below in person by Monday, 24th October, 2022 at 1200 hours GMT (Ghana Time).
The Project Coordinator
Ghana Landscape Restoration and Small-Scale Mining Project
Project Coordinating Unit
Environmental Protection Agency
Head Office Building, Room 306
#1 Energy Close, Starlets 91 Street, Ministries, Accra
P. O. Box M326, Ministries, Accra
Tel No.: +233-302-664698/ 662465/ 667524/ 050-1301385
E-mail: icacquah@hotmail.com; info@epa.gov.gh
TERMS OF REFERENCE
PROJECT WORKS AND INFRASTRUCTURAL CONSULTANTS FOR THE GHANA LANDSCAPE AND SMALL-SCALE MINING PROJECT - EPA PCU
(CONSULTANCY SERVICE TO DESIGN AND SUPERVISE SMALL INFRASTRUCTURAL WORKS UNDER THE PROJECT AND CONDUCT THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ASSESSMENTS AND MONITORING) – (GH- EPA-307364-CS-QCBS)
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), responsible for landscape restoration activities, and the Ministry of Lands and Natural Resources (MLNR), responsible for formalization of Artisanal Small-scale Mining (ASM) are currently implementing the Ghana Landscape Restoration and Small-Scale Mining Project (GLRSSMP) in support of targeted actions to address land degradation through sustainable Integrated Landscape Management (ILM).
The GLRSSMP is funded by the World Bank / International Development Association credit, with leveraged grant financing from the Global Environment Facility (GEF), the PROGREEN Trust Fund, and the Extractives Global Programmatic Support Trust Fund to upscale and support the Government of Ghana in sustainable land management to address land degradation in Ghana.
The goal of the six-year project is to strengthen integrated natural resource management and increase benefits to communities in targeted savannah and cocoa forest landscapes. The project involves five basic components:[1]
The component aims to strengthen the planning and policy framework by carrying out spatial planning and implementation at the sub-basin level, policy support, and capacity building, working with administrative and technical agencies located within the regions and districts within the 13 target sub-basins in the project area. Support is included for ILM planning and fostering partnerships to support the adoption of sustainable landscape management approaches at scale within project areas. This component will also enhance multipurpose land and water management models at the national level by acquiring remote sensing data and geological surveys, which will allow the production of updated maps with additional layers of information. It will also support the development of spatial planning tools for mapping and monitoring impacts and effective monitoring of sustainable cocoa production.
This component aims to strengthen the regulatory framework for ASM, with a focus on modernizing regulatory instruments and building the capacity of key government agencies involved in ASM regulation and compliance monitoring (such as Minerals Commission [MC], Forestry Commission [FC], and EPA) as well as district management committees. It will also support ASM formalization through (a) reclassification of mining to include medium-scale mining licenses and registration of license holders; (b) streamlining ASM administration; and (c) enhancing district capacity to manage ASM. Once the updated regulatory framework has been established, this component will also invest in improving the capacity of ASM operators' by providing training on sustainable and forest-smart mining techniques, which will draw on the analytics and modelling of Component 1.
This component aims to link improved food production and ecological integrity by investing in production and forest landscapes by promoting climate-smart agriculture, conservation, and restoration activities and support agriculture value chains. This component will support sustainable practices in production landscapes for key food crops; value chains for key commodity crops, including cocoa, shea nut, and cashew; value addition for food crops; sustainable water and land management interventions, including silvo-pastoral and riparian vegetation establishment activities.
This component aims to support robust project management and monitoring (including financial, internal audit, and procurement management; monitoring and evaluation [M&E]; Environmental and Social (E&S) risk management; supervision, implementation, and monitoring of the Grievance Redress Mechanism [GRM]; monitoring the implementation of the Gender Action Plan; and so on); better communication outreach and dissemination; appropriate stakeholder engagement; and adequate knowledge management.
A Contingent Emergency Response Component (CERC) with zero allocation will be created and made implementation-ready to allow the GoG to respond quickly in case of an eligible emergency.
1.1 INTRODUCTION
Ghana is largely agrarian and natural resource dependent. The agriculture, forestry, and fishing sector (as reported in the national statistics) employs about 3.3 million of the rural population; the cocoa sector is reported to employ 1 million households. Together, renewable and non-renewable natural resources contribute significantly to livelihoods for the most vulnerable rural communities. Rural employment makes up 49.1 percent (4.6 million) of total employment in Ghana. Informal employment, including a huge number of unskilled workers in agriculture and forestry, provides livelihoods for more than 70 percent of the rural population, particularly to the country’s poorest households.
However, in the advent of climate change and resulting impacts and more recently, the COVID-19 pandemic, most rural livelihoods have become stressed leading to unsustainable incomes. It is also evident that natural resources, including land and forests will continue to serve as the vehicle for long-term inclusive growth recovery and economic empowerment. Therefore, efforts have to be made to provide alternative livelihood opportunities to the rural population, largely smallholders to cushion them against the effects of changes in the global climate and changing disease patterns on their incomes. In introducing such interventions, it is very critical to put up infrastructure that will respond to the environmental, social and economic dynamics prevailing in the zones.
The project intends to apply part of the funds to undertake construction of a number of water storage structures (i.e., dugouts and weirs), development of post-harvest processing infrastructure for natural resource based additional livelihood interventions and other facilities (such as the game platform) based on needs assessments on yearly basis. This is to improve access to water and watering of wild animals and livestock, the shelf life of agricultural products and income to contribute to the development of the national parks and socio-economic benefits of surrounding communities of the parks and agricultural communities. These subproject activities form part of the Component 3 activities.
As part of the project, EPA intends to commission services of a consulting firm to develop designs and drawings, prepare bills of quantities and cost estimates, and undertake required environmental and social due assessments and monitoring for select infrastructure.
1.2 Proposed Projects for the assignment
The proposed interventions may likely have both positive and negative environmental and social impacts and therefore environmental and social due diligence be conducted in accordance with Government of Ghana precautionary principles and relevant World Bank Environmental and Social Standards.
The Terms of Reference is for a Framework Contract Agreement seeking to engage a consulting firm to provide individual experts to support the Project Coordination Unit (PCU) at the EPA in conducting environmental and social due diligence, feasibility, design and supervision of construction works as listed above in (Section 1.2).
The objectives of the assignments are to:
3.0 Scope of SERVICES, TASKS (COMPONENTS) AND EXPECTED DELIVERABLES
All the tasks are to be carried out with close cooperation with MoFA, WD, EPA and PCU, concerned government agencies and the World Bank.
The Consultant will undertake the design of all civil works or facilities listed in Table 1 below except the water management systems i.e., Waterholes Weirs and dugouts. The consultant is expected to coordinate closely with the consultant involved in the design of the water management systems, through regular meetings and exchange of reports. The EPA will arrange for introductions.
3.1 DESIGN PHASE
Provide design for planned works in accordance with requisite standards/codes and in conformity to general civil and agricultural engineering and architectural practice and World Bank Environment and Social Safeguards
The consultant will be responsible for development of detailed architectural designs and drawings and preparing costed bills of quantities.
Preliminary Investigations
Detailed design and Tender documents
3.2 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ASSESSMENT
The Environmental and Social assessment will involve the preparation of site specific Environmental and Social Impact (ESIAs) and Environmental and Social Management Plans (ESMPs) (and other documents as may be required under the Ghana law) to strategically and comprehensively identify the potential environmental and risks and impacts of the various subproject activities in its area of influence; examine alternatives and propose mitigating, monitoring and institutional measures for adverse environmental and social impacts of these activities within their respective locations.
The Ghana EPA has requested that the projects should be subjected to preliminary environmental assessment for the requisite authorization to cover the construction and use of the dugouts/weirs. A screening of the projects mentioned in 1.2 is classified as substantial in terms of environmental and social risk under the World Bank Environmental and Social Framework. This implies that (i) potential impacts are less adverse and more limited, fewer, site specific and likely to reversible and (ii) mitigation measures can be more easily designed and implemented. Projects listed under Schedule 1 of the Ghana Environmental Assessment Regulations, 1999 (LI 1652) are equivalent to substantial environmental and social risk classification.
The consulting firm/lead consultant will undertake the preparation of Environmental and Social Impact Assessments (as determined through screening) and site specific ESMPs for facilities in the Northern Savannah Zone (NSZ), Transitional Ecological Zone (TEZ) and the Cocoa Landscape.
Table 1: Required Instruments for specific activities
S/N | Site/Community | District | Proposed Subproject | Site Characteristics |
| ||||
Mole National Park | West Gonja | Tree Hide | The site is in the park and is generally sloppy toward the south | |
Mole National Park | West Gonja | Water Hole (Lana Pool) | Generally flat and waterlogged | |
Mole National Park | West Gonja | Viewing Platform (Asibey Pond) | Generally flat with spots of vegetation | |
Mole National Park | West Gonja | Water Hole (Grupe) | Existing drain (Grupe stream) that collects temporary | |
Mole National Park | West Gonja | Complete and operationalize Field Research Centre in MNP | Existing structure | |
Mole National Park | West Gonja | Construct Viewing Platforms, Tree hide, Camping Sites, Directional Signages and medium/long Range Foot Safari trails (km) with rest stops (camping sites)
| The Viewing Platforms, Tree hide and directional signs will be done by one contractor. The trails and basic camping sites with rest stops will be done by the park staff) | |
CREMA Community/Jang | Sawla Tuna Kalba | Dugout (Livestock watering) | The land is bear with sparse shrubs, and drained by the Henag Conbre Stream | |
CREMA Community/Dabore | Sawla Tuna Kalba | Dugout (Livestock watering) | The site has an existing dam surrounded with vegetation | |
Various fringe community locations
|
| Assist develop the capacity of 4 fringe communities to develop and manage their ecotourism potentials as additional livelihood venture (Mognori, Larabanga, Jelinkon Ghana Tourist Authority and HOTCAT are responsible for such training at Murugu): Construct simple receptive centres | Brownfield developments | |
| ||||
Tilli
|
| Two room quarters for FSD / WD staff to manage East Wildlife Corridor and six FRs | The location is inside the Forest Reserve and is heavily degraded, not much vegetation | |
Gbele Resource Reserve |
| Develop internal Access Tracks / Trails with appropriate culverts, Irish crossings and spot improvements to facilitate ecological monitoring: Tented Camp - Satellite Camp1 (12km) and Yelibie - Timmie (10km) | Small footprint, similar works were done under SLWMP (ESIF was done under SLWMP) | |
2 communities in the Northern Savanna Zone |
| Establish 2 Dawadawa Processing and training Centres to train women in hygenic processing, packaging and marketing |
| |
Vieha | Wa East | Processing facility | The site has an existing old mosque that is not in use | |
Sheiga | Bawku West | Processing facility | The site is undeveloped and has a well (not in use) | |
Bullu | Sissala West | Processing facility | The land is flat with sparse vegetation | |
Sakalu | Sissala East | Processing facility | The site is undeveloped with some shrubs | |
Kayero | Kassana Nankana | Weir | The site is close to a water body | |
| ||||
Southern Scarp forest reserve |
| Development of hiking trails / walkways etc. at Odweanoma paragliding site
An Eco-friendly exhibition room |
| |
Two communities within the cocoa forest landscape |
| A community in cocoa landscape with a palm oil crusher |
| |
Two Kogyae fringe communities |
| Establish Mini-Industrial Gari Processing Plant for women groups in 2 fringe communities |
| |
| ||||
Dome Settlement (Digya National Park) | Sekyere Central | a) Solar Powered Borehole | Generally flat terrain | |
Sekyere Central | b) Toilet facilities | Bare land | ||
Agoam Saboso/Digya National Park | Sekyere Afram Plains | a) Solar Powered Borehole | The site has some trees and shrubs | |
Sekyere Afram Plains | b) Toilet facilities | The site has some trees and shrubs | ||
Sekyere Afram Plains | Game Viewing Platform | The site is undulating (close to the Tato range) and close to the Sene River which serves as elephant pool | ||
Digya National Park |
| Construct Game viewing platforms at Elephant Pools
Develop Safari Trails for Game Viewing |
| |
Nsugyaso/ Digya National Park | Kwahu Afram Plains South | Viewing Platform | The site is covered with trees and overlooks the existing pool | |
| ||||
EPA Headquarters | Accra | Four room prefab offices |
|
The Environmental and Social Assessment process description is in Annex A.
Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM)
The ESMP should also include elements of the project GRM as well as information relevant to the workers’ GRM, to ensure that site workers’, communities’, interest groups’ concerns are received and addressed appropriately.
3.3 SUPERVISION OF CONSTRUCTION WORKS (SUPERVISING CONSULTANT) AND ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MONITORING
Supervision
It shall be the responsibility of the Consultant supervise all construction operations on behalf of the Client and to ensure that works of Contractor (s) are carried out as specified. The Consultant shall ensure that the Contractor obligations in the C-ESMPs are appropriately monitored as included in the procurement and contract documents.
Preparation and Implementation Plan
For time control of project implementation, the Consultant in coordination with the Client during the preparatory phase shall:
II. Supervision of Construction Works
The services will include issuing field instructions in writing as required relating to:
The Consultant shall:
3.4 MONITOR IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS
The Consultant would work closely with the PCU and relevant Beneficiary Agencies (BAs) staff in all key environmental and social related activities, with an emphasis on coordination and capacity building;
3.5 MONITORING THE IMPLEMENTATION OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN AND LABOUR MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES:
In collaboration with the PCU, assist in coordination and implementation of health and safety related activities.
Supervision of Construction Works
4.0 DELIVERABLES
The Lead expert or consulting firm will be required to prepare and submit the following deliverables:
Table 2: Contract implementation schedule and required report
SN | Type of Reports | Schedule |
1 |
Registration and Permit - Prior to the assignment, the consultant will work with the Project Coordinating Unit (PCU)-EPA to facilitate the registration of the proposed subproject by filling and submitting an Environmental Assessment Registration Form to EPA. This will pave the way and begin formal engagement with the EPA on the environmental permitting process | Two (2) weeks after contract signing |
2 | Inception Report – This will include the design phase where the consultant is expected to map the entire assignment and identify key features structure, criteria for success and major deliverables are all planned out. It will outline approach/ methodology to the assignment preparation. This is to be done in consultation with the Project Team and the World Bank. The inception report will also include a detailed work plan which will refine and elaborate on the information presented in these terms of reference to bring greater precision to the conduct of the assignment. It shall be based on a preliminary review of the documentation, discussions with key stakeholders, literature review, etc. | Five (5) weeks after contract signing |
3 | Technical Assessment and Preliminary design for the Works: - The findings and recommendation of the consultant covering all aspects (including the engineering works) of the design, aspects detailing the works that needs to be done. The report shall include maps, plans and diagrams as necessary | Four (4) weeks after the acceptance of the Inception Report |
4 | Environmental and Social Impact Assessments (ESIA) An ESIA predicts the environmental and social risks and impacts of the proposed interventions. It is carried out before project implementation and proposes measures to mitigate potential adverse risks and impacts. | Twelve (12) weeks after the acceptance of the Inception Report |
5 | Environmental and Social Management Plan for each of the proposed interventions. The ESMP will outline all the issues indicated/specified in the scope of work detailed in the World Bank requirements for the preparation of an ESMP. The ESMP should have annexes showing evidence of consultations, maps, photographs taken at various sites, GPS coordinates of various sites etc made for the purposes of this report | Sixteen (16) weeks after the acceptance of the Technical Assessment |
6 | Design Reports - Submit draft designs of the various processing facilities to the PCU and will be required to do a power point presentation for discussion and selection of preferred designs. The consultant shall submit the completed design package including all drawings and technical specifications based on the recommended viable options from the conclusion of the Technical Assessment. These would include:
| Six (6) weeks after the acceptance of the ESMF |
7 | Bidding/Tender Documents Along with the design and specifications as indicated above, the consultant shall present a Bidding document for the civil works. The Bidding Document will be prepared based on the requirements of WB Procurement Regulations | One (1) week after the acceptance of the design reports |
8 | Supervision: - This report will outline all supervisory activities, statuses, findings and recommendations including: 1. Site handing over with PCU and contractors together with Consultants 2. Coordinate the preparation of contract mobilization request or certificates from contractors 3. Supervision of site preparation activities (site office, site camps etc.) 4. Inspection of construction equipment/materials to conform to contract requirements 5. Confirmation of personnel on site to ensure that it conforms to contract requirements 6. Coordinate the assessment and approval of sub-contractors where applicable 7. Daily supervision of contract implementation (construction phase) 8. Coordinate regular site meetings with PCU team 9. Coordinate certificate preparation to PCU for payment 10. Ensure compliance with approved designs and all bank regulatory requirements by contractor | It will run through the entire implementation period of the respective contracts including DLP |
9 | Mobilization Report This report will describe the plan the consultant has established for the supervision portion of the assignment. It will include the Methodology, Scoping, methods and parameters for supervision, methods of consultation with the construction contractors including quality Assurance, Health and Safety issues. The report will also include detailed program of work for the supervision phase | A week after contract signing with the respective contractors |
10 | Monthly Reports- The consultant shall submit comprehensive monthly reports on the supervision and progress of the works. The report will include, overall progress of work, based on the contractors’ reports and consultant’s observations, reports on environmental and social compliance, forecast of activities (including financial forecast), challenges, recommendations and all necessary contract data.
| submitted not later than ten (10) days after the end of the reporting month |
11 | Minutes of Meetings The Consultant shall issue comprehensive minutes of regular and special meetings and distribute copies or may be attached to the monthly progress reports or depending on the circumstances, may be submitted as separate documents.
| Five (5) days after each meeting |
12 | Certificate of Completion: - Coordinate/ensure full implementation of the contract requirements i.e. designs, BOQ, specifications and other requirements and certify that work done is 100% and deserve to be rated as such. | Two (2) week after completion notification from contractor |
13 | Final Completion Report A final report will be submitted within 4 weeks after the issuance of the certificate of provisional acceptance | Two (2) weeks after expiration of DLP |
5.0 TEAM COMPOSITION AND QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE KEY EXPERTS
The nature of the assignment requires the consultant to assemble a well-qualified and experienced team of experts, of sufficient size and capacity, covering all the professional disciplines required. Demonstrated experience of designing facilities / infrastructure is required (at least 5 comparable assignments); experience of design for infrastructure located within sensitive ecological areas (such as protected areas) will be an advantage. Demonstrated experience (at least three comparable assignments) of preparing ESIAs following the requirements of the Ghana law is required.
The assignment will be carried out by an experienced team with the following expertise and experience.[2] The Firm shall ensure the timely completion of the project and provide the expert personnel in line with the Project Implementation Schedule. The Consultant shall employ supervisory staff over the period of implementation.
Lead architect / Team Leader will be responsible for coordinating all the activities under this assignment. S/he shall:
Civil Engineer shall:
Quantity Surveyor shall:
Social risk management and Stakeholder Engagement Expert shall:
Ecologist / Environmental risk management shall:
Labour, Occupational health and safety specialist shall:
Other experts will be expected to have competences in geotechnical surveys, electrical and mechanical engineering, soil science, water resources management.
6.0 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND DURATION OF ASSIGNMENT
The Consultancy firm represented by a lead person shall report to the Project Coordinator on the progress of work. From time to time, the Client may require written explanations by email on the work progress, quality, accidents, problems, etc., related to the work, to which the consultant shall promptly respond, providing a full description of the situation.
As stated in the above sections, the assignment will be executed under the guidance and support of the PCU, EPA, MoFA, WD and other Project Beneficiary Agencies.
Communication protocol shall be established soon after the award of the contract.
6.1. Duration of the Assignment
The consultant will be engaged throughout the life span of the project. The assignment will commence in October 2022 and will run through the entire implementation period of the respective works.
7.0 CLIENT’S INPUT AND COUNTERPART PERSONNEL
Under the overall guidance of the Project Coordinator, the Consultancy firm will perform the assignment by adhering to the implementation arrangements under Government of Ghana/World Bank Guidelines.
The Firm will thoroughly familiarize him/herself with the relevant project documents including the Project Appraisal Document, Project Implementation Manual, Environmental and Social Management Framework, Stakeholder Engagement plan, among others, to be provided by the Client, for the successful execution of the assignment.
The Client will provide the Consultants with the following:
Counterpart personnel for the purpose of liaison with the Client and other Government agencies.
8.0 MODE OF PAYMENT
The consultancy firm will be offered a lump sum fee inclusive of travel costs for this assignment; this shall be based on a Rate that shall be concluded with the successful firm during contract negotiation. The payments will be made in installments based upon outputs/deliverables specified in the TOR and upon certification of satisfactory work as per work plan and endorsed by PCU.
9.0 PRODUCTS
All the documents shall be written in English, each item of the deliverables i.e. all Reports shall be presented in three (3) hard copies and one (1) electronic format (USB device).
All deliverables shall be submitted to the project team for review and comments. Upon receipt of reviewed documents, the consultant will incorporate comments within two weeks and submit final document/reports of all deliverables to EPA.
10.0 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
Any reports, documents, graphics, or other materials, prepared by the Consultant and the project team for this assignment shall belong to and remain the property of the Ghana Landscape Restoration and Small-Scale Mining Project (GLRSSMP)
11.0 NOT SPECIFIED CONDITIONS
Other conditions not specified herein shall be settled by mutual understanding and agreement.
Annex A
A scoping study will be required from the consultancy firm/lead consultant as the first stage of the ESIA process. The purpose of the scoping study is to gain an overall understanding of the biophysical and socioeconomic baseline situation and provide an overview of the range, depth and trend of issues to be subsequently studied in detail during the main ESIA. This overview will set the focus for further studies, data collection and other resources that will be required for the conduct of the ESIA. Specifically, the consultant shall be expected to:
Upon review of the scoping report and agreement on the draft TOR by the EPA and the World Bank, the consultant will proceed to undertake the impact assessment and prepare the ESIA. The ESIA will build on activities and results from the scoping study but the level of detail shall be higher.
The ESIA will involve the following tasks:
Detailed description of the investments with the requisite specifications and components is not available presently. The description of each of the investment would include:
The description will include maps at appropriate scales to illustrate the specific location of the investments.
The consultant will identify and discuss Ghana and World Bank’s policies, regulations and standards or guidelines governing environmental assessment, environmental quality, health and safety, as well as land acquisition and involuntary resettlement (including issues related to livelihoods and squatters) that are applicable to the execution of the proposed investments. The discussion will also include a gap analysis between Ghana’s safeguards regulations, standards/guidelines and the World Bank’s ESF and ESS and General Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines.
The consultant will assemble, evaluate, and present baseline data on the biophysical and socioeconomic characteristics of the subproject area, and its environs to aid impact identification and assessment. Although the consultant will describe the baseline in the subproject area, where peculiar baseline characteristics and conditions of environmental and social interest are found at particular investment site, they should be highlighted. The proposed approach to data collection should be clearly described in the Consultant’s proposal. This will include a clear description of all site visits, surveys and proposed stakeholder meetings etc.
The baseline will cover the physical, biological and chemical aspects of the environment as well as the socioeconomic and cultural characteristics. The baseline for the biophysical environment will include:
The baseline socioeconomic and cultural characteristics will include:
Public consultations and stakeholder engagement during the ESIA will build on activities began during the scoping phase and the outcomes and shall be inclusive. The consultant will conduct stakeholder analysis and mapping to ensure that a wide range of stakeholders (including vulnerable groups like women, the elderly, children and persons with disabilities) are afforded the opportunity to comment on the subproject; to voice opinions, concerns and suggestions; and contribute local knowledge. Whenever, needed the Consultant shall hold separate engagement with women to obtain their views and concerns about the proposed subproject interventions. The consultant shall document details of meetings with all stakeholders.
The consultant will analyze alternatives to the proposed investments that would meet the objective of improved flood management. The analysis will include the “No Action” or “No Project” alternative (i.e. not implementing the proposed investments) in order to demonstrate environmental and social conditions without it. In addition to the “No Action” alternative, the analysis will consider alternative locations, design options and methods of execution as well as management systems. The latter is particularly important for the construction and management of the detention ponds. The analysis may suggest options that could be more sustainable from an environmental and social (i.e., natural resource, socio-cultural and economic) point of view than the originally proposed investments. The analysis will demonstrate how the alternatives compare in terms of potential environmental and social impacts and the consultant will present the reasons for selecting the proposed investments over the alternatives.
The consultant will present a detailed analysis of the positive and negative environment and social impacts of the execution of the investments on the biophysical and socio-economic environments. This analysis will build on the preliminary identification and assessment of impacts presented in the scoping report. The consultant will identify, categorize and assess the project’s key environmental and social impacts. The consultant will indicate the approach to impact identification and assessment in the consultant’s proposal.
The consultant shall give due consideration to the identification of impacts relating to, among others:
The consultant, in consultation with EPA HQ and regional offices, Wildlife Division of the Forestry Commission and relevant Assemblies recommend measures to mitigate the negative environmental and social impacts or to enhance the positive impacts. The mitigation and enhancement measures will be cost-effective measures that will be specifically tailored to the impacts identified in order to achieve the aim of preventing or limiting the negative effects of the investments.
Where feasible, some measures could be embedded in the technical engineering designs to mitigate or enhance identified impacts. If the proposed mitigation measures are not likely to be fully effective on their own, the Consultant shall propose adequate compensation measures in accordance with the relevant ESS and the project ESMF and RF&PF Also, the consultant will make provisions for the use of “chance find” procedures if unanticipated archaeological, historical and sacred sites or materials are encountered during construction works. To this end, the consultant shall prepare chance find procedure to be included in the ESIA.
The consultant will develop site specific Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) to be used as a tool for the effective implementation and monitoring of the impact mitigation and enhancement measures. The ESMP should include proposed mitigation measures and monitoring plan for both the preconstruction, construction and operation phases of the project. The ESMP should include both text and a matrix and must relate to each of the investments. The ESMP should also be revised before the start of the operation for the purpose of developing a pertinent manual for the operation phase. The ESMP should include proposed work programs, budget estimates, schedules, staffing/roles and responsibilities and training requirement and other necessary support services to implement the mitigating measures.
The consultant will develop a detailed Environmental and Social Monitoring Plan to guide the monitoring of the environmental and social impacts and the implementation of mitigation and enhancement measures during the construction and operation phases. The monitoring plan will enable the EPA to confirm the accuracy of the impact assessment and the effectiveness of the mitigation measures contained in the ESIA. The consultant will outline the elements of the monitoring plan in the proposal.
[1] More information about the project, including relevant project documents, is available on the EPA website: http://glrssmp.epa.gov.gh/index.php
[2] The team as a whole need to cover the listed expertise, though individual experts’ profiles may be different from the listed.
"},{"id":"OP00177621","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"02-May-2022","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2022-05-16T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"04:00","project_ctry_name":"Liberia","project_id":"P155293","project_name":"Liberia Social Safety Nets Project","bid_reference_no":"LR-MOGCSP-290621-CS-CQS","bid_description":"SR Phase II Data Collection in Grand Kru and River Gee Counties","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"110 UN Drive & Gurley StreetP.O. Box 10-13751000 Monrovia 10 Liberia","contact_ctry_name":"Liberia","contact_email":"procureoffcr.genderlssn@gmail.com","contact_name":"Aurelius Butler","contact_organization":"Ministry of Gender, Children & Social Protection","contact_phone_no":"886690735","submission_date":"2022-05-02T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)
Republic of Liberia
Liberia Social Safety Nets Project
Assignment Title: Data Collection in Grand Kru and River Gee Counties
Reference No. LR-MOGCSP-290621-CS-CQS
The Government of the Republic of Liberia has received financing from the World Bank in support of the Liberia Social Safety Nets Project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services. The consulting services (“the Services”) include to collect and process data for the Liberia Household Social Registry (LHSR) in Grand Kru and River Gee Counties for (approximately 36,000 households in total), using technological innovations.
The Ministry of Gender, Children and Social Protection now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services required. The shortlisting criteria are:
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to paragraph 1.9 of the World Bank’s Guidelines: Selection and Employment of Consultants under IBRD Loans and IDA Credits & Grants by World Bank Borrowers January 2011, Revised July 2014 (“Consultant Guidelines”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
Consultants may associate with other firms in the form of a joint venture or a sub-consultancy to enhance their qualifications. A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Consultants Qualification Selection (CQS) method set out in the Consultant Guidelines.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours i.e. 0900 to 1600 hours.
Liberia Social Safety Nets Project
Ministry of Gender, Children and Social Protection Old Office
First Floor, Capitol Bypass, Monrovia Liberia
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by May 16, 2022 at 16.00hrs (GMT). (Note this assignment is only for local firms in Liberia as this is a National Competitive Bidding Process)
ATT: F. Daniel Quire
Procurement Officer
Liberia Social Safety Nets Project
Ministry of Gender, Children and Social Protection
Capitol Bye Pass, Monrovia Liberia
Tel. +231 777333440, 886690735
E-mail: dquire@lssnp.gov.lr and copy abutler@lssnp.gov.lr
Signed: Omilford Saye Nyan, Jr.
Procurement Director
Approved: Williametta E. Saydee-Tarr
MINISTER
TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR
DATA COLLECTION FIRM
A logistics plan should be prepared by the Firm, and will be part of the Inception Report which will be submitted to Social Registry Unit during the process planning phase. The logistics plan ensures the smooth implementation of the field data collection and must provide details about the following activities: (i) schedule and location of training workshops and stakeholder meetings (for example, with the Ministry of Gender, Children and Social Protection, Liberia Institute of Geo-Information Services (LISGIS), and the World Bank); (ii) allocation of staff, which meets minimum qualifications and experience prescribed in this TOR per Region, Counties, Districts, Clans and Communities, and; (iii) logistics for distribution of all required materials in the field (tablets, biometric devices, GPS, stationary, power bank, rain coat and boots, name tags, mobile phone cards, rain proof bag to protect equipment from damage, etc.).
A key activity for the success of the process is a massive Public Information Campaign (PIC) through community outreach to inform the public about the registration process. Such outreach, prior to the start of the data collection process in a community, is critical to ensure the success of this type of approach and it must be tailored to the literacy levels, cultural and ethnic differences, and accessibility to remote areas. The PIC effectiveness would be closely monitored and evaluated in a timely manner as to make necessary changes and adaptations along the way. The Firm will be provided with PIC materials and guidance on PIC activities from the MGCSP, and will be expected to assist in the PIC implementation on the ground, given their direct engagement in communities through the data collection activities.
Prior to the launch of a data collection process in a community, the Firm should assist the PIC implementation with community sensitization activities. The activities would include informing the community about the implementation modality, and the need for households to provide correct information. The Firm will assist in carrying out the PIC at least 1-2 weeks prior to the launch of the data collection process in each County.
For each County, the Firm, with the support of the MGCSP will contact the representatives of local NGOs and community leaders of the area to seek their support in terms of information dissemination about the process, and request them to: a) make special announcements in respective local languages to reach every household in the community; b) place posters, brochures and information materials in their schools, or health centers, among other activities that are deemed appropriate in the County.
This activity should be undertaken by the Firm during the house-to-house visits in a specific community. All structures in which households are living will be surveyed. As part of this process, each structure should be identified with a number, GPS coordinates, and photos via a short Structure Identification Form so that structures can be linked to the main household-level data collection process easily. The firm may also be asked to write the structure IDs on the structures. Also, key local landmarks should be identified to help the process of determining all the different clusters of structures which comprise the community.
During these community visits, the firm will also collect critical community level information to enhance Development and Social Protection Program planning. This information will be covered in the Community Mapping Module survey tool and will capture information such as the location of the community infrastructures or services and access to basic services outside the community. One Community Mapping Module survey tool will be completed per each community.
Enumerators will carry out house-to-house surveys in their assigned areas, using Computer-Assisted Personal Interviewing (CAPI), which is a computer assisted data collection method for replacing paper-and-pen by the use of tablets.
The available CAPI software that will be provided by the Ministry and has the following features:
(i) Ability for the interviewer to select the appropriate language to administer the questionnaire;
(ii) Provide basic and complex skip instruction capabilities. Basic skips are those that use only the current question's answer to determine whether the next question is relevant while Complex skips are those that either use answers from several questions in different modules and/or answers in different hierarchical levels of the questionnaire to determine whether the next question is relevant. (iii)Validation of the response, minimizing data-entry errors; (iv) ability to automate mundane but error-prone aspects of data collection and functionality to augment other aspects through multi-media cues to the enumerator and/or respondent, such as photos of food quantities or prompts about the logical consistency of answers; (v) ability to conduct at minimum two types of data consistency checks: those within modules and those across modules. The logic and graduated level of increasingly greater requirements between intra-module and inter-module consistency checks is the same as with basic and complex skips; (vi) Provide online and offline capabilities;(vii) Capability for collecting fingerprint biometrics to ensure effective identification of people and to decrease the chances of duplication. For that purpose, the tablets should be equipped with electronic fingerprint sensors, 10 individual plain impressions of separate fingers will be collected from every household member age 8 years and above; (viii) Capability for collecting photograph of each household member 8 years and above and their home (a single photograph should be taken of each household member as well as a single photograph of the household structure); (ix) Capability for collecting geolocation of households: the tablets should be equipped with GPS through which the geolocation of the interviewed households and other community structures, such as health clinics and schools, should be taken; (x) Capability for recording information on mobile phone coverage within each community; (xi) Administration sub-module to track, almost on real time, the performance indicators of the process and thus be able to take corrective measures while still working in the community; (xii) Capability to perform an initial categorization of households based on data intake questionnaire information; (xiii) Capability to scan QR code.
The Firm will be required to provide the electronic tablets and biometric devices, as well as any other equipment needed for operationalizing data collection.
MGCSP will provide the data collection software, biometric collection solution, data synchronization, QR code reading, data connectivity through SIM cards/VPN and temporary storage.
The firm will be required to adhere to the data protection protocol by MGCSP to protect the access, usage and integrity of household data by field enumerators and staff that will be collecting, transferring, and assessing the household data in any form – to or from their CAPI devices and severs.
Data Synchronization, Validation and De-Duplication Process
Once a household interview is completed, the enumerator will synchronize the data gathered and send it to the Social Registry Management Information System (MIS) and/or the firm’s central servers, using the data connectivity provided by the tablets SIM cards and through a VPN. For areas with limited connectivity, the data should be synced at the end of each day, or once enumerator has reached an area with connectivity.
The Social Registry and or the firm’s central server shall provide login credentials and VPN connectivity for secure transfer of data. Data that is successfully posted centrally should be marked as posted. Data must be kept for at least 48 hours after successful posting before deletion from the enumerators’ tablets. Since tablets have limited storage, the data that is posted to central servers needs to be deleted from the enumerators’ tablets. It is also a mandatory design decision for data security, as well as backing up the data within 24 hours of submission.
Once data has been uploaded to the Social Registry's MIS and or the firm’s servers, the process of fingerprint deduplication and adjudication should commence. This is to ensure a duplicate-free member database. All records marked as unique, after the deduplication process, will start the validation stage in which the consistency of the data will be verified. If inconsistencies are detected, the database administrator of the Firm will check the data reported by the field teams and will provide feedback within one week of data submission, via mobile phones.
Data cleaning methodology: The firm will submit a data cleaning proposal which should include the following phases: (i) Screening Phase: To identify key oddities in the dataset via high-frequency checks and other means: lack of data (missingness); outliers, including inconsistencies; strange patterns in distributions; and unexpected results and other types of inferences and abstractions; (ii) Diagnostic Phase: to clarify the true nature of the worrisome data points, patterns, and statistics and; (iii) Treatment or Editing Phase: After identifying errors, missing values, and true (extreme or normal) values, what statistical or qualitative (phone calls or field visits) techniques or methodologies will be used to correct the anomalies identified during the screening and diagnostic phase. This should be done within five (5) working days after identifying the problem.
The Firm will be responsible for reviewing reports and responding to queries on submitted data, review data quality, daily progression and area wise segregation with complete audit trail of each entry.
Only after completing each of these steps should the data be considered clean and may be synchronized with the LHSR servers through VPN connectivity. Synchronization should occur at least once per week.
Under the guidance and supervision of the Social Registry Unit, the contracted firm will develop and implement systematic quality assurance procedures to prevent unacceptable practices and to minimize errors in data collection.
This will include the following:
Activities will include the following:
The Ministry of Gender, Children and Social Protection will share:
The firm will however be required to:
The firm is expected to undertake the following specific tasks and provide the following deliverables:
Specific Activities | Deliverables |
Logistics Plan and Data Collection Proposal, which shall comprise:
| Inception report including a Logistics Plan and Data Collection Proposal acceptable to the MGCSP. |
Software solution:
| Bench test report and recommendations on Data Collection Software Solution acceptable to the MGCSP. |
Field-testing: The firm should conduct field-testing of the instruments per the field-testing plan.
| Interview guide for training of the field-testing acceptable to the MGCSP. Field test documented and data from field test successfully transferred to the MGCSP. |
Recruitment and Training of field staff: The firm is responsible for training all field staff and developing staff training curriculum, materials and guidelines for field staff. The Social Registry Unit, as coordinator of the implementation, will be responsible for providing inputs and necessary support for the preparation of the training guidelines. The training plan should include instructions and guidance about the process; the management of the instruments used in the process; and the setup, logistics and the supervision of the process. Besides the process overview, the training should be hands-on and tailored to each specific task to be performed. | Roster of recruited enumerators with their corresponding qualifications acceptable to the MGCSP. Training plan and manuals acceptable to the MGCSP. |
Local Public Information Campaign: based on the communication strategy and materials designed and prepared by the Social Registry Unit, the firm should prepare a PIC implementation plan and deploy it. | PIC implementation plan acceptable to the MGCSP. |
Data collection and quality assurance: the firm should complete data collection according to the timeline and should take the necessary measures to ensure the data gathered is of high quality. To successfully achieve this, the firm is required to develop a data quality assurance plan and will also establish and maintain regular communication with the Social Registry Unit for progress updates on implementation. | Data Collection, submission of quality assurance plan and all quality assurance documentation (i.e. quality assurance reports), data collection summary statistics acceptable to the MGCSP. Upon request, the firm will provide samples of data collected. Submit a protocol for corrective measures to be taken when enumerators systematically make repeated errors, including firing if errors continue after re-training/warnings or if errors involve falsifying data. Submit weekly log of all data corrections made to raw data.
Weekly data synchronization with the LHSR servers |
At the end of data collection, the firm will:
| Completion and acceptance of data collection report including community mapping data, data of enumerated structures and households, how the data collection has been carried out, description of problems found in the field and how they were resolved etc. Descriptive statistics of the data. Delivery of final report relating to the overall organization and execution of the data collection.
|
The firm must, as much as practicable, recruit and train the staff in the respective Counties or communities of the data collection assignment. The firm must have three teams in the field. One team per county so as to complete the data collection in time. Except for the team leader, all counties must have all of the required staff.
Details of Staff Requirements are as follows:
No | Position | Responsibilities | Qualifications/experiences |
01 | Team Leader:
| The Team Leader will oversee the overall project implementation aspects and coordinate the data collection and software solution activities/teams. The specific responsibilities include:
| The Team Leader must have at least a Master’s Degree in Economics, Statistics, Computer Science, Software Engineering or any related field and at least 10 years of experience in implementing large scale data collection and/or software development. S/he should be solution-oriented with excellent communication and managerial skills. Candidates must have strong interpersonal communication and organizational skills |
02 |
Biometric Software Engineer:
| The Biometric Software Engineer will be responsible for developing system modules for the biometric devices. The specific responsibilities include:
| The Biometric Solution Developer must have a Bachelor’s degree in the field of Software Engineering or Electrical and Electronic Engineering or other relevant field or a diploma in Electrical and Electronic Engineering in combination with 3 additional years of relevant work experience will be accepted. At least 3 years’ experience in the design, implementation and installation of mobile biometric solutions. Three (3) years proven experience in template extraction & matching and biometric deduplication. Experience with biometrics matching systems and standards. Knowledge in trouble shooting and integration of biometric scanners with Android CAPI Devices.
|
03 | Data Collection Coordinator
|
| Candidates should have at least a Master Degree in Social Sciences or any related field and at least 10 years of experience in similar jobs requiring personnel supervision and teamwork. Or a Bachelor’s Degree, with 12 years of experience in a similar role. Candidates must have strong interpersonal communication and organizational skills. Candidate must also have experience with CAPI and medium –to large-scale data collection/management.
|
04 | County Coordinator
|
|
|
05 | Supervisor |
|
|
06 | Enumerators/Back-checkers
|
| Candidates should have a minimum of a secondary school education and have excellent verbal and written communication skills. Ability to write and read English and at least one of the local dialects are also necessary. Experience on the use of CAPI is an advantage |
07 | Community Mapping Agents
| The Community Mapping Agent is responsible for the filling of the Community Basic Services and Resource Access Mapping module with the CAPI method. They will collect information on access to basic services and natural resources for each community, including collection of GPS coordinates for locations of basic services and natural resources and the availability of telecommunication network coverage in the community and its vicinity. Each agent will report to his/her supervisor. Specific tasks to be carried out by an Interviewer are:
|
|
Qualification Requirements for Data Collection Firm
To be considered for this activity, the firm must demonstrate capacity and capabilities in the following:
The Client will provide the following inputs: mobile data collection APK, access to the Social Registry Information System (SRIS), estimates of households to cover per county, and community mapping module, as well as relevant project data and reports to facilitate the work of the consultant. In addition, the clients shall prepare introduction letters to the authorities of the counties for data collection when necessary.
All data collected is confidential and is the property of the MCGSP. Its sole purpose is enrollment of households into the Liberia Household Social Registry. No data or other information from this data collection will be released to third parties without the written approval of the MCGSP. The Firm will turn over all data, data collection forms and other material to the MCGSP and will not retain any information or material after the survey data collection has ended.
The firm shall adhere to MGCSP protocols for data collection, storing and data sharing under the Social Registry. The risk of potential inappropriate use of households’ information is mitigated by having all parties with access to households’ data adhering to the Data Protection and Sharing Protocol. All households will also be administered an informed consent to ensure they understand the purpose of data collection and their rights with respect to these data.
Given the data collection is expected to take place during the COVID-19 pandemic, the firm will need to comply with the COVID-19 health and safety protocol. See Annex I.
All firm employees and sub-contractors, including enumerators, supervisors and community mapping analyst, must sign the Code of Conduct. See Annex II.
The Firm shall work with the Ministry of Gender, Children and Social Protection for a period of Six (6) Months commencing from contract signing.
The Data Collection and Software Solution Firm shall report to the National Social Protection Coordinator through the Social Registry Unit Manager.
In addition to the task listed above, the Firm is also expected to deliver the following reports as part of the contractual obligation:
Type | Content | Frequency |
Updates | Achievement of outputs, problems and issues related to implementation; proposed follow up and plan for next week | Every week, effective since contract signing date |
Implementation of data collection report | Report on how the data collection has been carried out, description of problems found in the field and how they were resolved etc. Descriptive statistics of the data | Every Month |
County activity final report | Consists of a summary of all activities, achievements and outputs, lesson learned, objectives met, or not achieved, and reasons why, recommendations for further counties. | At the end of each county activity |
Final Project Report | Consists of a report that notes successes, challenges, and lessons learned during the implementation of the whole Project. | At the end of the Project data collection in Grand Kru, and River Gee Counties |
Non-compliance with reporting obligations above could result in contract cancellation.
The Firm will work in the following counties: Grand Kru, and River Gee.
The Consultancy fee shall be paid as per financial guidelines of the World Bank and Government of Liberia. Payment will be disbursed in installments as spelled out in the consultancy contract.
"},{"id":"OP00151194","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"11-Nov-2021","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2021-11-18T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"12:30","project_ctry_name":"Egypt, Arab Republic of","project_id":"P172548","project_name":"Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change Project","bid_reference_no":"EG-EEAA-247116-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Management and Technical Support Consultant for AQM - advisory services and technical assistance in managing and implementing the project across a range of topics related to AQM planning to address air pollution and climate mitigation in Greater Cairo.","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"EEAA, Address: 26, 100 st., Maadi, Cairo, 4th Floor","contact_ctry_name":"Egypt, Arab Republic of","contact_email":"moh.hasan.khalil@gmail.com","contact_name":"Mohamed Khalil","contact_organization":"Egyptian Environmental Affairs Agency","contact_phone_no":"00201223663836","submission_date":"2021-11-11T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
\n\n\n\n
Arab Republic of Egypt
\n\nGreater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change Project
\n\nLoan No: 9166-EG
\n\n\n\n
Assignment Title: Management and Technical Support Consultant for AQM - advisory services and technical assistance in managing and implementing the project across a range of topics related to AQM planning to address air pollution and climate mitigation in Greater Cairo
\n\nReference No. (as per Procurement Plan): EG-EEAA-247116-CS-QCBS
\n\n\n\n
The Ministry of Environment in response to the Government of Egypt (GoE) is seeking to reduce air and climate emissions from critical sectors and increase resilience to air pollution in Greater Cairo. The recently approved World Bank-financed Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change Project (the Project) aims specifically to reduce emissions that contribute to air pollution concentrations, thus leading to air quality improvements, and to simultaneously mitigate climate change. Air pollutants include PM10 and PM2.5, while climate pollutants include both longer lived greenhouse gases (GHGs) such as CO2, as well as Short-lived Climate Pollutants (SLCPs) that include black carbon, methane and several short-lived HFCs. The project will strengthen air quality management (AQM) infrastructure (monitoring and analytical), further sustainable development training and education, and provide evidence-based solutions for pollution abatement, deepening GOE’s capacity for decision support and regulatory design, while developing a rapid response system that enables the GoE to respond with plans for emergency situations and for the public to take self-protective actions during high pollution days.
\n\n\n\n
The consulting services (“the Services”) include providing advisory services and technical assistance to the Egyptian Environmental Affairs Agency (EEAA) in managing and implementing the project across a range of topics related to AQM planning to address air pollution and climate mitigation in GC and Egypt. These services are to be implemented in a way that both achieves the direct aims of the project but also provides ongoing sustainability of the AQM planning implemented by EEAA.
\n\n\n\n
The scope of work will be to support EEAA with the implementation of the following activities, either directly or through additional technical support contracts to the Project:
\n\n\n\n
The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment is attached to this request for expression of interest.
\n\nThe Ministry of Environment of Egypt now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. All consultants participating on the selected team will be ineligible to compete for any of service contracts that are awarded as components of this project.
\n\nThe shortlisting criteria would include, inter-alia, the following:
\n\nThe attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” July 2016 revised November 2017 & August 2018 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. In addition, please refer to the following specific information on conflict of interest related to this assignment: Consultants shall not be hired for any assignment that would be in conflict with their prior or current obligations to other clients, or that may place them in a position of being unable to carry out the assignment in the best interests of the Borrower. Without limitation on the generality of the foregoing, Consultants shall not be hired under the circumstances set forth below:
\n\nConsultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
\n\nThe resulting products and data must be non-proprietary and will be owned by EEAA and GoE upon delivery.
\n\nThe recommendations and guidance included in deliverables must account for financial, technical, and analytical capacity constraints present in Egypt.
\n\nA Consultant firm will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost-based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
\n\nFurther information can be obtained at the address below during office hours 09:00 to 17:00.
\n\nExpressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail) by expended deadline November 18th, 2021 - 12:30 (Cairo Local Time).
\n\nGreater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change Project
\n\nAttn: Mrs. Azza Belal – Senior Procurement Specialist
\n\nE-mail: gcapegypt@gmail.com
\n\n\n\n
TERMS OF REFERENCE
\n\nGREATER CAIRO AIR POLLUTION MANAGEMENT AND CLIMATE CHANGE PROJECT:
\n\nManagement and Technical Support Consultant for AQM
\n\n\n\n
I. Background
\n\nAs part of the “Sustainable Development Strategy (SDS): Egypt Vision 2030”,[1]the country committed to halving its fine particulate matter (PM10) air pollution by 2030. Significant improvements have been made towards that goal in recent years. In fact, Cairo’s PM10 concentration fell by about 25 percent over the past decade. Despite these improvements, the city’s pollution levels are still several times the WHO recommended concentrations and higher than national guidelines taking as these high levels are taking their toll on the health and quality of life of the population, in particular poor people. Subsequently, the Greater Cairo (GC) Cost of Environmental Degradation (COED) attributed to air pollution is by far the highest in the country, with a mean estimate equivalent to 1.35 percent of national GDP in 2017. Conversely, the GC COED attributed to waste (net of air pollution damages, via the burning of waste) is half the air pollution’s COED and results in a mean estimate equivalent to 0.68 percent of national GDP in 2017 which includes the opportunity losses from composting, recycling, methane capture, etc. Moreover, recent studies on the COVID-19 show that there is an increased likelihood of contracting the disease with high levels of ambient pollutants.[2]
\n\nClimate change models project Egypt’s mean annual temperature to increase between 2 ⁰C and 3 ⁰C by 2050 and an increase in the duration of long-lasting heatwaves.[3] Hot sandstorms known as khamsin blow millions of tons of grit from the Sahara to the North African coast with increases in local temperatures of up to 20 ⁰C above regional mean temperatures and are projected to increase in frequency and intensity. By 2050 the intensity and seasonality of heavy rains, as well as the probability of droughts will increase. Long-lasting heatwaves likely will increase in duration of between 9 to 77 days by 2085. The GC area is vulnerable to all of these, as well as to river and urban flooding, water scarcity and wildfires. The impacts are severe, particularly for public health and agriculture. Climate change will put additional pressures on citizens’ health, in the form of increases in the prevalence and severity of cardiopulmonary conditions through heat and sandstorms, potential increases in vector-borne diseases, through decreased nutrition and food security and reduced water quality. Further, it has been demonstrated that extreme heat events are linked to worsening air pollution.[4]
\n\nIn response to this situation, the Government of Egypt (GoE) is seeking to reduce air and climate emissions from critical sectors and increase resilience to air pollution in Greater Cairo. The recently approved World Bank-financedGreater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change Project (the Project) aims specifically to reduce emissions that contribute to air pollution concentrations, thus leading to air quality improvements, and to simultaneously mitigate climate change. Air pollutants include PM10 and PM2.5, while climate pollutants include both longer lived greenhouse gases (GHGs) such as CO2, as well as Short-lived Climate Pollutants (SLCPs) that include black carbon, methane and several short-lived HFCs. The project will strengthen air quality management (AQM) infrastructure (monitoring and analytical), further sustainable development training and education, and provide evidence-based solutions for pollution abatement, deepening GOE’s capacity for decision support and regulatory design, while developing a rapid response system that enables the GoE to respond with plans for emergency situations and for the public to take self-protective actions during high pollution days.
\n\nAdditional information on these activities as well as other components of the larger project are available in the Project Appraisal Document.[5]The subcomponent tasks related to AQM are specified in greater detail in Annex A.
\n\n\n\n
II. Objective of the Assignment
\n\nThis solicitation seeks a consulting firm, referred to thereafter as “the consultant “to provide advisory services and technical assistance to the Egyptian Environmental Affairs Agency (EEAA) in managing and implementing the project across a range of topics related to AQM planning to address air pollution and climate mitigation in GC and Egypt. These services are to be implemented in a way that both achieves the direct aims of the project but also provides ongoing sustainability of the AQM planning implemented by EEAA in the future.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
III. Scope of Work
\n\nOverall Task
\n\n\n\n
The overall scope this assignment will be to assist the Air Quality department of Environment Quality Sector- EEAA in implementing Component 1 of the Project and to advance EEAA’s existing AQM planning efforts. This includes, inter-alia, the following subtasks, each of which may require a dedicated technical support contract to be serviced by other consultants (the successful firm that is awarded a contract to support EEAA with AQM planning is prohibited from competing for any other potential work under this project, such as that listed below); however, EEAA is open to discussion alternative groupings or combinations that might achieve efficiencies:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Specifically, the scope of the management and technical support consultant will be to:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Institutional Arrangements
\n\nThe consultant will work collaboratively in partnership with EEAA staff and with other development partners that are also supporting EEAA staff with AQM planning (including the World Bank). For example, the EEAA maintains a partnership with the Cairo University and others. The consultant should have the capacity to liaise with other ministries or universities that may be providing data inputs critical to project success. This may be coordinated through EEAA.
\n\n\n\n
IV. Consultant Qualifications & Team composition
\n\nThe objective of the consultancy is to bring the highest level of technical and project management expertise to support the EEAA program under Component 1 of the Project. Therefore, the consultant is required to have a strong experience and a proven track record in AQM, and to provide a team of highly qualified personnel to professionally undertake the assignment, meeting the agreed targets, timelines, quality assurance and standards.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Consultant Qualifications and Experience
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Key Team Members
\n\n\n\n
The core team listed below should include at least one member who is fluent in both speaking and writing the Arabic language to assist the consulting firm in dealing with all agencies inside Egypt including EEAA.
\n\n\n\n
1. Team Leader – Air Quality Management Specialist: An experienced and energetic project leader with technical training (i.e., advanced degree) in environmental engineering, earth science or similar field. This individual should be an internationally recognized expert in air quality who will bring extensive international experience and provide depth of knowledge on air pollution principles and air quality management, including the costs and benefits of various control strategy options and the methods for assessing health and economic benefits of these actions. This individual should also be comfortable with public speaking and have experience with group facilitation and negotiation skills. A minimum of 15-years of experience working in the field of air quality is required. Anticipated time commitment: 18months FTE (one-third-time equivalent for 54 months, duration of project)
\n\n\n\n
2. Source Apportionment Expert – An internationally recognized expert in source apportionment who will bring extensive international experience relevant to source apportionment concepts (i.e., manual filter sample network design, collection, transfer and archiving, chemical speciation analysis using various analytical chemistry techniques - including X-ray fluorescence - as well as receptor modeling approaches) and has at least 7-years’ experience working in the field. This individual will provide guidance for EEAA and CU-CEHM for three years of sampling/analysis. Anticipated time commitment: 12 months FTE (one-third time equivalent for 36 months).
\n\n\n\n
3. Procurement Expert – An individual who is familiar with governmental or institutional procurement procedures who is able to liaise with technical team members and ensure that proper procurement procedures are built into technical workplans and technical products that may result from technical service contracts. A minimum 5 years of experience on procurement is required with experience working on projects related to air quality monitoring or relevant subject. Anticipated time commitment: 6 months FTE (periodic inputs for development and evaluation of 10 procurements (See Annex B).
\n\n\n\n
4. Air Quality Engineer – A specialist (or specialists) in air pollution or air quality management with a degree in chemical engineering, earth science or similar technical field with at least 7-years of experience working on air quality issues, including air quality monitoring, inventory development and modeling or air pollution. Anticipated time commitment: 54 months FTE (full-time equivalent for 54 months, duration of project).
\n\n\n\n
5. Training and Capacity Building Expert–An individual with specific skills and expertise in the development of training programs, e-learning platforms and curriculum development. This individual should have demonstrated experience with the development and successful delivery of executive skills training courses or post-secondary job training programs. Expertise in pedagogical methods and curriculum development is also a plus. Anticipated time commitment: 18 months FTE (3 years half-time equivalent).
\n\n\n\n
In addition, specific key experts may be deployed on ‘as-needed basis’ to supplement the core team, as stipulated in advance in the work plan that will be agreed between the EEAA and the Consultant every 6 (six) months. They may be supported by junior level engineers, technicians, and support staff. The core team will require access to administrative support and proposals should account for this role. The estimated total person-months of all team members (core team plus administrative support) are estimated at approximately 135 man-months; however, proposals are free to estimate more or less time than what is anticipated with justification for why more or less effort is appropriate for the tasks listed.
\n\n\n\n
The assignment will be performed in Egypt, mostly in Cairo. The Consultant team members may be required to travel to nearby cities by EEAA. Each such visit shall be followed by a mission report, stating the objectives of the mission, mission contents, and conclusion. All expert inputs shall be delivered in Egypt.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Scheduling
\n\n\n\n
The Consultant will prepare the proposed schedule of activities and staff mobilization plan at the inception stage; and these may be reviewed and revised every six months in response to EEAA’s needs and in agreement with EEAA.
\n\n\n\n
V. Reporting Requirements and Deliverables
\n\nThe Consultant shall report to and work under the supervision of the Head of the Environment Quality Sector of EEAA.
\n\nThe Consultant shall prepare the following reports, with 3 paper copies and complete digital files in a format and manner acceptable to EEAA. All reports will include a summary in English and in Arabic. Some full reports will be in English and in Arabic, but this will be decided on a case-by-case basis as needed and as agreed with Head of the Environment Quality Sector of EEAA. Reports would be prepared initially in draft and finalized within an agreed upon period following receipt of comments from EEAA.
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Contents \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Submission Date/Frequency \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Number of Copies \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Draft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Final \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Draft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Final \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Inception Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Approach to the assignment, objectives, detailed methodologies in respect of each activity, Activities schedule, mobilization plan, progress to date, expected difficulties and assistance required, meetings held and persons met. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 month after start of assignment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 weeks after comments of Client \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Quarterly Reports \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Work progress, team mobilization, tasks undertaken, partial results, meetings held and persons met, planning of activities for next quarter, updated works schedule and mobilization plan, difficulties encountered, assistance required. The quarterly report will also include the draft of the EEAA’s quarterly report for Component 1 of the Project. Copies of all ad-hoc reports produced during the quarter will be included as annexures. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Every quarter \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t Mission Reports \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Participants, people met, objectives of mission, content of mission, extent to which objectives have been met. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 week after return from mission \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 week after comments from Client \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Ad-hoc Reports \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Review reports, recommendations, model documents, audit reports, etc, as detailed above \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t As and when required \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 weeks after comments from Client \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Final report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Completion report, overall work progress and final documentations. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t On completion of the assignment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 weeks after comments from Client \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
* All results, data (raw and final), reports should be delivered to EEAA in hard and electronic (editable)
\n\nCopies.
\n\n\n\n
VI. Administrative and Reporting Arrangements
\n\n\n\n
The consultant will report directly to:
\n\nEgyptian Environmental Affairs Agency (EEAA)
\n\n30 Misr Helwan Road
\n\nMaadi, Cairo, Egypt
\n\nPO 11728
\n\n(+2)022526452
\nThe Consultant will also work closely with the World Bank members of the Project team including: Suiko, (World Bank Sr. Environmental Economist, ENB Global Practice) and Gary Kleiman (Sr. Env. Consultant, ENBGP).
The Consultant staff will be available for meetings and appointments per the schedule of EEAA and the World Bank teams. Consultant will be expected to present results to multi-stakeholders in GCA multiple times during the contract period.
\n\nServices, facilities and property may be made available to the Consultant by the Client:
\n\n\n\n
Contract duration:
\n\n\n\n
The Consultant will provide its services to EEAA starting approximately in January 2022 and until December 31, 2025 (within 4.5 years of the start of contract). This will be based on a renewable annual contract, to be renewed based on satisfactory performance of the Consultant.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Annex A: Subcomponent descriptions of Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change Project Component on “Enhancing the Air Quality Management (AQM) & Response System”
\n\n\n\n
This component will support the enhancement of the air quality management and response system for Egypt with a focus on GC through strengthened AQM infrastructure (monitoring and analytical), capacity building activities, emergency response plans and raising public awareness through information dissemination. The component will build on the Pollution Management and Environmental Health (PMEH) trust funded activities, which are helping EEAA to strengthen monitoring (including through procuring monitoring equipment, training on the equipment and the analysis), health impact assessment and providing a foundational assessment of key sources contributing to GC air pollution. Given the importance of the PMEH activities in grounding this project’s air quality components, the project design retains the flexibility to complete certain PMEH analyses (e.g. source apportionment, or inventory needs assessment, etc) as part of component 1. This component will also provide evidence-based solutions for pollution abatement, deepening EEAA’s capacity for decision support and regulatory design, while developing a rapid response system that enables the GoE to respond with plans for emergency situations and for the public to take self-protective actions during high pollution days.
\n\n\n\n
Sub-Component 1.1: Reduction of air pollution and GHGs
\n\nTo maintain the GoE’s offensive posture towards reducing emissions and to identify further abatement actions, building on component 2 (SWM) and component 3 (urban mobility), an Integrated Climate and Air Quality Management Plan (IC-AQMP) will be prepared. This plan will present an array of actions towards continued emissions reduction based on robust observations and sound analytical methods. The IC-AQMP for reducing air and climate emissions in GC aims to reduce the sources and amounts of pollutants responsible for the degradation of urban ambient air quality and regional and global warming, thereby improving the quality of life of the citizens of GC, protecting their health from air pollution including from GHG emissions, and contributing to climate stabilization. The IC-AQMP will build on the foundational assessment of key pollution sources in GC identified through prior PMEH work (i.e., urban transportation and the burning of solid waste) to develop pathways to reduce GHGs, SLCPs and local air pollutant emissions in a context of sustainable economic development. Specifically, this activity will synthesize and assess the environmental health, and economic benefits (including tourism) of priority climate and air quality interventions, evaluate the priority measures based on financial cost estimating and cost-effectiveness analyses. The Plan will present options with estimated budget requirements in a time-bound action plan with clear roles and responsibilities delineated. The IC-AQMP will serve as the overarching framework for government action, building off PMEH foundational assessments, learning through the Component 2 and 3 pilot actions and laying out the vision for further scaling these activities toward impact manifested through improved air quality and reduced climate impacts.
\n\n\n\n
In order to ground the IC-AQMP in the best data, AQM information systems will be strengthened through this work, including an expanded emission inventories to include mobile sources with the potential for detailed emission factor development (i.e., through emission testing) of Cairo-specific vehicle technologies. Given the important contributions from the urban mobility sector, the mobile source emissions inventory will serve the IC-AQMP as a fine-grained policy tracking and analysis framework for city-wide transportation planning. The completed criteria air pollutant emission inventory will also be integrated with national GHG inventories and supplemented with an SLCP inventory so that the GoE will have a single database providing a comprehensive point of reference for air pollution policy tracking, national reporting (i.e., IPCC) and policy development (i.e., NDCs).
\n\nIn addition, AQ monitoring networks will be expanded beyond their current focus to include SLCPs (such as black carbon) and GHGs (such as CO2), serving a critical role in achieving the INDC priority initiative of establishing “national monitoring, reporting and verification systems.” This observation network will also enable future monitoring/accountability for transport sector and solid waste initiatives that address city-wide emissions of diesel or waste burning.
\n\n\n\n
A focus on training and skills development within Component 1.1 will improve capacity of ministry staffs and sustainable development units to undertake integrated climate and air quality management planning while enhancing university curricula to provide skills trainings for ‘Green Jobs’. Critical levers to the success of an IC-AQMP is an effective stakeholder engagement. It is important to involve key sectors upstream in the preparation of the IC-AQMP in order to build trust, ownership and a sense of shared responsibility. Therefore, stakeholder engagement workshops must be started and held regularly to update stakeholders on progress made, and also to enable feedback, particularly with respect to proposed sectoral mitigation strategies and abatement options. The goal is to develop the abatement options elaborated in the IC-AQMP to be presented to the Climate Change Committee for action.
\n\n\n\n
Sub-component 1.2: Strengthening resilience to air pollution
\n\nThis sub-component will strengthen the resilience of the population of GC to cope with high pollution events, including those exacerbated by climate extremes and emissions, and will be achieved through two activities:
\n\n\n\n
Improving Air Quality Forecasting. This activity will improve the quality of the current air quality forecasting tools, and the integration of these tools with local air quality monitoring data. The strengthened forecasting system will predict extreme air pollution episodes regardless of whether they are associated with increased anthropogenic activity, changes in meteorological phenomena or increased dust events (all of which are inter alia related to climate change, as outlined in the climate vulnerability context in paragraph 4 above). Dissemination of improved forecasting information on a newly designed website displaying the air pollution information, along with pertinent health messages (see sub-component 4.1 for more details on how improved air quality information will be disseminated in order to bring about behavioral changes. On-line forecasts of low-air-quality events can include information that emissions both reduce air quality and cause climate change (median annual temperature increase, higher volatility of extreme climatic events). This will serve as a passive and constant awareness-raising campaign. Presented in such manner, information will promote climate change mitigation efforts.
\n\n\n\n
Establishing institutional response mechanisms to high pollution days, irrespective of whether such pollution is associated with anthropogenic activity or climate-induced, is critical to enabling resilience measures among the public. This activity will create an institutional response to high pollution days by: (i) creating emergency plans to be enacted and decision protocols to be followed when air quality Action Days are identified; and (ii) establishing an emergency committee, which will take adaptive actions in the face of forecast high pollution days to significantly reduce human exposure to the worst air pollution (such as e.g., closing schools and asking elderly to remain indoor), as well as related adverse climate hazards, as well as take measures to shut down certain human emissive activities in the short-term to manage pollution and air quality levels. This mechanism will enable broader public health action as outlined in Component 4. Carefully crafted emergency plans in the short-run will result in temporary GHG emission reductions, and in the long-run will lead to steady GHG emissions reductions by stimulating industries’ transition to cleaner processes and technologies, and by stimulating urban transport modal change.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Annex B: Terms of Reference for AQ Monitoring Network Review and SLCP Monitoring Network Design and Deployment
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
TERMS OF REFERENCE
\n\nGREATER CAIRO AIR POLLUTION MANAGEMENT AND CLIMATE CHANGE PROJECT:
\n\nAQ Monitoring Network Review & Short-Lived Climate Pollutant Monitoring
\n\n\n\n
I. Background
\n\n\n\n
As part of the “Sustainable Development Strategy (SDS): Egypt Vision 2030”,[6]the country committed to halving its fine particulate matter (PM10) air pollution by 2030. Significant improvements have been made towards that goal in recent years. In fact, Cairo’s PM10 concentration fell by about 25 percent over the past decade. Despite these improvements, the city’s pollution levels are still several times the WHO recommended concentrations and higher than national guidelines taking as these high levels are taking their toll on the health and quality of life of the population, in particular poor people. Subsequently, the Greater Cairo (GC) Cost of Environmental Degradation (COED) attributed to air pollution is by far the highest in the country, with a mean estimate equivalent to 1.35 percent of national GDP in 2017. Conversely, the GC COED attributed to waste (net of air pollution damages, via the burning of waste) is half the air pollution’s COED and results in a mean estimate equivalent to 0.68 percent of national GDP in 2017 which includes the opportunity losses from composting, recycling, methane capture, etc. Moreover, recent studies on the COVID-19 show that there is an increased likelihood of contracting the disease with high levels of ambient pollutants.[7]
\n\nClimate change models project Egypt’s mean annual temperature to increase between 2 ⁰C and 3 ⁰C by 2050 and an increase in the duration of long-lasting heatwaves. Hot sandstorms known as khamsin blow millions of tons of grit from the Sahara to the North African coast and increases in local temperatures of up to 20 ⁰C are projected to increase in frequency and intensity. By 2050 the intensity and seasonality of heavy rains, as well as the probability of droughts will increase. Long-lasting heatwaves likely will increase in duration of between 9 to 77 days by 2085. The GC area is vulnerable to all of these, as well as to river and urban flooding, water scarcity and wildfires. The impacts are severe, particularly for public health and agriculture. Climate change will put additional pressures on citizens’ health, in the form of increases in the prevalence and severity of cardiopulmonary conditions through heat and sandstorms, potential increases in vector-borne diseases, through decreased nutrition and food security and reduced water quality. Further, it has been demonstrated that extreme heat events are linked to worsening air pollution.[8]
\n\nIn response to this situation, the Government of Egypt (GOI) is seeking to reduce air and climate emissions from critical sectors and increase resilience to air pollution in Greater Cairo. The project aims specifically to reduce emissions that contribute to air pollution concentrations, thus leading to air quality improvements, and to simultaneously mitigate climate change. Air pollutants include PM10 and PM2.5, while climate pollutants include both longer lived greenhouse gases (GHGs) such as CO2, as well as Short-lived Climate Pollutants (SLCPs) that include black carbon, methane and several short-lived HFCs.
\n\nSuccessful Integrated Climate and Air Quality Management Planning (IC-AQMP) requires a comprehensive understanding of baseline ambient air concentrations, including Short-Lived Climate Pollutants (SLCPs) and greenhouse gases (GHGs). This solicitation seeks a consulting firm, referred to thereafter as “the consultant” to evaluate existing AQ monitoring networks in GC with respect to current and new monitoring objectives and to assist EEAA in procuring, deploying, calibrating, operating and maintaining additional instruments for monitoring greenhouse gases (GHGs) and short-lived climate pollutants (SLCPs). The consultant will also work with EEAA to establish a data management system to validate and quality assure these data and incorporate into the larger EEAA data management framework allowing them to jointly address air pollution and climate mitigation in GC and Egypt.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
II. Statement of Vendor Task
\n\nOverall Task
\n\n\n\n
This procurement opportunity seeks to establish a contract between the GoE and a consulting firm to provide support to the Egyptian Environmental Affairs Agency (EEAA) and the cities of Cairo, Giza and Qualyubeiah to advance existing integrated climate and AQM planning (IC-AQMP) for the tri-city GC area as well as the country of Egypt as a whole, with a specific focus on reviewing existing AQ monitoring systems for GHGs, SLCPs and criteria air pollutants and establishing new monitoring systems to develop a single unified monitoring network that comprehensively covers all three classes of pollution. Specifically, the consultant is asked to:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Institutional Arrangements
\n\nThe consultant will work collaboratively in partnership with EEAA staff and with other development partners that are also supporting EEAA staff with AQM planning (including the World Bank). For example, the EEAA maintains a partnership with the Cairo University and has a contract with other consulting firms to perform meteorological modeling. The consultant will also need to liaise with other ministries that may be able to host monitoring sites, but this is to be coordinated through EEAA.
\n\nIII. Timing and Human Resources
\n\n\n\n
The consultant will work to complete deliverables between September 1, 2022 and August 31, 2025 (within 36 months of the start of contract). This work will require reporting to the EEAA as outlined above.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Key milestones
\n\n\n\n
Team meeting (via WebEx) with WBG ENB and EEAA to review technical proposal and discuss options for data acquisition.
\n\n\n\n
Provide inception plan for development, procurement, deployment and operation of SLCP/GHG/PM network (including QMS).
\n\n\n\n
Deliver training plan explaining the timing and content of proposed training activities.
\n\n\n\n
Deliver network assessment with recommendations for siting to achieve various monitoring objectives coordinated across the three existing networks complete with a data management plan explaining the approach to data collection, validation archiving and reporting to EEAA, the public and other EEAA vendors as approved by EEAA.
\n\n\n\n
Successful deployment of all monitoring equipment and delivery of source apportionment analysis for GCA.
\n\n\n\n
Data report including quality assurance results, data reports and analysis of trends, diurnal, weekly and seasonal patterns.
\n\n\n\n
Draft two-year data report with network observations/analysis as well as future recommendations for any network enhancements.
\n\n\n\n
IV. Deliverables
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
V. Vendor Qualifications and Experience
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
The consultant staff will be available for meetings and appointments per the schedule of the EEAA and World Bank teams. The consultant will be expected to present results to multi-stakeholders in GCA at least twice during the contract period.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Annex C: Terms of Reference for Integrated Emission Inventory Development
\n\n\n\n
TERMS OF REFERENCE
\n\nGREATER CAIRO AIR POLLUTION MANAGEMENT AND CLIMATE CHANGE PROJECT:
\n\nEmission Inventory Development
\n\n\n\n
I. Background
\n\n\n\n
As part of the “Sustainable Development Strategy (SDS): Egypt Vision 2030”,[9]the country committed to halving its fine particulate matter (PM10) air pollution by 2030. Significant improvements have been made towards that goal in recent years. In fact, Cairo’s PM10 concentration fell by about 25 percent over the past decade. Despite these improvements, the city’s pollution levels are still several times the WHO recommended concentrations and higher than national guidelines taking as these high levels are taking their toll on the health and quality of life of the population, in particular poor people. Subsequently, the Greater Cairo (GC) Cost of Environmental Degradation (COED) attributed to air pollution is by far the highest in the country, with a mean estimate equivalent to 1.35 percent of national GDP in 2017. Conversely, the GC COED attributed to waste (net of air pollution damages, via the burning of waste) is half the air pollution’s COED and results in a mean estimate equivalent to 0.68 percent of national GDP in 2017 which includes the opportunity losses from composting, recycling, methane capture, etc. Moreover, recent studies on the COVID-19 show that there is an increased likelihood of contracting the disease with high levels of ambient pollutants.[10]
\n\nClimate change models project Egypt’s mean annual temperature to increase between 2 ⁰C and 3 ⁰C by 2050 and an increase in the duration of long-lasting heatwaves. Hot sandstorms known as khamsin blow millions of tons of grit from the Sahara to the North African coast and increases in local temperatures of up to 20 ⁰C are projected to increase in frequency and intensity. By 2050 the intensity and seasonality of heavy rains, as well as the probability of droughts will increase. Long-lasting heatwaves likely will increase in duration of between 9 to 77 days by 2085. The GC area is vulnerable to all of these, as well as to river and urban flooding, water scarcity and wildfires. The impacts are severe, particularly for public health and agriculture. Climate change will put additional pressures on citizens’ health, in the form of increases in the prevalence and severity of cardiopulmonary conditions through heat and sandstorms, potential increases in vector-borne diseases, through decreased nutrition and food security and reduced water quality. Further, it has been demonstrated that extreme heat events are linked to worsening air pollution.[11]
\n\nIn response to this situation, the Government of Egypt (GOI) is seeking to reduce air and climate emissions from critical sectors and increase resilience to air pollution in Greater Cairo. The project aims specifically to reduce emissions that contribute to air pollution concentrations, thus leading to air quality improvements, and to simultaneously mitigate climate change. Air pollutants include PM10 and PM2.5, while climate pollutants include both longer lived greenhouse gases (GHGs) such as CO2, as well as Short-lived Climate Pollutants (SLCPs) that include black carbon, methane and several short-lived HFCs.
\n\nSuccessful Air Quality Management (AQM) planning requires a detailed assessment of these emissions in ways that enable decision makers to (i) understand the many sectors that contribute to a city’s air pollution problems, (ii) track the effectiveness of policies and strategies over time to establish an accountability framework for both climate mitigation and AQM planning and (iii) utilize these data to conduct periodic international reporting and to process emissions estimates for dispersion modeling, critical to AQ forecasting. This solicitation seeks a consulting firm, referred to thereafter as “the consultant” to evaluate existing emission inventories for criteria air pollutants, greenhouse gases (GHGs) and short-lived climate pollutants (SLCPs), fill any gaps in these existing inventories (e.g. mobile sources) and integrate each of these (including a completed mobile source inventory) into a single unified database useful for policy tracking, international reporting, and dispersion modeling/forecasting to address air pollution and climate mitigation in GC and Egypt.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
II. Statement of Consultant Task
\n\nOverall Task
\n\n\n\n
This procurement opportunity seeks to establish a contract between the GoE and a consultant to provide support to the Egyptian Environmental Affairs Agency (EEAA) and the cities of Cairo, Giza and Qualyubeiah to advance existing integrated climate and AQM planning (IC-AQMP) for the tri-city GC area as well as the country of Egypt as a whole, with a specific focus on reviewing existing inventory data products for GHGs, SLCPs and criteria air pollutants and synthesizing these with other information to develop a single unified database that can be utilized and continually updated. Specifically, the consultant is asked to:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Institutional Arrangements
\n\nThe consultant will work collaboratively in partnership with EEAA staff and with other development partners that are also supporting EEAA staff with AQM planning (including the World Bank). For example, the EEAA maintains a partnership with the Cairo University and has a contract with another consulting firm to perform meteorological modeling. The consultant will also need to liaise with other ministries that may be providing data inputs to the emissions estimation process, but this is to be coordinated through EEAA.
\n\nIII. Timing and Human Resources
\n\nThe consultant will work to complete deliverables between September 1, 2022 and Mar 31, 2024 (within 18 months of the start of contract). This work will require reporting to the EEAA as outlined above.
\n\nKey milestones
\n\nTeam meeting (via WebEx) with EEAA and WBG ENB to review proposed inventory development plan and expected deliverables.
\n\nProvide inception plan for comprehensive inventory development and processing and expected form of deliverables, including training plan.
\n\nEEAA provides biogenic/geogenic and mobile source inventory roadmap.
\n\nDraft Egyptian inventory for criteria air pollutants (including point, area, mobile and biogenic/geogenic sources), SLCPs and GHGs in database format.
\n\nDraft Final IC-AQMP inventory in three formats.
\n\n\n\n
IV. Deliverables
\n\nV. Vendor Qualifications and Experience
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
The consultant will also work closely with other members of the Project team including: TBD.
\n\nThe consultant staff will be available for meetings and appointments per the schedule of EEAA and the World Bank teams. The consultant will be expected to present results to multi-stakeholders in GCA at least twice during the contract period.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
[1]http://www.cabinet.gov.eg/English/GovernmentStrategy/Pages/Egypt%E2%80%99sVision2030.aspx and https://www.greengrowthknowledge.org/sites/default/files/downloads/policy-database/Egypt%20Vision%202030%20%28English%29.pdf.
\n\n[2] Larsen, Bjorn. 2019. Egypt: Cost of Environmental Degradation: Air and Water Pollution. The World Bank. Washington, D.C.; and Back of the envelop calculations for cost of solid waste environmental degradation performed by the Team.
\n\n[3]USAID 2018. Climate Risk in Egypt: Country Risk Profile. https://www.climatelinks.org/sites/default/files/asset/document/2018_USAID-ATLAS-Project_Climate-Risk-Profile-Egypt.pdf.
\n\n[4]Markandya and Chiabai, Valuing Climate Change Impacts on Human Health: Empirical Evidence from the Literature, Int. J. Environ. Res. Public Health, 6, 759–86, 2009.
\n\n[5] Link to PAD
\n\n[6]http://www.cabinet.gov.eg/English/GovernmentStrategy/Pages/Egypt%E2%80%99sVision2030.aspx and https://www.greengrowthknowledge.org/sites/default/files/downloads/policy-database/Egypt%20Vision%202030%20%28English%29.pdf.
\n\n[7] Larsen, Bjorn. 2019. Egypt: Cost of Environmental Degradation: Air and Water Pollution. The World Bank. Washington, D.C.; and Back of the envelop calculations for cost of solid waste environmental degradation performed by the Team.
\n\n[8]Markandya and Chiabai, Valuing Climate Change Impacts on Human Health: Empirical Evidence from the Literature, Int. J. Environ. Res. Public Health, 6, 759–86, 2009.
\n\n[9]http://www.cabinet.gov.eg/English/GovernmentStrategy/Pages/Egypt%E2%80%99sVision2030.aspx and https://www.greengrowthknowledge.org/sites/default/files/downloads/policy-database/Egypt%20Vision%202030%20%28English%29.pdf.
\n\n[10] Larsen, Bjorn. 2019. Egypt: Cost of Environmental Degradation: Air and Water Pollution. The World Bank. Washington, D.C.; and Back of the envelop calculations for cost of solid waste environmental degradation performed by the Team.
\n\n[11]Markandya and Chiabai, Valuing Climate Change Impacts on Human Health: Empirical Evidence from the Literature, Int. J. Environ. Res. Public Health, 6, 759–86, 2009.
\n\n[12] For example, the mobile source inventory roadmap describes steps to be taken and data to be used, but has not yet used this information to develop the emissions estimates. Similarly, the biogenic and geogenic inventory that has been developed by another vendor does not include the relatively small contribution to NOx from lightning or GHG emissions due to vegetation and land-use changes but may need to be completed (guidance has already been developed for both of these tasks) and integrated into this emissions framework.
\n\n[13] The entire country of Egypt will have to be covered to some degree both to satisfy the need to provide international reporting of GHGs at the national level under IPCC methodologies and to include air pollution emissions from areas surrounding the tri-city areainsofar as emissions from surrounding regions need to be included within larger nested modeling domains for GC AQ forecasting.
"},{"id":"OP00081448","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"06-Dec-2019","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2019-12-27T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"23:45","project_ctry_name":"Latin America and Caribbean","project_id":"P149670","project_name":"Central America & Caribbean Catastrophe Risk Insurance Project","bid_reference_no":"CCRIF-REF-6","bid_description":"Consulting Services for the development of a run off model for the Caribbean and Central America","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"198 North Church Street,\n2nd Floor, Sagicor House\nPO Box 1087, Grand Cayman, KY1-1102,\nCayman Islan","contact_ctry_name":"Cayman Islands","contact_email":"ccrif.coo@gmail.com","contact_name":"Gillian Golah","contact_organization":"CCRIF SPC","contact_phone_no":"18687246230","contact_web_url":"http://www.ccrif.org/","submission_date":"2019-12-06T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
\n\n(CONSULTING SERVICES – QUALITY AND COST BASED SELECTION (QCBS))
\n\n\n\n
Assignment Title: Consulting Services for a Firm to Develop a Runoff Module for the Caribbean and Central America.
\n\n\n\n
Reference No: CCRIF SPC - Runoff Module Development for Caribbean and Central America
\n\n\n\n
The Consulting Services (“the Services”) include: (i) the development of a runoff module for the Caribbean and Central America; and (ii) the integration of the new module into CCRIF’s existing excess rainfall (XSR) model.
\n\n\n\n
The module should be a physically-based (that is, based on geomorphology, pedology and land use) hydrological-hydraulic processor capable of estimating the water depth and velocity over the terrain due to pluvial or fluvial floods. The simulation should be continuous in time.
\n\n\n\n
The Services includes the following:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment can be found at the following web address: https://www.ccrif.org/sites/default/files/TOR_Development_RunoffModule_Caribbean_CentralAmerica_November242019.pdf
\n\n\n\n
CCRIF SPC now invites eligible firms to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested firms should provide information (brochures, description of similar assignments, experience in similar conditions, general qualifications and number of key staff etc.) demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.
\n\n\n\n
The shortlisting criteria are:
\n\n\n\n
Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.
\n\n\n\n
The attention of interested firms is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” July 2016 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
\n\n\n\n
The Firm will be selected following the World Bank Procurement Regulations on Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS).
\n\n\n\n
Further information can be obtained at the address below.
\n\n\n\n
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below by e-mail by December 27, 2019 at 23:45 Cayman Islands time
\n\n\n\n
CCRIF SPC
\n\nSubject Line - Runoff Module Development - Caribbean and Central America
\n\nAttn: Isaac Anthony, Chief Executive Officer
\n\nRegistered Office: c/o Sagicor Insurance Managers Ltd., 198 North Church Street
\n\n2nd Floor, Sagicor House, P.O. Box 1087, Grand Cayman, KY1-1102, Cayman Islands
\n\nEmail: procurement@ccrif.org
\n\nTerms of Reference
\n\nDevelopment of a Runoff Module for the Caribbean and Central America
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
1.0 Background
\n\n\n\n
In 2007, the Caribbean Catastrophe Risk Insurance Facility (CCRIF) was formed as the first multi-country risk pool in the world and was the first insurance instrument to successfully develop parametric policies backed by both traditional and capital markets. It was initially designed as a regional catastrophe fund for Caribbean governments to limit the financial impact of devastating hurricanes and earthquakes by quickly providing financial liquidity when a policy is triggered. CCRIF was developed under the technical leadership of the World Bank and with a grant from the Government of Japan. It was capitalized through contributions to a multi-donor Trust Fund by the Government of Canada, the European Union, the World Bank, the governments of the United Kingdom and France, the Caribbean Development Bank and the governments of Ireland and Bermuda, as well as through membership fees paid by participating governments.
\n\n\n\n
In 2014, the facility was restructured into a segregated portfolio company (SPC) to facilitate expansion into new products and geographic areas and is now named CCRIF SPC. The new structure, in which products are offered through a number of segregated portfolios, allows for total segregation of risk. In April 2015, CCRIF SPC signed an MOU with COSEFIN - the Council of Ministers of Finance of Central America, Panama and the Dominican Republic - to enable Central American countries to formally join the facility. The expansion to the Caribbean and Central America is supported through the World Bank administered Central America and Caribbean Catastrophe Risk Insurance Program Multi-Donor Trust Fund (MDTF) established for that purpose. The MDTF channels resources from various donors, including: Global Affairs Canada, Trade and Development, the United States, through the Department of the Treasury; the European Union, through the European Commission, and Germany through the Federal Ministry for Economic Cooperation and Development.
\n\n\n\n
Funding under the Program has been allocated to: (i) expand the services and membership of CCRIF SPC through a recipient-executed Project implemented by CCRIF SPC. The Central America and Caribbean Catastrophe Risk Insurance Project (P149670) was approved by the Regional Vice President for Latin America and the Caribbean on June 30, 2015. The Project is implemented by CCRIF SPC (CCRIF Segregated Portfolio Company, formerly the Caribbean Catastrophe Risk Insurance Facility). The Project development objective is to improve affordability of high-quality sovereign catastrophe risk transfer associated with earthquakes and climate-related events for CCRIF participating countries. The expansion of membership into Central America has the potential to diversify the risk portfolio, improve access to reinsurance markets hence reduce the cost of risk transfer, allowing these benefits to be passed on to its members. The peer review of the actuarial soundness of CCRIF SPC’s loss assessment models for the Caribbean and Central America will be financed with grant funding from the Central America and Caribbean Catastrophe Risk Insurance Project (P149670).
\n\n\n\n
CCRIF SPC is registered in the Cayman Islands with a Board of Directors which is responsible for governance and the strategic direction of the company and a chief executive officer with responsibility for managing the company on a day to day basis. It operates as a virtual organization, supported by a network of service providers covering the areas of risk management, risk modelling, captive management, reinsurance, reinsurance brokerage, asset management, technical assistance, and corporate communications and information technology. CCRIF SPC offers earthquake, tropical cyclone and excess rainfall policies to Caribbean and Central American governments. CCRIF SPC helps to mitigate the short-term cash flow problems small developing economies suffer after major natural disasters. CCRIF SPC’s parametric insurance mechanism allows it to provide rapid payouts to help members finance their initial disaster response and maintain basic government functions after a catastrophic event.
\n\n\n\n
Nineteen Caribbean governments are currently members of the facility: Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, Dominica, Grenada, Haiti, Jamaica, Montserrat, St. Kitts & Nevis, Saint Lucia, Saint Vincent & the Grenadines, Sint Maarten, Trinidad & Tobago and Turks & Caicos Islands. Nicaragua is the first Central American government to become a CCRIF SPC member, Panama very recently joined the facility as well.
\n\n\n\n
CCRIF SPC’s sustainability relies on certain key factors:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
CCRIF’s products require careful design of the policy terms and conditions as well as precise and robust models. In 2016, CCRIF implemented a new Excess Rainfall Loss model (XSR 2.0) which computes the country aggregated losses due to excess rainfall on a daily basis and, when the excess rainfall exceeds a threshold level on a sufficiently large portion of a country, it computes the losses and the insurance payout according to pre-defined policy parameters. The model has been updated in the 2019/20 policy year to XSR 2.5. Hazard simulations for the last 20 years has been available at the end of February 2019.
\n\nThe XSR product makes use of several state-of-the-art tools, which allows estimating accurately the daily precipitation over the region. These include:
\n\nThe combination of these products has so far proven to be an efficient way of estimating the occurrence and intensity of damaging events. In 2018 alone, 123 rainfall events were detected by the model, out of which 57 were on CCRIF member countries. Among these, XSR identified 2 loss events with no payout (i.e., damaging events whose economic losses were lower than the minimum threshold established by the insurance policy condition to trigger a payout) and 2 triggering events with an associated payout.
\n\nIn time for the 2020 renewal in June 2020, CCRIF plans to introduce a runoff product initially for Guyana and Suriname, being two CARICOM members that do not yet have insurance coverage and are not yet members of CCRIF. The product will thereafter be developed for other member countries as appropriate.
\n\n\n\n
2.0 Objectives
\n\n\n\n
The accumulated rainfall amount during an event can be considered as a good prediction of loss only in those countries/territories characterized by relatively small catchments, such as the Caribbean island countries. In larger countries such as Suriname, Guyana and Central America countries, the main hydrological processes (soil infiltration, surface overland flow) cannot be neglected because the contribution of the runoff from the upslope catchment area is much greater than the contribution of rainfall on the single grid cell. Moreover, besides the excess of rainfall event, the loss can also be caused by inundation, i.e. water flowing over the river’s banks. For these reasons, CCRIF is considering the development of a runoff module, able to simulate riverine floods. It should be noted that this module, while capturing the essential parts of a flood, will not be assumed to be a full flood model including flood protection measures, but rather a module calculating inundation areas. This module will therefore account for the hydrological and hydraulic processes to determine the overland water depth accumulated after/during an event. For any selected country, the runoff module will be integrated with all the other existing modules of the XSR model (i.e., exposure, occurrence of rainfall events, vulnerability, financial modules) since those modules have already been developed for the Caribbean and Central America.
\n\nFor the mentioned countries in Central America, Belize and other larger Caribbean countries like Jamaica, Haiti and Trinidad, the runoff product (“RO 1.0”) will be offered as an additional module under the XSR 2.5 model. For Guyana and Suriname, the runoff product will be the first CCRIF model that estimates rainfall induced inundation losses for those countries.
\n\nThe RO 1.0 will be more appropriate for Guyana and Suriname compared with the XSR 2.5 model that underpins the current rainfall product, given the exposure to rainfall runoff from large rivers flowing through South America. In addition, the Central American countries and Belize can also benefit from the runoff product. The large CARICOM members such as Jamaica, Haiti and Trinidad could also be potential beneficiaries, as well as the Dominican Republic. It is not an objective to offer product to the smaller Caribbean territories.
\n\nThe module to be developed and which will be fully owned by CCRIF will be integrated in the framework of the updated XSR 2.5 model. Technical specifications required for this integration are provided in this document. A close cooperation with CCRIF’s Risk Management Specialist will be required during the whole development process in order to assure compatibility of the module with the existing XSR model.
\n\n\n\n
3.0 Scope of the assignment
\n\n\n\n
The RO 1.0 will assess the inundation risk. For a given country, CCRIF may offer a parametric insurance for inundation either based on excess rain only (via the XSR 2.5 model, which does not estimate the depth of the inundation but simply the amount of rainfall that has fallen) or based on flood depth and velocity (estimated via the rainfall RO module). Both models comprise the following modules
\n\nAll modules, except for module 2.2 form already part of the new XSR 2.5 model and do not have to be modified. In order to maintain highest consistency between the different modules, rain fall footprints as calculated in the XSR 2.5 model should be used as basis for the calculation of the flood plains. Output integrated into the XSR 2.5 model will be physical parameters that can be used for the loss calculation in module 4.
\n\n\n\n
The module should be a physically-based (that is, based on geomorphology, pedology and land use) hydrological-hydraulic processor capable of estimating the water depth and velocity over the terrain due to pluvial or fluvial floods. The simulation should be continuous in time.
\n\nFor the development of RO 1.0, CCRIF will engage a consulting firm for the development of the Module 2.2. The selected firm should not only develop a runoff module, as described above, but also prepare data for the integration of the new module into the existing XSR model
\n\nOwnership of Module: All data and tools procured and developed for this project will be owned CCRIF.
\n\n\n\n
3.1 Technical specifications of the module Input
\n\n
\nThe precipitation datasets to be used as input to the runoff module will be provided by CCRIF. These datasets, which consist of 3-hour estimates of precipitation at an 8km resolution, are composed of an ensemble derived from CMORPH (CPC MORPHing technique) and from two configurations of the WRF (Weather Research and Forecasting) model.
\n\n
3.2 Technical specifications of the module output
\n\n3.3 Expected results
\n\nAs both CMORPH and WRF configurations used in the XSR 2.5 model might change over time, the runoff module developed will have to be designed in a flexible manner, so that future adjustments can be made once input parameters are changing.
\n\nThe ensemble of input data which currently consists in the CMORPH precipitation as well as two Selected WRF configurations, might be subject to changes over time. It is therefore expected that the final tool can work with a variable number of datasets and produce estimations of water depth and water velocity for each data set individually.
\n\nAs the insurance covers provided by CCRIF to its members is based on a purely per event basis, a further requirement for the tool is to provide a definition of the end of an event. This definition, similar as it is the case in all other models developed for CCRIF is solely based on physical parameters observed. The details of such an event definition for the RO 1.0 module will be developed between the company selected, CCRIF management, and CCRIF´s assigned risk management specialist.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
4.0 Services
\n\n\n\n
The Consultant is expected to have developed/managed large precipitation datasets (and/or other meteorological variables). The Consultant will have a good knowledge of developing hydraulic runoff modules from precipitation models.
\n\nThe Consultant will have advanced analytical skills, hydrological and/or meteorological expertise, project management skills, excellent presentation skills and the ability to develop strong relationships with key counterparts and other contractors on this project. Project management skills are considered critical, for the timely delivery of products, and the overall coordination of experts with different areas of expertise.
\n\nThe expected services from the Consultant are the following:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
5.0 Time Schedule and proposed Fees
\n\n\n\n
The assignment is expected to commence in January 2019 upon execution of the contract and the expected level of effort (LOE) is no more than 250 days over a 4-month period. The specific dates for deliverables will be agreed by contract. Delays are justified if caused by the proven tardiness in receiving the requested information or the results of the module runs by either the Developer or CCRIF.
\n\nThe exact amount of days will depend on the amount of countries for which a RO module will be developed. These decisions will be made in a discussion between CCRIF management, the risk management specialist of CCRIF, and the selected company at a very early stage of the assignment.
\n\n\n\n
6.0 Potential for future work
\n\n\n\n
There is a possibility for future downstream work, to include additional countries within the Caribbean and Central American area. The scope of this future work cannot be determined a priori and would depend on the results of this initial project. Furthermore, the continuation of the future work with the winning firm for this present activity would depend on the firm’s satisfactory implementation of this assignment.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
"},{"id":"OP00080030","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"08-Nov-2019","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2019-11-15T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"12:00","project_ctry_name":"India","project_id":"P166020","project_name":"West Bengal Inland Water Transport, Logistics and Spatial Development Project","bid_reference_no":"WBLTIP/2019/EOI/033","bid_description":"STUDY FOR DEVELOPMENT AND PREPARATION OF INTEGRATED STRATEGIC DEVELOPMENT PLAN (ISDP) FOR INLAND WATER TRANSPORT IN WEST BENGAL","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Paribahan Bhaban-II\nCSTC Complex-Ground Floor, Kolkata-700107","contact_ctry_name":"India","contact_email":"saptarsipal1991@gmail.com","contact_name":"Saptarsi Pal","contact_organization":"West Bengal Transport Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited","contact_phone_no":"9038156649","submission_date":"2019-11-08T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
No. WBLTIP/2019/EOI/033 Dated: 05.11.2019
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INETREST CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRM SELECTION (ONLINE SUBMISSION OF EOI)
INDIA
West Bengal Logistics and Transport Improvement Project
Loan No./Credit No./ Grant No.: Applied for
Assignment Title: STUDY FOR DEVELOPMENT AND PREPARATION OF INTEGRATED STRATEGIC DEVELOPMENT PLAN (ISDP) FOR INLAND WATER TRANSPORT IN WEST BENGAL
Reference No.: WBLTIP/2019/EOI/033
The Government of West Bengal (GoWB) through the Government of India has applied for a loan from the World Bank (WB) for implementation of the West Bengal Logistics and Transport Improvement Project (WBLTIP The WBTIDCL now intends to apply a portion of the loan for hiring a Service Provider firm for following consultancy services:
1. STUDY FOR DEVELOPMENT AND PREPARATION OF INTEGRATED STRATEGIC DEVELOPMENT PLAN (ISDP) FOR INLAND WATER TRANSPORT IN WEST BENGAL
The State Project Director (SPD), WBTIDCL at State Project Management Unit, WBTIDCL, Transport Department, Paribahan Bhaban-II, CSTC Complex-Ground Floor), Kolkata- 700107, West Bengal, India. Tel No. 033-24429081/82 e-mail: wbtidc@yahoo.com now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services, latest by 15th November, 2019.
The shortlisting criteria are: - The firm should -
a) Have been in business for at least last five (05) years.
b) Have proven experience of successfully completed at least 2 similar assignments in the last 5 years
c) Have an average annual turnover of Rs. 20.00 crore in the last 3 financial years;
d) Have technical and managerial capability to undertake the assignment.
2. The lists of documents to be submitted along with EOI are (Expression of Interest shall not be more than total 60 pages): -
a) Name, address, e-mail, telephone along with a note on the Ownership and organizational structure & core business area of the consulting firm;
b) Document (s) to demonstrate that the firm is in the business for the last 5 years;
c) Document (s) relating to details of Similar Assignments executed during the last 5 years supported by completion or acceptance certificate(s);
d) Certificate from the statutory auditors/Chartered Accountant stating the year wise annual turnover during each of the last 3 financial years.
e) A short write-up on technical and managerial capability of the firm (key personnel would not be evaluated at this stage and hence CVs shall not be submitted).
f) A hard copy of the EOI should also be submitted in the office of WBTIDC Ltd.
3. The consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost-based Selection (QCBS) method pursuant to the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers; Procurement of Goods, Works, Non-Consulting & Consulting Services, July 2016”, available at www.worldbank.org. Attention of the interested agencies is drawn to paragraph 3.14 of the said Regulations relating to the Conflict of Interest.
4. Consultancy firms may associate with other firms [excluding not-for-profit organizations (such as NGOs, and universities)] in the form of a joint venture (JV) or a sub-consultancy to enhance their qualifications. However, nature of association i.e. whether JV or Sub-Consultant, must be clearly mentioned in the Expression of Interest.
5. Interested Consultancy Firms/ Agencies must submit their EOIs in English language through https://wbtenders.gov.in
Date & Time Schedule: -
Particulars
| Date & Time |
| 05.11.2019 |
| 05.11.2019 |
| 06.11.2019 9.00 AM |
| 15.11.2019 12:00PM |
| 15.11.2019 1.00 PM |
Yours faithfully,
Sd/-
(Amitabha Sengupta)
Special Secretary, Transport Dept, GoWB &
Project Director
INTEGRATED STRATEGIC DEVELOPMENT PLAN (ISDP) FOR INLAND WATER TRansport in West Bengal
TERMS OF REFERENCE
To provide an assessment of current and projected demand in IWT/ ferry traffic covering West Bengal, including vehicle ferry services, passenger commuting, cargo and freight transport, for different growth scenarios (optimistic, normal, pessimistic) for a defined forecasting period;
To review and incorporate the findings of “FEASIBILITY STUDY FOR INLAND WATER TRANSPORT IMPROVEMENT IN KMA”, undertaken under the West Bengal TLSDP Project for KMA. Focus areas for the study include – Demand assessment of IWT Traffic, approaches to improve modal share of IWT Traffic, evaluation of key Ferry Ghats for investment, optimum vessel fleet requirement, preliminary social assessment, IWT Environment sustainability plan, funding and financing arrangements for terminal and ferry operations.
Overall, to present a State-wide comprehensive and pragmatic vision for the IWT sector development up to 2035, based on extensive data and facts analysis, and consistent with current and projected demand, the expected financing capacity of the State, cost-recovery from charges, and indicating clearly opportunities for private finance for both service provision and infrastructure;
To review and assess the existing condition of the IWT infrastructure and services in identified study area (ref: Para 1.7) and carry out a detailed assessment and gap analysis of the ports/ ferry terminals/ ghats, multimodal/intermodal transportation infrastructure for hinterland accessibility, IWT fleet composition, condition and demand assessment., first-mile and last-mile connectivity, navigation aids and IT services, and the main channel managed by the IWAI;
To identify necessary interventions by section to facilitate a mode switch to IWT by section, if shown to be viable, in terms of physical infrastructure, dredging, access, landing, storage and handling facilities, and vessel services, scheduling, type and number, access and landing facilities, determining unit prices and costs from other projects such as the National Waterway 1 in similar conditions;
To identify the key Ferry Ghats for investments in the identified study area (ref: para 1.7) (major nodes are already identified by IWAI based on location and passenger/goods traffic), including a fast track assessment and feasibility study of the passenger Ferry Ghats / landing points and related infrastructure improvement (including those serving Ro-Ro vessels) pre-identified or jointly identified by the West Bengal Government for modernization. Expert consultant will be engaged to identify and to propose the required investments with cost estimates for the development of the IWT sector in KMA, for the short term (5 years) 2020 -2025, for the medium term 2025-2030, and for the longer term between 2030-2035 (indicating sources of funding and cost recovery);
To undertake feasibility study and prioritization of the investments proposed in task (vi) for inclusion in the scope of the West Bengal Transport, Logistics and Spatial Development Project (TLDSP), with extensive consultation of all key project stakeholders. This study may include a Technical Study focusing on multi-modal station area plans to ensure improved accessibility and time savings for commuters and freight, economic and financial viability study with switching values, a formal risk and sensitivity analysis, and an indication as to the potential contribution of the public and private sector in the financing, implementation and operation stages.
The Consultant undertaking the Integrated Strategy Development Plan (ISDP) would:
Note: The development of the strategy and Feasibility Studies for IWT will involve an extensive primary survey, supplemented by credible secondary inputs wherever feasible and jointly approved and agreed by the Clients and the World Bank Team. The product will be focused on the Inland Water Transportation in the “identified Study Area”, with an emphasis on the KMA.”
The Consultant will be expected to undertake a detailed review of the condition / capacity of the IWT infrastructure assets and services, and compliance with applicable international technical standards and norms.
Task A.1 – Current Demand and demand forecast for IWT sector: This task involves assessment of baseline demand (passenger and freight) for IWT ascertained through primary research and the preparation of robust demand forecast for a defined base year (2018), and the target year of 2035; and intermediate years 2025 and 2030.
It should present the demand for IWT transport in its broader transport context by main market segment including reliable cost and time estimates for the movement of consignments by different modes for different origin destinations, by time of the year, through the logistics chain (including origin or points of transshipment, delivery to warehouses or local markets/manufacturing plants, and destination or final consumption point). Consultant should maintain a stock take of the supply chain and for each segment within the chain, the consultant is expected to collect information on required time and freight tariffs charged by operators, and examine the cost of operations for operators and the related constraints (like local toll/tax, GSD and documentation or insurance) for the different alternatives. For passenger services it should include gender disaggregated feedback on service performance. The employed model should be defined using commercially produced software, and the procurement of necessary licenses for the Transport Department to take over the model should be included in the proposal of the Consultant. Alternatively, the Consultant may use the software already utilized by “Feasibility Study” Consultants in project preparation stage. Traffic forecasts should be based on a series of simple, but reasonable traffic demand analyses and assumptions for each traffic type and transport mode for three future growth scenarios (optimistic, normal, pessimistic) on mutual agreement with WBTIDC. The model should be able to accommodate existing IWT system and usage patterns, be in coordination with the Transport Department and KoPT’s current operations as well as changes to be made in the future. For example, the model should be able to accommodate new IWT terminals / services, vessel routes, frequency, or fares and analyze the consequence of changes in those parameters. The model should be able to disaggregate the travel pattern of different income groups, and test outcomes of various policy and infrastructure interventions on the modal split. The model will allow estimates of maximum potential for the modal share of IWT traffic.
Task A.2 – Review of Current Condition of IWT Infrastructure and Services and Gap Analysis. The review is expected to include a detailed analysis of the existing IWT infrastructure and services at all levels to ascertain current characteristics, condition, performance, suitability and needs and to identify the gaps to meet the projected demand. The review is expected to cover the fleet composition, service routings, service levels by type of vessel, ports, ferry terminals, channels to the ports and ferry terminals, first and last mile connectivity, navigation aids and night navigation, and the main channels and routes currently managed by several entities. This covers public and private stakeholders, and freight and passenger markets. It should give a recommendation on the best way to organize the infrastructure assets, including an analysis of the required interface / intermodal mechanism between the different modes and users.
Task A.3 – Review of Accessibility to IWT Infrastructure and Services. This task is expected to review and evaluate the level of hinterland accessibility of IWT users like passengers, freight operators and transporters, to the IWT terminals. Among others, the task should be able to - reveal the extant gaps in access to IWT terminals for these areas; comparison of IWT versus other modes of transport in terms of travel time / cost / availability/ mode available to reach basic facilities such as health, education, employment, markets etc.
Task A.4 – Review and incorporate the findings of “FEASIBILITY STUDY FOR INLAND WATER TRANSPORT IMPROVEMENT IN KMA”, undertaken under the West Bengal TLSDP Project for KMA. Focus areas for the study to be incorporated in wider TLSDP context, includes – (a)Review of the current pricing and financing and funding management of the IWT sector; (b) Improved Safety in IWT; (c) Environmental sustainability of IWT sector; (d) Detailed Review of the Institutional Framework for Private Finance
Task B.1 – Review “The IWT Sector Development” tasks carried out under “FEASIBILITY STUDY FOR INLAND WATER TRANSPORT IMPROVEMENT IN KMA”, undertaken under the West Bengal TLSDP Project for KMA and incorporate the findings as applicable to the identified project area.
Task B.2 – Vision for IWT Sector Development: Utilizing all relevant information, the demand projections and the institutional framework for private finance, the Consultant will propose a Vision that aims to improve quality, efficiency, and adequacy of water transport services and port performance in a draft Integrated Strategy Development Plan (ISDP) for discussion with state government/counterparts and stakeholders. The Vision will include performance indicators, logistics infrastructure gaps and congestion parameters and accessibility indicators. The focus of the ISDP is to enlist the recommendations on various infrastructure and policy interventions required to establish an economically viable network with a framework of potential growth and expansion of the transport system, and incentives to facilitate modal shift to waterways. This ISDP is expected to cover inter alia improvements in IWT management and operations, infrastructure, improved regulatory and funding regime efficiency and a sustainable business environment. The recommendations should cover the requirements for construction of IWT fleet, establishing higher fleet standards and cleaner technologies, together with high levels of operational performance and enhanced environmental management. The recommendations should include options in all necessary areas, if shown to be viable, in terms of physical infrastructure, dredging, access, landing, storage and handling facilities, and vessel services. It should include unit prices and costs from other projects in similar conditions. The recommendations will be benchmarked international and national good practices. The recommendations should be developed with a view to encourage investment in the industry and should be in compliance with international waterways agreements.
Task B.3 – Possible Modal Share Changes to Boost IWT Demand: Based on the demand forecast (as given in A.1), the consultant is expected to assess and incorporate the current passenger / commodity type and different transport links that can be shifted to IWT mode in the Vision. The challenges for achieving the potential of passenger and freight on the IWT corridor should be analysed, and solutions to mitigate the challenges be proposed. This could include issues of increasing service connectivity and reliability, terminal-hinterland connectivity, cargo consolidation, customs/ approval processes, increasing IWT passenger convenience etc. This would be used as basis for IWT investment at later stage. The impact of the two scenarios (with the Vision, or business as usual) will be presented in quantified terms.
Task B.4 – IWT Sustainability Plan: Building on the Vision for IWT Sector Development, and the analysis of environmental sustainability of the sector developed under task A.4, propose a plan to enhance environmental sustainability of the IWT sector in West Bengal. Specific activities may include, for example: (a) proposed policy reforms, incentive schemes and investments/subsidies for promoting lower carbon transport modes and routes in a multimodal context; (b) adoption of greener /more efficient technologies for vessels (including cleaner fuels like CNG, sewage treatment systems, solar lighting, waste compressors, energy efficiency design improvements, etc); (c) measures to increase the carbon efficiency of existing IWT users, such as by reducing travel time on the road (road miles) through more direct connections and efficient supply chain management through logistics consolidation facilities; (d) measures to improve waste effluent management and introduce green technologies at ports and terminals; environmental awareness campaigns and training programs; etc. The strategy should also outline recommendations to address capacity gaps and regulatory/institutional barriers (including on institutional coordination) for effective implementation of the proposed actions. Provide initial cost estimates and potential funding streams. Conduct a detailed environmental feasibility assessment of the highest priority activities, including a calculation of potential GHG emissions reduction benefits.
Task C.5 – Investment Plan and Financing: development of full Investment plan for financing the vision including strategy for mobilizing financing.
Task C.1 – Action Plan: The draft ISDP, after discussion with representatives of the WBTIDC and the World Bank, will be developed into a detailed Action Plan with specific phases for each activity with key parameters, methodology for all activities, setting out timelines/timetables, responsibilities and implementation mechanisms. The Action Plan should ensure continued performance of functions while the current institutional framework is gradually improved. The Consultant will also identify necessary legal changes to affect the reforms. This Action Plan should include all infrastructure and policy actions required, as well as any engagements with the private sector to increase private investments.
Criteria should be developed under this consultancy to guide the selection of actions. The criteria will ensure that the infrastructure improvements / designs will adopt a ‘working with nature’ approach in which Project objectives are satisfied in a way that prioritizes the natural ecosystem (e.g. limit dredging, utilize portable / modular infrastructure design adaptation for landing stations to enhance climate change resiliency, low draft vessel designs, etc.). The developments would offer opportunities for ecotourism development, rejuvenating the river waterfront and integrating quality ferry terminals into Kolkata’s urban fabric.
Task C.2 – Investment Plan and Financing: As part of the Action Plan, the Consultant will also prepare a detailed investment plan, highlighting the priority investment projects for the short term 2018-2025, which should be taken up under the proposed West Bengal Transport and Logistics Improvement Project, for the medium term 2025-2030, and for the long term between 2030-2035. The investment plan will set out activity phase specific timelines/timetables, responsibilities and mechanisms, based on the demand forecasts and an assessment of financing options and funding resources to service the financing.
The Consultant will present and agree with the WBTIDC and the World Bank, on a priority list of investment (for the amount of about US$100 million) to be financed under the West Bengal Transport and Logistics Improvement Project from the list of available investment options. To this end, the consultant will undertake a Feasibility Analysis, including an assessment of the economic, financial, technical, social including gender, trade and environmental implications for the selected project. This study may include a Technical Study focusing on multi-modal station area plans to ensure improved accessibility and time savings for commuters and freight.
Task D.1 – Carry out additional data collection and engineering surveys (if deemed necessary from previous tasks);
Task D.2 – Engineering survey, preliminary concept design of alternative improvement options as per World Bank’s requirements.
Task D.3 – Environmental health and safety (EHS) screening, alternatives analysis, and reflection of EHS measures into engineering designs / cost estimations. This shall include the following: (Note: these tasks will require coordination with a separate, independent EIA consultancy to be contracted in parallel, to be facilitated by WBTIDC. If analysis and conclusions about major environmental issues, potential costs/benefits, and details of mitigation measures to reflect in designs and cost estimates differ across the two firms, WBTIDC may instruct the Consultant to reflect the findings of the independent firm.)
Task E.4 – Preliminary Social Assessment (Screening and Scoping). In case it is established that RFCTLAR&R, Act 2013 is not applicable to the sub-project, the consultant will carry out detailed social screening, data on hotspots, include, realistic estimates on impact of government land to be transferred, any informal settlements, estimate cost for resettlement and transfer of government land. If the RFCTLAR&R Act is applicable, then it must incorporate findings from the SIA studies carried out concurrently and incorporate in the feasibility study. In addition, it will incorporate recommendation from Gender and trade study on accessibility and suggested intervention to enhance trade at terminals.
Preliminary Social Assessment for each ferry infrastructure facility i.e. terminals, landing ghats, access, and findings to be integrated in the feasibility, preliminary design and detailed design for each alternate site. Preliminary Social Assessment will cover demographic, social and economic profile of likely adversely impacted, land holding including estimate of land to be acquired and enumerate structures and typology, estimate of affected household, estimate of displaced household, estimate fisher-folk households that may be adversely affected by increase in passenger ferries, consultation, institutional capacity, resettlement and rehabilitation, legal and policy framework and budget. It should incorporate application of Right to Fair and Transparent Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 (Henceforth called the Act) and compliance with World Bank Social Safeguard Operational Policies 4.10 and 4.12. Data will be collected on application, which will be geo-referenced including the consultations, assets etc. for which a workflow will be prepared to develop application as part of the Inception report. Analyse the secondary data on health and educational services and impact of lack of services i.e. infant mortality, maternal health, death rate at child birth, school dropout rate, etc. on inhabitants of islands and in upper West Bengal. In case it is established that RFCTLAR&R Act is applicable then similar information needs to be collected from the SIA consultant.
The outcome of the feasibility study with the various options identified, master plan and preliminary design options, comparison of options in terms of technical, social, environmental and economic aspects shall be presented to the client. Output will be Preliminary Social Assessment (screening & scoping report) which will establish applicability of the Act 2013 and comply with OP/BP 4.10 and 4.12 and broad action plans. It should also reflect the findings from the Gender and trade study.
Task E.5 – Economic/ financial analysis of the studied alternatives. The Consultant will undertake an economic and financial assessment of the proposed component to ensure the identification and selection of the most economically efficient options and to ensure that the proposed investments can reach an acceptable NPV, IRR and EIRR. The analysis will include switching value analysis, sensitivity analysis, and risk analysis. The Consultant should also indicate whether these alternatives are appropriate for (i) private sector financing; (ii) public-private sector financing; or (iii) public sector financing, and consistent with the current and projected financing capacity of the State. In case of financially unviable projects, the amount of Viability Gap Funding (VGF) required to make the project financially viable to be stated.
The priority list of investment specified above would include terminal feasibility study of select terminals /ghats / landing points. The feasibility study report would form key inputs for the terminal design consultants. This should include the feasibility study of the passenger Ferry Ghats / landing points pre-identified or jointly identified by the West Bengal Government for modernization and infrastructure improvement on priority.
This activity is expected to require the following tasks:
The Financial Analysis is also expected to inform on the following aspects of potential private operation:
Activities | Date |
Inception Report | Contract signing + 4 weeks |
Monthly Progress Reports | Every four weeks |
Interim report with West Bengal IWT Investment Plan | Contract Signing + 12 Weeks |
West Bengal IWT Investment Plan + Feasibility Assessment Draft Final Report & Workshop with stakeholders | Contract Signing + 20 Weeks |
Integrated Draft Report | Contract Signing + 24 Weeks |
Draft Report with comments from the Client and the Bank incorporated Draft Final Report & Workshop with stakeholders | Contract Signing + 28 Weeks |
FINAL REPORT | Contract Signing + 32 Weeks |
Title | Qualifications/Experience |
Team Leader |
|
Transport Economist |
|
Structural Engineer |
|
Naval Architect |
|
Terminal Planner |
|
PPP/ Private Finance Specialist |
|
Port/Waterways Specialist |
|
Urban Planning Specialist |
|
Environmental specialist |
|
Social Development specialist |
|
Procurement Specialist |
|
Annex A: Map depicting KMA’s identified passenger ferry Landing points on the Hooghly
Annex B: List of all ferry Ghats / landing points within the project Area
The table below provides preliminary list of potential projects. The list can be revised and/or expanded based on the studies conducted under this TOR.
Name | Status | Jetties | No. of Passengers Both Ways (Approximate value) | Ownership of available land around the jetties |
| |
Jetties surveyed – potential investments on water-side to improve capacity | ||||||
1 | Chandpal Ghat | Operational | Chandpal -I & II | 10,000 | Kolkata Port Trust |
|
2 | Howrah Station Ferry Ghat | Operational | Howrah Jetties- III & IV | 27,500 | Kolkata Port Trust |
|
3 | Armenian Ghat | Operational | Armenian | 6000 | Kolkata Port Trust |
|
4 | Jagannath Ghat | Non-operational | New Construction |
| Kolkata Port Trust |
|
5 | Sovabazar Ghat | Operational | Sovabazar Jetty | 500 | Kolkata Port Trust |
|
6 | Ahiritola Ghat | Operational | Ahiritola Jetty | 20,600 | Kolkata Port Trust |
|
7 | Konnagar Panihati Service | Operational | Konnagar & Panihati Jetty | 5,000 | Konnagar Municipality on the Konnagar Side. |
|
8 | Chinsurah Naihati Service | Operational | Chinsurah & Naihati Jetty | 11,000 | Land on the Chinsurah side is uder Port Trust. |
|
9 | Sheoraphuli Barrackpore Service | Operational | Sheoraphuly jetty & Barrackpore Jetty | 8,500 | Baidyabati Municapality on the Sheoraphuli side. |
|
10 | Shalimar Ghat | Non-operational |
|
| Railway Land |
|
11 | Bally Ghat | Non-operational | New Construction |
| Bally Municipality |
|
12 | Shibpur Ghat | Operational | Shibpur Jetty | 3,250 | Kolkata Port Trust |
|
13 | Halisahar Jetty | Operational | Halishahar Jetty | 1,650 | SDLLRO |
|
14 | Bansberia Jetty | Operational | Bansberia Jetty | 1,470 | Zilla Parishad |
|
15 | Rashmoni Ferry | Operational | Rashmoni Ferry | 508 | Municipality |
|
16 | Titagarh –Ballavpara ferry | Operational | Titagarh ferry | 2500 | municipality |
|
17 | Dhobighat Ferry | Operational | Dhobighat Ferry | 11000 | municipality |
|
18 | Manirampur Ghat | Operational | Manirampur Ghat | 6100 | municipality |
|
19 | Fulleswar Ferry | Operational | Fulleswar Ferry | 850 | Zilla Parishad |
|
20 | Gourhati Ferry | Operational | Gourhati Ferry | 615 | municipality |
|
21 | Debitala Ferry | Operational | Debitala Ferry | 950 | municipality |
|
22 | Noorpur Ferry | Operational | Noorpur Ferry | 870 | Zilla Parishad |
|
23 | Donipur-Gadiara Ferry | Operational | Donipur-Gadiara Ferry | 900 | Zilla Parishad |
|
24 | Panchpara-Rajahat Ferry | Operational | Panchpara-Rajahat Ferry | 800 | Zilla Parishad |
|
25 | Podra-Panchpara- Sankrail Ferry | Operational | Podra-Panchpara- Sankrail Ferry | 950 | Zilla Parishad |
|
Renovation Of Jetties | ||||||
26 | Outram Jetty | Operational | Outram Jetty | river safety operation | Kolkata police river traffic |
|
27 | Howrah (WBTC) Jetty | Operational | Howrah WBTC Jetty | 12,360 | WBTIDCL |
|
28 | Khardah Jetty | Operational | Khardah Jetty | 4050 | municipality |
|
Annex C: Categories of Potential Investments
Investments under the framework are located within the Project area along the Hooghly river in the following municipalities: Kolkata, Howrah, Hooghly, and other municipalities within the study area. Within each municipality, specific subprojects will be selected, designed and constructed through the fund available under the World Bank loan. The selected subprojects should be in line with the sector vision and allow priority investments identified as part of such vision to be considered for the remaining investments. These might include, but not limited to:
Annex D: List of studies and available data
| Report | Author | Date of publication | Link |
1 | Jaladhara – A State Scheme on Inland Waterways | West Bengal Transport Department | June 27, 2017 | N/A |
2 | Report on Development of Waterways from 2011-18 | TP&TE, WB Transport Department | November 3, 2018 | N/A |
3 | A Study to develop model RORO – Infrastructure in West Bengal to Boost Business | BCCI, Bengal Chambers of Commerce &Industries | July 2018 | N/A |
4 | Proposed Transport Infrastructure Development works during the A/c year 2019-20 | TP&TE, WB Transport Department | N/A | N/A |
5 | IWAI - DPR for Kaladan Multimodal Transit Transport Project | CONCORDIA / Inland Waterways Authority of India | N/A | N/A |
6 | IWAI - Detailed report on Kaladan Project – Project Description with analysis of positive and negative impact | ESSAR Projects India Ltd/ IWAI | 2013 | N/A |
7 | KoPT - Feasibility study for setting up Riverine Barge Jetty for handling flyash | Kolkata Port Trust | N/A | N/A |
8 | KoPT - Feasibility study for Floating Riverine Barge Jetty with connecting road and storage area | Kolkata Port Trust | N/A | N/A |
10 | KoPT - Feasibility study and DPR for development of Oil Terminal at Haldia Dock 2 (PPP model) | Kolkata Port Trust | N/A | N/A |
11 | KoPT - Feasibility study on development of RORO service from Balagarh, Mongol Island | Tata Consultancy Services/ Kolkata Port Trust | 2019 | N/A |
12 | Consultancy Services for Project Preparatory and Definition Study for Development of Ferry services on NW-1. | Inland Waterways Authority of India | N/A | N/A |
13 | Consultant for IWT Sector Development Strategy and Market Development Study for Capacity Augmentation of National Waterway- 1 | Inland Waterways Authority of India | N/A | N/A |
14 | Asset Management & operational framework development for NW-1
| Inland Waterways Authority of India | N/A | N/A |
15 | Plan and Implementation support for Commercialization of NW-1 | Inland Waterways Authority of India | N/A | N/A |
16 | WBHDCL: Consultancy Services For Formulation Of Baseline Master Plan For Entire State Highway Network Of West Bengal And Prioritization Studies | RITES with Aarvee Associates | N/A | N/A |
17 | Eastern Dedicated Freight Corridor (EDFC)Project feasibility report/ DPR – Phase IV : Dankuni - Sonnagar (Funding through PPP) | DFCCIL/RITES IRG SYSTEMS SOUTH ASIA PVT.LTD. ABNAKI INFRASTRUCTURE APPLICATIONS & INTEGRATED DEVELOPMENT PRIVATE LIMITED | N/A | PPT Link |
18 | Railways plans for Kolkata Metropolitan Area | Railways | N/A | N/A |
19 | Draft National Logistics Policy | Ministry of Commerce & Industry, India | February 5, 2019 | Document link |
20 | Logistics Park Development and Promotion Policy of West Bengal 2018 | West Bengal Industrial Development Corporation | 2018 | Document link |
21 | Study on Regional Industrial Development for Howrah, Uluberia and Dankuni regional industrial cluster | KPMG/FICCI | Study ongoing/2019 |
|
22 | Feasibility Study for ICP Petrapole – Phase I | RITES/ Land Port Authority of India | N/A |
|
23 | Annual Report 2017-18 of Land Port Authority of India Ltd | Land Port Authority of India Ltd | 2018 | Report Link |
24 | Annual Report 2017-18 of Central Warehousing Corporation Ltd | Central Warehousing Corporation Ltd | 2018 | Report Link |
Annex E: Draft TOR for IWT of the Institutional Strengthening and Business Planning (ISBP) Study
River transport has been identified by the Government of India as an under-leveraged component of connectivity. West Bengal stands to benefit from better harnessing such potential and creating a replicable approach for other Indian states. The Transport Department of the Government of West Bengal, with the support of World Bank is implementing a Multisectoral Connectivity and Spatial Development Project – the West Bengal Transport and Logistics Improvement Project. The project would support catalytic investments to create and nurture the nascent river transport market for freight and passengers, leverage private sector participation and demonstrate the potential of water transport. One of the key outcomes of the project would be to support enhancement of Passenger and Freight Movement, through supporting infrastructure and building institutional capacity. The proposed World Bank project area includes the six most populous districts of Southern West Bengal: Howrah, Hooghly, East Midnapur, South and North 24 Parganas and Kolkata. Government of West Bengal has identified the West Bengal Transport Infrastructure Development Corporation (WBTIDC) as the primary implementing agency for the project.
West Bengal Transport, Logistics and Spatial Development Project (TLSDP)
The West Bengal TLSDP Project Development Objectives are to: (a) strengthen the institutional capacity of state agencies for facilitating logistics (b) enhance strategic guidance and spatial development for investment prioritization; and (c) improve accessibility across the Hooghly River and its banks. The project comprises of the following components and sub-components:
2.1 Spatial Development Strategy
2.2 Comprehensive Mobility Plan
2.3 Logistics Action Plan
2.4 Technical Studies
3.2 Facilitating Freight Flow
3.3 Multimodal Logistics Hub Development
The proposed project is a multisectoral activity and requires close coordination among the Government’s Transport, Commerce and Urban Departments. It will be imperative to strengthen the core institutional capacity of these key institutions, who will be the implementing agencies of the project. This will include strengthening the planning process, improving inter-agency decision-making, and supporting the modernization of the current IWT system.
West Bengal Inland Water Transport institutional setup and operations
The Inland Water Transport (IWT) in West Bengal typically involves three State entities under Transport Department:
The State Transport Department’s involvement in Inland Water Transport Operations in the state of West Bengal, is mainly aligned to following activities:
The main recent initiatives undertaken by Transport Department are given as follows:
Recently in mid-2019, the State Transport Department, through Cabinet decision has also undertaken substantial Organizational restructuring to improve IWT Operations, which include – (i) Setting up IWT branch within Transport Department, with 63 positions already staffed; (ii) Restructuring of IWT Directorate; (iii) Creation of River Safety and Infrastructure Development Wing under WBTIDCL; (iv) Strengthening the Inland Waterways Wing within WBTC for maintenance and management of IWT Infrastructure; (v) Setting up of Jaladhara Cell within WBTIDC, to enable effective implementation of Jaladhara Scheme.
Reforming West Bengal Inland Water Transport sector
With the intent to reform the IWT Sector in West Bengal, the project shall undertake a comprehensive study towards developing the Integrated Strategic Development Plan (ISDP) for Inland Water Transport in West Bengal. The primary objective of the ISDP study is to prepare an Integrated Strategic Development Plan (ISDP) for IWT in West Bengal to guide the sustainable development of the State till 2035. This will be further aligned to the Feasibility study for prioritized IWT investments in Kolkata Metropolitan Area being undertaken during the TLSDP project preparation phase. The ISDP Consultant is expected to – (a) Undertake Demand Assessment of IWT/ ferry traffic covering West Bengal; (b) present a State-wide comprehensive vision for the IWT sector development up to 2035; (c) Undertake Gap analysis of the IWT infrastructure and services in Project; (d) Recommend and prioritize IWT Infrastructure investments; (e) Develop Final IWT Action Plan, IWT Investment Plan for the state outlining all infrastructure and policy actions, Private Sector participation mechanism through time-bound implementation options, responsibilities, and financing options.
Along with developing long term IWT Sector strategy, there is also a need for a comprehensive study focusing on Institutional aspects of IWT. This is intended to be undertaken through a detailed Institutional Strengthening and Business Planning (ISBP) study, that will provide West Bengal Transport Department with cohesive business plan for implementing comprehensive Institutional Strengthening Reforms - including strengthening the planning process, improving inter-agency decision-making, and supporting the modernization of the current Inland Water Transport system. Given the complexity and scale of the Transport Department’s functions in the state, it needs to be ensured that the reforms are planned in a mutually agreeable and phased manner that ensures minimum disruption to the ways of business and are aligned to the ongoing reform initiatives of the department. The new IWT units/Departments created need to strengthen itself both institutionally and operationally to enable competitive positioning of inland waterways in West Bengal’s transport system and facilitating its seamless integration into the intermodal logistics chain.
Apart from ISDP, some other parallel studies that are planned to be pursued under the TLSDP project over the next 12 months include – Comprehensive Mobility Plan, Spatial Development Strategy, and Logistics Master Plan. The Consultant shall coordinate with the various consultants working on these projects. To enable the sharing of knowledge and alignment of goals and objectives, the Consultants would be expected to disseminate their study findings through regular workshops for mutual benefit.
This consulting assignment is intended to provide West Bengal Transport Department with the required assistance to:
The scope of work shall include the following:
PHASE – I : Project Preparation Support - 12 MONTHS
Task 1: Develop 5-year Inland Water Transport (IWT) Institutional Strengthening Business Plan for West Bengal Transport Department:
The 5-year Business Plan is intended towards promoting and strengthening the competitive position of inland waterways in West Bengal’s transport system and facilitating its seamless integration into the intermodal logistics chain. For enabling the same, parallel assignments would be additionally pursued under the Bank project – Integrated Strategic Development Plan (ISDP) for IWT in West Bengal; Comprehensive Mobility Plan; Logistics Action plan and Spatial Development Strategy, whose findings shall be mutually shared with all stakeholders periodically, to enable alignment of Consultancy outputs.
The Roadmap shall additionally include - Setting up GIS-based asset management system and asset management strategy for IWT Infrastructure and Operations, with the system having appropriate interfacing and access rights for key IWT asset owners/custodians to enable inter-agency coordination.
Acts | Rules |
| Indian Steam Vessels Registration Rules, 1951 |
Expected Deliverables of Task 1: (i) Completion report of sub-task A - IWT Institutional Strengthening Study, comprising of four Roadmaps addressing Organizational Strengthening, Fiscal Strengthening, Planning Strengthening, Regulatory Reform; (ii) Completion report of sub-task B - IWT Institutional Strengthening Business Plan; (iii) Inland Water Transport Institutional Strengthening Business Plan document
Task 2: Conduct Training Needs Assessment (TNA) study of Transport Department and subsidiaries
Expected Deliverables of Task 2: (i) TNA Completion Report; (ii) 5-year Training Plan; (iii) Tender packages to operationalize the Training Plan.
PHASE – II: Project Implementation Support (24 months)
Task 3: Program Management Support for West Bengal Transport Department
This task would primarily comprise of the following sub-tasks:
Provide the necessary technical and management support to the implementing agency in the entire process of selection of Goods and Services to support the operationalization of IWT Institutional Strengthening Business Plan (as finalized in Phase – I of the assignment). The Consultant will be expected to:
Utilize the framework to monitor and evaluate the institutional strengthening activities quarterly.
Expected Deliverables of Task 3: (i) Bid Management Support Report; (ii) Bid Evaluation Report; (iii) Draft Contract Documents; (iv) Monthly Progress Report; (v) Quarterly project monitoring report with updated results framework; (vi) Assignment Completion Report
Task 4: Support the Transport Department in Training and Information Dissemination
In Phase-I, based on the 5-year training plan, the Consultants shall prepare Tender packages, in agreement with the Implementing Agency. These tender packages may include, development of in-house training material, development of e-learning and, organizing offline courses targeting trainee needs. The Consultant shall assist the Implementing agency in executing the 5-year Training Plan by providing the following services:
Expected Deliverables of Task 4: (i) Project Communication Strategy; (ii) Web-based Project Information Portal application; and (iii) Biannual Training Completion report.
Annex F: Draft TOR for ESMF and ESA
1. BACKGROUND
The Government of India (GOI) has set an ambitious target of transforming 101 rivers into efficient waterways and to become a competitive alternate to road and rail transportation across the country. Of the designated 4,500 kilometres of waterways, Ganga or National Waterway 1 is the longest (1,620 km), spanning from Uttar Pradesh in the West to West Bengal in the East. To drive economic growth and boost prosperity, GoI has put ‘top-most priority’ to upgrade the inland waterways with a focus on river Ganga. However, India’s inland waterway share in the modal mix is currently insignificant. GoI and the Inland Waterway Authority (IWAI) have identified river transport as an under-levered component of connectivity, but Inland Water Transport (IWT) has the potential to become a major transport mode.
The freight transport volumes that is currently handled by IWT is less than 1% of the total inland cargos in India. Efforts are needed for specific stretches along the eastern corridor to handle the increasing freight and passenger traffic. With the development of the Eastern Dedicated Freight Corridor (EDFC) and National Waterways 1 (NW1) project – Jal Marg Vikas – container and goods traffic at the ports of Kolkata and Haldia are projected to increase significantly. The end points of both of these mega projects meet in Kolkata Metropolitan Area (KMA).
KMA is the regional gateway to freight flow in Eastern India. Kolkata is a highly urbanized metropolitan area that has been facing a rapid increase in freight and passenger traffic. Infrastructure development is necessary to cope with this increase but has run up against important limitations linked to lack of space, limited bridge connections over the Hooghly river and environmental constraints. Lacking a spatial strategy, the resulting congestion in the city is contributing to large inefficiencies in passenger and freight flow in KMA, restricting market access as well as port access for EXIM (export-import) and domestic traffic. The inefficient flow of freight is adversely impacting the growth of the logistics sector in West Bengal. This inefficiency in passenger and freight movement within the KMA is creating negative impacts on the economic competitiveness and sustainable growth in the region. The Hooghly river, a defining feature of KMA, is currently acting more as a barrier to access than an enabler. Considering the strategic location of Kolkata, and the unique situation of the port in the centre of the city, the severity of the mobility issues in KMA calls for a total reconsideration of urban mobility for both cargo and citizens.
In this backdrop, the Government of West Bengal is receiving support from the World Bank to improve inland water transport through better integration of various transport modes and system upgrade to enhance accessibility through river transport. The proposed Project aims to alleviate accessibility constraints in Kolkata by strengthening institutional coordination and capacity, investment prioritization, and infrastructure interventions. The project will support catalytic investments to create and nurture the nascent river transport market for freight and passengers, leverage private sector participation and demonstrate the potential of river transport. By creating alternate corridors for goods and passenger movement, the IWT investment will contribute significantly to realizing the above goals. More broadly, the project will seek to enhance West Bengal spatial development and create facilities to decongest and improve accessibility through a better IWT, enable more efficient movement of passenger and cargo, create new jobs and increase welfare in the State of West Bengal. The Government of West Bengal wishes to transform the quality of inland water transport services and integrate high quality passenger and vehicle ferry services, and inland water freight transport into West Bengal’s wider transport network system.
The proposed project area includes the six most populous districts of Southern West Bengal: Howrah, Hooghly, East Midnapur, South and North 24 Parganas and Kolkata. About 40 million people, which is 50% of the population of the state, spread linearly on both side of the river. Two of these districts share important international borders with Bangladesh.
The Government of West Bengal is keen to promote inland waterways transportation through the network of rivers and canals. This becomes particularly relevant and somewhat critical in the light of two major investments currently under implementation, the Eastern Dedicated Freight Corridor (EDFC) by Indian Railways and Jal Marg Vikas project by the IWAI. The end points of both these projects are in KMA. EDFC alone is likely to increase freight volume in Kolkata and Haldia Ports from 40 million tonne to 120 million ton. Movement of high value consumer goods will continue to gravitate towards Kolkata because of the population size. Further, most companies are using Kolkata as a mother hub to supply to the cities of Patna, Ranchi, Bhubaneswar and NE India. This is growing at about 6% per annum, and all supplies come through KMA. Without proper transport connectivity West Bengal and particularly the KMA region will lose out in taxes (given GST) and get choked with congestion.
The problem is acute in Kolkata with only 6% of road space compared to 23% in Delhi and 17% in Mumbai. With a current vehicle population estimated around 1.6 million and 24 million transit trips a day, the city is bursting at its seams. With very little scope to increase the road area in city and a projected vehicle population of 3 million and an estimated 32 million transit trips in 2025, the enormity of the problem is easily imagined. The rapid growth of population, increasing pollution coupled with severe geographic limitations, has resulted in extreme congestion, urban blight, and a myriad of economic, social and environmental problems that burden the city with insurmountable obstacles and serves as the global example of the potentials problems facing mega-cities in developing nations. A comprehensive transport improvement with proper modal integration is urgently required enabling the region to address the future natural growth (21 million people by 2021) and absorb the massive additional trips that will be created as a result of investment in EDFC and NW1.The Jal Marg Vikas project by IWAI at an estimated cost of Rs.4,200 crore (US$620 million), supported by the World Bank assistance of US$650 million, would, inter alia, provide a width of 45 m (148 ft.) and a depth of 3 m (9.8 ft.) along the entire stretch of the river system from Allahabad to Haldia (Sagar) and enable transport of passengers and goods in larger measure.
Given that the Bhagirathi-Hooghly river system from Farakka to Haldia, falling within West Bengal, would have enhanced navigability under the World Bank funded NW1 project and that the existing road network is already stressed; the State Government is keen to supplement the IWT initiatives and promote and develop the inland water transportation for freight movement in years to come and in phases. In the first phase, prioritized items shall be included. The number of subsequent phases would however depend on the achievements in the first phase. The State Government has also observed that a good deal of passenger movements, estimated at 0.5-0.6 million at present, take place between the east and west banks of the river system as there are not many trans-river bridges. Goods movements also happen between the two banks at certain points, at least 50 of which are major ones. About 600 tonnes of goods are ferried on an average weekday between the two banks of the river. Above all, the current facilities for such passenger and goods movements are inadequate and not safe. Like most other civilizations, the Bhagirathi-Hooghly river system in West Bengal too is dotted with earliest settlements including those of foreign settlers. These have resulted in prevalence of heritage precincts and monuments, including religious precincts of various faiths, on either side of the river. All these have created potential for tapping waterways for promoting tourism by means of river cruises. The State Government’s immediate priority is to have pilot schemes on creating facilities for improved and enhanced movement of freight. Further, since, the State Government is taking a holistic view of riverine transport, it intends to create and upgrade the present infrastructure and services to facilitate passenger movement across and along the river system to overcome the problems of inadequacy and lack of safety pervading passenger water transport. In the first phase, however, the project would concentrate on the stretch of the river system from Haldia to Tribeni or to the northern limit of Kolkata Metropolitan Area. The project would also address the need of inter-modal transfer facilities.
Benefits offered by such systems to cities that have historically relied on the Ganga include considerable traffic decongestion, better intermodal connectivity, and economic revitalization of the urban core.
Existing inland waterways transportation profile Survey data on goods movement along the river system are available indicate that bulk movement of cargo by waterways, excluding those handled by Kolkata and Haldia Ports, have been on the wane, especially after gradual decline in operation of CIWTC – the major freight carrier. But local movement of goods along and across the river is found to be considerable. The surveys carried out by the State Transport Department from time to time on passenger movement have revealed that usage of the river by passengers has been rising, especially for trans-river crossing. The facilities for goods movement are very scanty. Again, in regard to passenger movement, it is observed that owing to ageing, most of the existing jetties have become dilapidated and too inadequate. The passenger carrying vessels being used are found to be of outdated, comprising “bhutbhuties’ or country boats fitted with motors and run on diesel. Both jetties and vessels have been found to be unsafe as a mode of transportation. There are many points along the river that have informal jetties only. There are no passenger amenities whatsoever at the jetties or Ferry Ghats – no rest room, no toilets, no illumination etc. Interestingly, one can notice operation of motorized vehicles crossing the river through large size barges, locally known as Roll-On & Roll-Off (RO RO). This happens due to the fact there are not adequate number of bridges providing trans-river connectivity. The RO ROs are also used for transhipment of goods vehicles. In absence of RO-RO, vehicles would have to take considerable detour via the existing bridges across river. Many of these services are being carried out in an informal manner.
(A) Environmental Studies
(B) Social Studies
(C) Overall Executive Summary of EIA & SIA Reports and Disclosure of Public Consultation and Stakeholders Meetings for all Studies
The Executive Summary of each document prepared (EMF/EIA/EMP, RPF, SMF, SIA/RAP) along with consultations output to be translated into appropriate local language(s), and to be disclosed as per World Bank, national, state policies and acts.
The public consultation and disclosure activities shall be coordinated across environmental and social studies/activities outlined above.
(A) Environmental Studies:
This task involves conducting environmental screening and scoping of the proposed project along with preparation of screening, scoping, EMF, EA Reports and EMPs for inclusion in the contractor bid documents.
Task A1. Environmental Scoping and Screening
As part of this task, the consultant shall carry out an environmental scoping for the project, which identifies the Project’s salient environmental and social aspects and potential impacts to be studied in more detail, verifies the scope of the detailed studies to be undertaken, and outlines the detailed work plan to carry out the present study. The consultant shall also carry out public and stakeholder consultation meetings, documentation and incorporate the observations and findings of above meetings in final version of the report.
This process is expected to include the following sub-tasks:
a. Review of existing Legislations: Review all national and state environmental, health and safety policies, regulations and guidelines, as well as World Bank safeguard policies and EHS Guidelines, which may apply to the proposed Project, and to ensure the required instruments/studies and their overall scope to meet all such requirements. Environmental scoping shall confirm the requirement of EC and applicability of the EIA notification 2006 and its amendments.
b. Collect and Review Available Information: The consultant shall collect the data and review the relevant information to the proposed project. Also generate existing baseline data on environmental and social conditions and shall assess the potential impacts related to the proposed investments, as well as other nearby ongoing or planned projects and activities which could interact with or be affected by the proposed investments.
c. Carry out Site Visits: The consultant shall visit all identified/proposed investment sites, including formal and informal discussions/meetings with local communities, government entities and other key stakeholders, to complete screening of likely environmental and social impacts and sensitivities requiring further study.
d. Detailed Description of the Proposed Project: The consultant shall develop a detailed project description covering all activities for purposes of the studies to be undertaken. The Project description would be based on descriptions developed under the feasibility analyses, but should provide an integrated overview of key aspects of relevance from an environmental and social perspective. This shall include not only locations and preliminary details on size and design of potential ferry infrastructure, but also ancillary aspects, last mile and multimodal connectivity, any dredging or other river maintenance requirements for terminal access and ferry routes etc.
e. Define and Describe the Project’s Area of Influence: Based upon the area likely to be affected either directly or indirectly by each project component, including ancillaries and linked activities; as well as unplanned induced developments. The Area of Influence should also consider any transboundary implications of the Project activities or linked/associated investments.
f. Conduct Scoping-stage Stakeholders Consultation: The consultant shall conduct Public Consultation and Stakeholders Meetings at both field and institutional levels to discuss the findings of the Scoping process, major issues of the project and plan of the studies.
g. Work Plan and Methodology: Based on activities carried out and the feedback received during the consultations, the Consultant shall finalize the detailed study outlines and work plan for carrying out all assessments and studies as outlined. This shall form part of the inception report.
Task A 2. Environmental Management Framework
Environmental Management Framework sets out the principles, policies, guidelines and procedures to address the environmental issues that arise from overall project activities. It also contains measures and strategies to integrate environmental and social issues during the planning, design and implementation of the project. The consultant shall prepare the EMF for all the project activities and investment sub-projects, which are not sufficiently defined during project preparation period. The framework shall clearly define the policies and procedures to address the environmental regulations of GoI, GoWB and safeguard policies of The World Bank. The EMF shall include, inter alia, the following:
a. Potential Project Investments and their Area of Influence: Provide the typology of investment types to be eligible for financing under the proposed project, including specific likely sub-projects and likely/anticipated associated or ancillary facilities relevant to both construction and operation stages. Describe the steps to define the area of influence (AoI) and determine the preliminary AoI of Project activities covered by the EMF, based on available information. Maps showing locations of probable investment locations, and/or of areas of eligibility or non-eligibility for investment, shall be provided. Provide initial baseline information on the physical, biological and socio-economic environment, and identify Important Environmental Features within the preliminary AoI.
b. Initial Screening and Assessment of Potential Sub-Project Impacts and Issues:
The consultant shall conduct an initial screening and assessment of the range of potential impacts, and site-specific information from initial screening where locations are already known. Given that all impacts cannot be fully identified at this stage for these future sub-projects, the consultant shall identify potential or likely impacts which may result from various design options and suggest subprojects related alternatives. For the potential negative impacts and risks identified, alternative design options shall be considered, and potential strategies/techniques for minimizing, mitigation and/or managing the impacts should be suggested. For the potential positive measures identified, alternative and preferred enhancement measures shall be proposed. The screening and preliminary assessment for each sub-project or sub-project type should cover construction and operation stage activities, and also take into account all ancillary and associated works. Also technologies, equipment, manpower, resource use, traffic, major supplies, etc. (to the extent that they can be defined), as well as the baseline conditions and sensitivities in the area of project influence, need to be considered.
c. Relevant Policies and Legislation: Review all latest relevant policies, legislations, EIA
procedures/practices of the Government of West Bengal and Government of India related
to the types of sub-projects which may be carried out under the project and indicate their applicability and implications for the proposed project. Review the relevant World Bank (WB) environmental safeguard policies, Environmental Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines, and indicate their applicability and implications for the potential investments. Confirm the potential environmental categorization(s) of the future sub-project investments.
d. Requirements, Standards and Institutional Responsibilities: To complete the assessment process, and manage and monitor all environmental aspects of project implementation: Outline such requirements and responsibilities for further screening, detailed environmental assessment as applicable, stakeholder consultation and disclosure, and management and monitoring for individual investments according to typology (and for specific likely sub-project sites, where known), and for the overall project, including reporting requirements.
e. Generic Environmental, Health and Safety Management Measures/Environmental Codes of Practice (ECoPs): Appropriate to the types of works envisioned.
f. Institutional Capacity Assessment and Capacity Building Plan: It shall be prepared for timely and effective implementation of environmental management plan (EMP) under proposed project.
g. Environmental Budget: The environment budget shall be prepared for all required environmental assessment and management aspects of the proposed project.
h. Summary of Consultation and Disclosure carried out on the EMF.
Task A3. Environmental Assessment :
The consultant shall carry out EA study in accordance with World Bank and applicable national as well state government requirements, for all investments which will be fully planned during the World Bank Project preparation phase, and which are expected to get underway in the first year of project implementation. As mentioned above, the EA process will be closely coordinated with separately commissioned feasibility and design studies to be carried out in parallel, as well as with the Social Assessment studies. Wherever, permissible under national and state laws and regulations, the consultant may include multiple ghats/landing points as separate chapters within a single EIA document. However, if required by national or state laws to submit separate EA studies for any specific investments, the consultant will be expected to prepare separate documents as required. In addition, separate contractor EMP documents will be required for each proposed bidding package, tailored to the investment(s) included in each package, so that they can be directly annexed to bidding and contract documents.
The major elements shall include (but not limited) to the following:
(a) Description of Project Activities: Describe all proposed project interventions including all associated facilities required for construction and operation. This should include physical layout and locations, design features and specifications, capacity, civil works requirements for construction (including major supplies by volume and their sources, labor requirements etc.), wastes to be generated, timeline for construction etc. If any dredging is to be required, the estimated volume of dredge material (both initial during construction phase and on an annual basis for ongoing maintenance) should be provided, as well as proposed locations for dredged material disposal.
(b) Definition of Study Area: Specify the boundaries of the study area for the assessment, based on the anticipated influence area of each proposed investment, as well as the cumulative influence area of all investments taken together, as applicable. The project influence area (PIA) should consider the full lifecycle of investment activities – for example, sub-projects to procure ferries or water taxis should consider the environmental footprint of ship building and maintenance yard facilities; new terminals should consider associated river dredging requirements / activities for access to the terminals and operation of ferry routes etc. Provide maps at appropriate scales to demarcate the study areas and illustrate the general setting of project-related investment sites, as well as surrounding areas, which may be directly or indirectly impacted. These maps shall include, for each of the investments, information such as topographic contours, major physical, environmental and land use features in the vicinity such as surface waters, roads, villages/towns/settlements, other major land uses, industrial areas, and terminals, road networks, parks and reserves, forest areas, political boundaries etc.
(c) Administrative and Legal Framework: Outline the applicable environmental policies, regulations or other requirements that apply to the proposed investments. This includes applicable national, state and local requirements, World Bank safeguard policies and EHS Guidelines, and any applicable international conventions or treaties. Indicate why each listed policy, regulation or other requirement is applicable, and how it will be complied with by the project.
(d) Description of the Environment (Baseline Assessment): Characterize the baseline context for the project area, including relevant information on the overall area of influence, as well as site-specific information for each proposed investment site. The baseline assessment should draw from both secondary and primary sources and identify any critical aspect which needs special consideration during design and implementation of the proposed investments. The assessment should furthermore cover both existing conditions as well as a characterization of the trends / ongoing changes to baseline conditions which are likely to affect the project area during the expected period of investment implementation, and which will occur irrespective of the project (for example, climate change effects; anticipated regional development /urbanization and associated land use changes; morphological trends along the routes; changes to river traffic volumes and patterns etc). Level of detail of baseline assessment should reflect the scale of the proposed sub-projects, with more detailed information (including detailed primary data collection) focused on the largest and more complex sub-projects. Relevant aspects may include the following, among other aspects:
i. Physical Environment: In which physical set-up shall be covered but not limited to:
· Topography conditions and delineation of watersheds and floodplains;
· Climate / meteorology (historical and projected);
· Surface and ground water hydrology, including annual and seasonal average discharges, as well as recurrence intervals and flood levels for various peak discharges (e.g., 10, 20, and 100-year flood events as well as historic maximum recorded discharge), annual and seasonal low-flow discharges and recurrence intervals including historic minimum discharge, depth of water table etc.;
· Water quality (Surface and Ground) and major sources of water pollution. Water quality monitoring should be carried out strictly as per the CPCB guidelines for water quality monitoring (MINARS/27/2007-08;
· Review of River morphology, including currents and bathymetry.
· Characterization of soils/sediments both within the river and on shore. Soil quality analysis should be carried out as per the guidelines of ICAR
· Geology and seismicity.
· Hazard vulnerability; vulnerability of area to flooding (current and with climate change projections), hurricanes or major storm events, and earthquakes.
· Ambient air quality and noise levels.All the parameters for ambient air (quality) to be monitored -SO2, NO2, PM10, PM2.5, O3, Pb, CO, NH3, C6H6, BaP, Arsenic & Nickel (As per the CPCB Guidelines for the Measurement of Ambient Air Pollutants- „National Ambient Air Quality Series- NAAQMS/36/2012-13). The baseline monitoring of noise levels should be carried out for at least 48hours continuously as per the WBG EHS guidelines.
· Identification of all project locations within 10 km boundary of nearby protected areas (national parks, wildlife sanctuary, conservation reserve etc.) notified under the Wildlife Protection Act, 1972, area of project influence from the critically polluted sites as per Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) guidelines or a part of project or whole passing through two states or located inclose proximity of international boundary.
· The consultant may propose in EMP for the contractor to do additional monitoring at the time of construction (just before undertaking any dredging/sediment movement activities) to confirm the presence of any contaminants and required measures to control their impact. However the findings of EA shall discuss the potential risks/impacts and list down types of mitigation measures required in case of likely contamination of sediments. In case the dredging work/sediment movement activity directly associated with the project is carried out by another party (such as IWAI) and not the contractor, from World bank’s safeguard perspective the consultant shall assess and propose the requirement of any specific management measures of other party (such as IWAI) for all project specific activities.
· Only NABL/MoEF&CC approved laboratories shall be engaged by the EA Consulting Organization for generation of baseline environmental data at this stage (pre-construction phase). While at later stages during construction and operation phases, it shall be carried out by the civil work contractor to assess the project performance from environmental point of view.
· Number of final sampling locations to be finalized by the EIA Consulting Organization after due consultation with and post approval of the Environmental Expert of the Employer/AIWTDS, after site visit.
ii.Biological Environment, including but not limited to:
· Characterization of both terrestrial and aquatic natural habitats and any critical natural habitats as defined under World Bank Natural Habitats Policy OP 4.04 (including parks, reserves and sanctuaries, areas proposed for legal protection, or other areas of known biodiversity value);
· Identification and characterization of salient characteristics of aquatic and terrestrial biota (flora and fauna), including especially for any rare or endangered species (include IUCN Red List status of any listed species, and national or state/regional protection status if any) or other species of conservation significance;
· Ecology and habitat requirements of any species of conservation significance or concern (either for ecological or socio-economic reasons), such as breeding/spawning behaviors and seasons, migratory patterns, food sources and foraging/feeding behaviors, predators and prey, sensitivity to pollution or human activities, and identification of specific areas of habitat and/or natural phenomena of importance for their survival, including related seasonal parameters for each;
iii. Socio-economic Environment, including existing land and water uses [Note: Social Assessment studies are separately described below; the EA(s) shall summarize the key information and findings from those assessment(s) and provide cross-references where appropriate.]
Assessment of Potential Impacts and Risks: Analysis will be based on preliminary screening and assessments from the feasibility study and shall provide more detailed assessments and in-depth interpretation. In this analysis, distinguish between significant ositive and negative impacts and risks, direct and indirect impacts, cumulative impacts, and immediate and long-term impacts associated with the proposed investments. Analysis should cover all phases of project development, including siting, construction, and operation phases. Identify impacts and risks that are unavoidable or irreversible, as well as those which can be avoided or mitigated. Specify such avoidance and mitigation measures and reassess residual impact or risk for each. Wherever possible, describe impacts quantitatively, in terms of environmental costs and benefits. Assign economic values when feasible. Characterize the extent and quality of available data, explaining significant information deficiencies and any uncertainties associated with predictions of impact. Compare the impact with the baseline, as well as with projected future baseline conditions in light of development, land use and natural resource trends taking place in the project area independent of the proposed project activities. Special attention should be given to:
· Environmental impacts on and risks to the aquatic environment, including changes to river hydrology and morphology (and any downstream implications including riverbank erosion, sediment deposition, etc), impacts on aquatic biodiversity, and on fisheries;
· Occupational health and safety risks and issues related to construction activities as well as use of IWT routes and infrastructure supported through the project;
· Indirect and induced effects and associated environmental risks related to increased traffic of cargo ships, barges and passenger ferries along the IWT routes, at ferry crossing locations, on associated on-shore connecting roads and in settlements;
· Terrestrial impacts, including noise and air quality impacts; impact on land resources, loss or degradation of habitat; erosion of riverbanks or shoreline and associated impacts to on-shore land uses; modifications to natural drainage patterns; or other impacts, especially as associated with last mile connectivity investments and any larger sub-projects involving construction of permanent onshore facilities, river training works, major embankment works etc.;
· Impacts on cultural and historical sites or artifacts;
· Impacts related to associated facilities or activities; for example: impacts of ship building and maintenance facilities associated with upgrading of ferry vessels / water taxis; dredging activities necessary for opening of new terminals or ferry lines; etc.
· Impacts or risks to local communities, their economic activities and public health [Note: a Social Assessment is being separately commissioned; the EA shall summarize the key information and findings from that assessment]
· Cumulative impacts of all proposed investments taken together and in conjunction with other planned development activities, such as river training or river management / flood protection projects, or terminal development or expansion projects, tourism development, road and bridge development projects, etc. For this analysis, the consultant will identify Valued Environmental Components specifically relevant to the Cumulative Impact Assessment based on inputs from stakeholders, and will assess the potential impacts of multiple development activities on the Valued Environmental Components VECs, over a 10-20 years time horizon.
· Potential environmental benefits of the project.
f. Analysis of Sub-Projects Alternatives: The EA study shall summarize the outcomes of analysis of sub-projects alternatives (proposed ghats/landing points) carried out during the feasibility stage, as well as describing site specific detailed design alternatives (such as: detailed siting/alignment considerations; incorporation of energy efficient or environmentally friendly technologies; etc.).
g. Development of an Environmental Management & Monitoring Program (EMMP):
· To identify key mitigation and enhancement approaches and prepare the impact specific mitigation measures. The EMMP should be organized into sections corresponding with (a) contractor requirements for mitigation, management and monitoring of construction-stage impacts, and (b) mitigation, management and monitoring measures to be managed by WBTIDC or other entities (including for specific sub-projects as well as for any significant identified cumulative and induced effects).
· To estimate the potential environmental impacts and costs of the mitigation measures and of the institutional and training requirements to implement them. The EMMP should include proposed work programs, budget estimates, schedules, staffing and training requirements, and other necessary support services to implement the mitigating measures, monitoring etc. Include measures for emergency response to accidental events (e.g. entry of raw sewage or solid as well as toxic substance/wastes into rivers, streams etc).
· To define the roles and responsibilities of officials, staff, consultants and contractors of WBTIDC on environmental management to ensure timely and effective implementation of the EMMP. Review the responsibilities and capability of institutions at local and state levels and recommend steps to strengthen or expand them so that the EMMP may be effectively implemented. If required, recommend capacity enhancement measures for implementation, and describe in details who will (a) implement the environmental mitigation activities (b) carry out
environmental monitoring; (c) supervise environmental mitigation and monitoring; (d) design, implement and apply the environmental management information system (EMIS); and (e) prepare monthly / quarterly progress reports on environmental management. · EMMP will require a grievance redress mechanism to be accessible, transparent, unbiased and cost/time effective for the complainant. The project grievance redress mechanism shall be detailed out under the accompanying social safeguards studies, but shall be summarized and referenced in the EMMP also.
· As part of the EMMP development, the consultant shall also provide necessary specific inputs to the DPRs and bid documents for the proposed infrastructure. This shall include, especially: (a) all necessary parameters as per the EA study for any physical mitigation measures that need to be reflected in investment designs; (b) a contractor’s EMMP to be annexed to the bid documents; and (c) relevant inputs to the Bill of Quantities (BOQ) to accurately reflect environmental mitigation, management and monitoring costs of the project.
h. Public & Stakeholders Consultation and Disclosure: Provide documentation of all
consultation activities, and information on disclosure, carried out as part of the EIA (More detailed guidance on consultations and disclosure requirements is provided under Section - C below.)
Task A6: Support Obtaining Mandatory Statutory Clearances for the Project
The consultant shall also assist WBTIDC to obtain all mandatory statutory clearances, prior to completion of their assignment. The list of some among them are as follows;
· To obtain consent to establish: CTE for establishment of terminals from SPCBA (State Pollution Control Board, West Bengal).
· Removal of undesirable trees from the pre-identified ghats/landing points.
· Diversion of forest land if required for any sub-projects.
· Wildlife clearance; if any sub-project location exists in close proximity of the notified
protected areas (national parks, wildlife sanctuary etc.) under the Wildlife protection
Act, 1972.
In addition of above, the consultant will also provide a list of other non-mandatory clearances or issues related to project implementation.
(B) Social Studies
To conduct social screening and scoping of the proposed project along with preparation of Social Management Framework (SMF), Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF), Social Impact Assessment (SA), Resettlement Action Plan (RAP), Indeginous People Development Plan (IPDP), Social Management Plan (SMP) that includes labor influx mitigation plan Cultural Heritage Management Plan (CHMP), Gender Management Plan. Labour influx mitigation plans will be included in contractor bid documents. It is important to note that in case the investment will require private land then the SIA process for land acquisition including the acquisition will be carried out by the Revenue Department in accordance with the Right to Fair Compensation and Transparent Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation and Resettlement (RFCTLAR&R) Act 2013 and the WB OP/BP 4.12.
B1: Social Screening and Scoping
Screening and scoping will be conducted wherever investments are to be opted and finailsied. The consultant will provide inputs to the separately commissioned Feasibility Analysis of terminal/ghats. As required, WBTIDC will facilitate coordination across the two consultancy teams, so as to ensure that the Consultants analysis is appropriately reflected in the Feasibility Study final ranking and cost-benefit analysis of alternatives.
This social screening and scoping process will include the following sub-tasks:
a) Assess the suitability of the proposed site locations from social perspective; identify key social issues affecting the project and related gaps in information.
b) Assess the proposed project scope and preliminarily estimate its area of influence and define the social scoping study area accordingly.
c) Shall conduct site visits to all pre-identified ghats/ landing points, in order to meet with the client and other stakeholders, assess the suitability of the site, better assess the gaps (e.g., collect data, evaluate site conditions, and site access) and determine the required actions to fill such gaps. Material presented in the social scoping study should reflect observations and lessons learned resulting from the visit(s).
d) Shall take into account views and concerns of key stakeholders, including relevant authorities, and representatives of affected communities as identified during site visit and interviewed, where appropriate. Before interacting with any stakeholder, the Consultant shall coordinate with WBTIDC, as they will lead the relations with stakeholders.
e) Shall coordinate closely with the design consultant to collect certain data, ensure the Social Scoping Study is aligned with the project layout and the design consultants and that the respective phasing of the work fits into each other appropriately.
f) Undertake a preliminary assessment of key social risks and impacts related to project construction, operation phases.
g) If applicable, identify risk of potential Land Acquisition, Involuntary Resettlement, and/or Livelihood Loss resulting from the Project, and scope the need for a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP). In addition, the consultant will provide an estimate of the magnitude of the needed resettlement/livelihood restoration.
h) If applicable, identify presence of items of cultural heritage tangible) in the area of influence of the project and preliminary assess potential adverse impacts on them (World Bank OP 4.11) and both tangible and intangible under the Government of India, Government of West Bengal regulations the current OP4.11.
i) For identified key risks and impacts provide preliminary identification of mitigation measures together with a proposal for social risk allocation and timeline for implementation. When presenting the risk allocation, the Consultant shall also indicate particular institutional arrangements and/or capacity building programs that may be needed to ensure effectiveness of mitigation implementation and/or monitoring. The Consultant shall also provide preliminary estimates of costs associated with social impact assessment and mitigations.
j) Undertake preliminary mapping of key project stakeholder groups, concentrating on Affected Communities. The Consultant shall provide a list of key groups of stakeholders, their interests and concerns, and how they should be involved at the different stages of the process and by different parties.
k) Review Project’s relevant social laws, regulations and policies of Government of West Bengal and Government of India relating to land acquisition, resettlement, ethnic minorities, Indigenous People, social protection.
B3: Social Management Framework (SMF) & a Stand-alone Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF)
A framework approach will be adopted, as the specific alignments with detailed technical design for pre-identified sites are not expected to be finalized at the time of project appraisal. The Consultant shall prepare a Social Management Framework (SMF) and a stand-alone Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF) as per World Bank policies. This task is described first, as the initial draft SMF may get underway on the basis of the 10 pre-identified priority ghats/landing points, even while the feasibility assessment for the project is still underway, and prior to final selection of first priority terminals for investment and detailed SIA is made.
The SMF and RPF shall include, inter alia, the following:
a) Description of Potential Project Investments and their Area of Influence: Provide the typology of investment types to be eligible for financing under the proposed project, including specific likely sub-projects where known, and likely/anticipated associated or ancillary facilities relevant to both construction and operation stages. Describe the steps to define the area of influence (AoI), and determine the preliminary AoI of Project activities covered by the SMF and a stand-alone RPF, based on available information. Maps showing locations of probable investment locations, and/or of areas of eligibility or non-eligibility for investment, shall be provided. Provide initial social baseline information on the physical, socio-economic, and identify Important Social Features within the preliminary area of influence (AoI).
b) Initial Screening and Assessment of Potential Sub-project Impacts and Issues: Provide an initial screening/assessment of the range of potential impacts, and site-specific information from initial screening where locations are already known. Given that all impacts cannot be fully identified at this stage for these future sub-projects, the consultant shall identify potential or likely impacts which may result from various design options and suggest alternatives. For the potential negative impacts and risks identified, alternative design options shall be considered, and potential strategies/techniques for minimizing, mitigation and/or managing the impacts should be suggested. For the potential positive measures identified, alternative and preferred enhancement measures shall be proposed. The screening and preliminary assessment for each sub-project or sub-project type should cover construction and operation stage activities, and also take into account all ancillary and associated works. Also technologies, equipment, manpower, resource use, traffic, major supplies etc. (to the extent that they can be defined), as well as the baseline conditions and sensitivities in the area of influence, need to be considered.
c) Relevant Policies and Social Legislations: Review current relevant policies, social legislations, SIA procedures/practices of the Government of West Bengal and Government of India related to the types of sub-projects which may be carried out under the project, and indicate their applicability and implications for the proposed project. Review the relevant World Bank (WB) social safeguard policies and indicate their applicability and implications for the potential investments. Confirm the potential social categorization(s) of the future sub-project investments.
d) Requirements, Standards and Institutional Responsibilities to complete the Assessment Process, Manage and Monitor of all Social Aspects of project implementation: Outline such requirements and responsibilities for further screening, detailed social assessment as applicable, stakeholders consultation and disclosure, and management and monitoring for individual investments according to typology (and for specific likely subproject sites, where known), and for the overall project, including reporting requirements, grievance management and citizen engagement.
e) Gender: Include the findings from the on-going gender and trade study and the action plan that is being undertaken by the Bank. The study covers Gender and Trade to address the gender gap in economic opportunities.
f) Institutional Capacity Assessment & Capacity Building Plan for Social Management. It shall be prepared for timely and effective implementation of SMP, labor influx mitigation plan (LIMP), resettlement action plan (RAP) and Cultural Heritage Management Plan (CHMP) of the proposed project.
g) Social Budget for all required Social assessment and Management Aspects. The social budget shall be prepared for all required social assessment and management aspects of the proposed project.
h) Summary of Public/Stakeholders Consultations and Disclosure on SMF and RPF.
Summary of public/stakeholder consultation on SMF, RPF, draft TORs for all safeguards studies and draft SIA should be prepared.
B4: Detailed SIA for Identified Priority Investments
The consultant shall carry out detailed SIA, in accordance with World Bank and applicable national requirements, for all investments which will be fully planned during the World Bank Project preparation phase, and which are expected to get underway in the first year of project implementation. As mentioned above, the SIA process will be closely coordinated with separately commissioned feasibility and design studies to be carried out in parallel, as well as with the Environmental Assessment studies. Wherever, permissible under national and state laws and social regulations, the consultant may include multiple terminals/ghats/landing points as separate chapters within a single SIA document. However, if required by national or state laws to submit separate SIA studies for any specific investments, the consultant will be expected to prepare separate documents if required.
The SIA will include description and assessment of the likely risks/ impacts and benefits of economic wellbeing, livelihoods, resettlement, issues related to indigenous people (IP), and
their interactions with the environment, including labor influx risks. The SIA should also describe the public consultations process followed, including a summary of key issues/ concerns raised and how they were addressed The Impact Assessment (IA) is based on the information collected in the social baseline assessment. The key tasks will include:
a) Social Baseline Information: The consultant will collect the baseline social information of all pre-identified locations. The baseline social findings will inform the RAP process.
b) SocialEconomicCultural Impacts: The SIA shall assess potential positive and negative impacts on socio-economic and cultural resources including: socioeconomic conditions; increased individual incomes; direct employment at the project; indirect employment generated by project activities; other economic activities stimulated in the community as a result of the project; employment opportunities for local residents; displacement or disruption of people’s for livelihoods.
c) Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement: The land acquisition and resettlement process should be in line with those required under the government of West Bengal and Government of India laws and regulations, and the World Bank (O.P.-4.12). The consultant should identify the communities/households that would need to be affected due to the project investments. It also needs to address options of the design of the project to minimize resettlement, as well as compensation methods, land rights, consultations that have taken place with communities about the resettlement process, the status of the current resettlement process, and the responsibilities of the company in the resettlement process. There needs to be a grievance mechanism for communities for concerns and complaints about the resettlement process in place.
d) Consultation: The consultant should also describe the public/stakeholders consultations process followed, including a summary of key issues/concerns raised and how they were addressed in the SIA and SMP reports. It is necessary to ensure consultations with Project Affected Persons (PAPs), civil society/NGOs and other stakeholders at least twice: (a) shortly after social screening and before the Terms of Reference (ToR) for the SA are finalized; and (b) once a draft SIA report is prepared.
e) Cultural Heritage: The consultant should identify the physical (WB OP 4.11) and physical and non-physical(Indian laws) cultural heritage in the project-affected area having archaeological, paleontological, historical, cultural, artistic and religious values. It shall include cultural knowledge and traditional lifestyles. Proof of consultations with the government and communities about the cultural heritage should be included. The section also should describe the meaning and use of the cultural heritage, and conditions for removal.
f) Gender Related Issues: The consultant will identify relevant gaps between women and
men, boys and girls in the analysis particularly; aim to address these gaps through specific actions supported by the proposed project, and link them to indicators in the results framework. It is intended to prompt discussion at the project design stage on opportunities to narrow gaps between males and females in human endowments, more and better jobs, ownership and control of assets, and voice and agency. The consultant must identify operations that are critical to closing key gender gaps to address gender inequalities and achieve tangible outcomes and include in gender action plan (GAP).
g) Citizen Engagement Plan (CEP): Assess use citizen engagement to improve results in operations. Suggest measures to include citizen engagement in design of operations and implementation mechanism of citizen engagement in operations and include a Citizen Engagement Plan (CEP). Also, indicators for Results Framework.
h) Other Relevant Potential Social Impacts: The consultant shall also prepare a list of other social impacts that do not cover under the above categories. This includes: increased community income, increased local prices of goods and services, immigration into the area, labor influx risk assessment & human trafficking risk assessment, assessment of labor impacts of institutional restructuring, pressure on existing public services due to immigration etc.
The consultant shall prepare Social Management Plan (SMP), Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) & Cultural Heritage Management Plan (CHMP) where needed for all pre-identified sub-project locations (ghats/ landing points).
B5: Labor Influx Risk Assessment for Identified Priority Investments
The consultant will conduct labor influx risk assessment of pre-identified sub-project locations (ghats/landing points). This shall include key social risks related to labor influx include, risk of social conflicts, increased risk of communicable diseases like HIV/AIDS, conditions of labor, camp-related issues, gender-based violence and mis-conduct, illicit behavior (sexual harassment) and crime affecting the local population and child labor issuesetc. This study shall also assessment human trafficking issues and the risk assessment of labor impacts of institutional restructuring. The consultant shall prepare labor influx mitigation plan and the employee code of conduct, which will be part of the Social Management Plan (SMP).
Section-C: Overall Executive Summary of EA & SA Reports and Disclosure of Public
Consultation and Stakeholders Meetings for all Studies
C1: Executive Summary of EA & SA
The consultant shall develop an Executive Summary to provide an overview of the entire Project, typologies of investments and summary descriptions of all known/fully identified investment sub-projects and summary of all safeguard instruments of the project including EIA-EMMP, EMF along with social safeguard instruments (SIA, SMP, RAP, labor influx etc.) including a summary of stakeholder consultation and disclosure carried out in preparation of each sub-project location. The goal of the Executive Summary is to provide an overview of the environmental and social studies carried out in preparation of the Project, in a non-technical style and format which is accessible and understandable to the general public and project stakeholders. The Summary document shall also be translated into relevant local language(s), and both English and local language versions shall be consulted upon and publicly disclosed. Which shall be separately prepared based on environment and social assessment of the project.
C2: Public Consultations and Disclosure
The consultant will assist the WBTIDC in coordinating and executing public consultations and engagement with stakeholders for all phases/elements of the EA & SA process as separately described above. The studies will require consultations with groups likely to be affected by the proposed project including communities, traders, private ferry operators, NGOs, government at different levels and others on the project objectives, activities, and its environmental and social aspects including potential impacts, risks, and effective mitigation measures, as well as project benefits. A minimum of two rounds of consultations are expected: one at the screening/scoping stage and other on preparation of draft documents.
Consultations and discussions with stakeholders will begin during the scoping stage, will continue during the baseline data assessment, as well as when drafts of each required instrument are available. Consultations should include a mixture of formal workshop events targeting local and state-level stakeholders, smaller community meetings and focus group discussions, and individual interviews/meetings as deemed necessary to ensure all stakeholders are given the opportunity for meaningful consultations on the Project and its environmental and social impacts and aspects.
[1] SAIL at Durgapur, Bokaro and Rourkela; IISCO at Burnpur; TATA Steel at Jamshedpur
[2] NTPC at Farakka and Kahalgaon; CESC at Budge Budge
[3] Source: Report on Transport Department Achievements, 2011-2018
"},{"id":"OP00074540","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"22-Jul-2019","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2019-07-24T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"11:30","project_ctry_name":"India","project_id":"P157141","project_name":"Rajasthan State Highways Development Program II Project","bid_reference_no":"WB/RSHDP-II/CS/PMC","bid_description":"Project Management Consultancy for Rajasthan State Highways Development Programme-II(RSHDP-II)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Public Works Department, Government of Rajasthan","contact_ctry_name":"India","contact_email":"aceppp.pwd@rajasthan.gov.in","contact_name":"Dinesh Kumar Agarwal","contact_organization":"PPP Cell, PWD","contact_phone_no":"+91 141 2223547","submission_date":"2019-07-22T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"Addendum to the
\n\nNIT No. 08/2018-19
\n\nRequest for Expression of Interest
\n\n\n\n
The following is the modification to the Request for Expression of Interest for “Project Management Consultancy”. The deletions from the earlier text are indicated as strikethroughs and additions are bold & underlined.
\n\n\n\n
REoI
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
(Dinesh Kumar Agarwal)
\n\nAdditional Chief Engineer (PPP)
\n\nPWD, Rajasthan, Jaipur
\n\nGovernment of Rajasthan
\n\nPPP Division, Public Works Department, Rajasthan
\n\nREQUEST FOR EXPRESSION OF INTEREST (REoI)
\n\nProject Management Consultancy
\n\nRajasthan State Highways Development Program-II (RSHDP-II)
\n\n\n\n
Mr. Dinesh Kr Agarwal,
\n\nOffice of Additional Chief Engineer (PPP)
\n\nNirman Bhawan, Jacob Road
\n\nCivil Lines, Jaipur -302006, Rajasthan, India
\n\nTele: +91 141 2223547
\n\nEmail: aceppp.pwd@rajasthan.gov.in
\n\n\n\n
Additional Chief Engineer, PPP Division
\n\nPublic Works Department, Jacob Road, Civil Lines,
\n\nJaipur, Rajasthan, India, Pin code- 302006,
\n\nTelephone: +91-141-2223547
\n\nFax: +91-141-2223547
\n\nElectronic mail address: aceppp.pwd@rajasthan.gov.in
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
(Dinesh Kr Agarwal )
\n\nAddl. Chief Engineer (PPP)
\n\nPWD, Rajasthan, Jaipur
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Annex-I
\n\nAccessing/ Purchasing of REoI documents and Submission Online
\n\n\n\n
(Dinesh Kr Agarwal )
\n\nAddl. Chief Engineer (PPP)
\n\nPWD, Rajasthan, Jaipur
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Annex-II
\n\nTERMS OF REFERENCE
\n\nRajasthan State Highways Development Program- II (RSHDP - II) has established a well-thought-out investment strategy including the following elements:
\n\nThe main objective of Project Management Consultant is to provide support to the PPP Division of Public Works Department, Government of Rajasthan to implement the Rajasthan State Highway Development Program as per world bank guidelines and to provide technical advice and implementation support to PWD, including interalia,
\n\nThe scope of PMC services is the following but not limited to:
\n\n[ACEPPP14] The consultant will be selected in accordance with the procedure specified in the World Bank guidelines: “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers: Procurement in Investment Project Financing Goods, Works, Non-consulting and Consulting Services, July 2016.
\n\n\n\n
The project involves following components.
\n\nNote: The details in Annexure I are indicative only and are liable to change at PIU’s discretion.
\n\nInstitutional & Government Strengthening/ Development:
\n\nSeveral consultancy services of varying size are planned for the implementation of this component, which will be guided by (respectively) Institutional Development and Governance & Accountability action Plans (IDAP and GAAP). Procurement action to finalize and launch the more substantial consultancies is underway at different stages. Execution of these consultancy assignments would take place over almost the entire RSHDP-II period, and the PMC shall assist the PPP Division in the monitoring the overall progress and results of the IDAP and GAAP implementation programs.
\n\nIT-ICT-MIS Improvement & Support:
\n\nThe PPP Division is in consultation with RISL, Government of Rajasthan to prepare MIS and mobile application system. The PMC shall assist the PMU in the decided procurement with associated procurement actions, in implementing the planned IT-ICT-MIS enhancements and in management of PWD cantered IT-ICT-MIS functions and operations, including staff training and capacity- building measures.
\n\nRoad Safety:
\n\nThe road safety component will take a multi-sectoral approach to building the state’s capacity for road safety management, using both proactive and preventive methods. A road safety Management programmeis monitored by GoR with consultation of PWD, Transport Department, and with the of NGO.The PMC will assist PMU in the planning and achievement of the road safety target set by the world bank as described below in details.
\n\nRoad Accident Database Management System (RADMS)
\n\nThis sub-component will provide support to the Government of Rajasthan in developing and operationalizing a Road Accident Database Management System (RADMS) anchored at the Police Department with the capability of crowd sourcing crash data. The following activities will be proposed under this sub-component: (i) preparation of an improved crash/injury database system by systematically investigating current data collection and analysis systems, and analyzing options for better combined use of Police and Health data; (ii) development of specifications for a major initiative to reform crash data business processes, formalize agency roles and responsibilities, and prepare for new capital and operational investment; (iii) implementation of the crash data initiative, combining software and related hardware investments for a new crash data system, with additional operational investment in collecting, collating and analyzing crash data; and (iv) deployment of community-based road accident reporting for local residents to report to police and emergency services on crashes using a smartphone application to be developed by the project.
\n\nSpeed Management Program
\n\nThis sub-component will support the piloting of a speed management program along three high risk corridors (each approx. 100kms in length). This will include the following activities: (i) Identification of three high risk corridors (each approx. 100kms in length); (ii) Undertaking speed management study to prepare recommendations and support policy and investment decisions regarding setting and enforcing speed limits, professional capacity building, public information and awareness, monitoring and evaluation; (iii) Investing in automated enforcement, including mapping priority enforcement sites and establishing a highway patrol (within the Police Department); (iv) Professional capacity building, publicity and communications activities; and (v) Developing and implementing monitoring and evaluation systems for the program.
\n\nRoad Safety Performance Survey (iRAP studies).
\n\nThe project will support a road safety performance survey for the state highway network, or at least for the strategic network, to establish the road safety level in each road segment This is a proactive/preventive approach to help the PWD/RSHA, and the road safety lead agency to understand the safety risks involved in each road corridor and the required investment to bring the risk to an acceptable level. The following activities will be proposed: (i) Conduct a comprehensive iRAP survey for high risk state highways; (ii) Prepare a Safer Roads Investment Program (SRIP) to estimate future infrastructure safety needs and plan a significant multi-year investment allocation to upgrade the safety star rating of the core road network and (iii) Undertake iRAP training for senior PWD staff. This subcomponent will be a pilot on a small scale, with a view to help the state scale it up to the state road network as appropriate and feasible.
\n\nRoad Safety Strategy
\n\nThis sub-component will provide support to the Government of Rajasthan in developing an ambitious long-term road safety strategy based on the safe systems approach, incorporating: (i) an ultimate vision for road safety in Rajasthan; (ii) interim targets for final and intermediate outcomes; (iii) strategic directions for a full range of interventions; (iv) management and implementation arrangements including funding requirements; and (v) related monitoring and evaluation tools. The project will finance technical assistance to (i) prepare the long-term road safety strategy and identify one or more funding mechanisms and (ii) prepare a multi-year action plan to implement the new strategy.
\n\nReview of Approach to Black Spots
\n\nFor many years, Rajasthan and other states have been treating black spots by signage, guard rails, speed calming measures, speed restrictions, improving sightlines, straightening bends, and the like. More recently, a debate has arisen over the effectiveness of such measures, in terms of how black spots are defined, identified, and remediated. This sub-component will support an exercise to re-assess existing approaches to black spot improvements and to disseminated and discuss the results. This may also results in the development of new training program for PWD staff and police officers.
\n\nProject Performance Monitoring:
\n\nA Project Agreement for RSHDP-II will be established between the WB and the Government of Rajasthan, inter-alia stipulating certain covenants for project governance, milestones and outcomes. These shall be monitored by PMC, including via a Project-specific ‘performance monitoring indicators’ matrix that will be determined by WB and GoR before Project launch.
\n\n[ACEPPP15] IMPLEMENTATION[MWJ16] [ACEPPP17] MECHANISM
\n\nThe implementation mechanism established by employer is explained below through Institutional Development Chart.
\n\nAt PMU Level
\n\n\n\n
At PIU Level
\n\n\n\n
The PIU will be the main interface between the Employer and consultant/concessionaire/ contractor. The PIU will conduct its business as per authorization under various agreements with contractor/ consultant/concessionaire and under rules and regulations of the Employer.
\n\nTask 1: Project Management Support
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Task 2: Financial Management Support
\n\n\n\n
Task 3: Project Performance Monitoring System
\n\n[ACEPPP24]
\n\nTask 4: Safeguard Coordination and Reporting
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Task 5. Periodic Financing Request
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Sl. \n\n\t\t\tNo. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Frequency \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Due Date \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t No. of Copies \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t No. of CDs \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Inception Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t One Time \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Within 1 month after commencement of service. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Monthly progress report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Every Month \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10th of every month \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quarterly Progress Reports \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Every three months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10th of month following the reporting quarters \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Annual Work plan and Budget (AWB) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Annual \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t At least 30 days before the start of a financial year. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quarterly Interim Unaudited Financial Reports (IUFRs) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quarterly \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Within 30 days of end of quarter. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Annual Financial Statements \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Annual \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Within 3 months of end of the year. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Statement on pending audit paras (internal and external) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Monthly \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t To be updated at least on a monthly basis. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Annual Reports \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Five Times \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 months after commencement month every year \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Project Completion Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t One Time \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Before the end of Defect Liability Period \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Manual on social and environmental safeguards \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t One Time \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Within 12 months after commencement of service \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Road Asset Management System (RAMS) and RAMS Manual[MWJ37] [ACEPPP38] only for RSHDP-II works \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t One Time \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Within 24 months after commencement of service \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t One set of RAMS with 5 sets of Manual \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t User Satisfaction Survey Reports \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Three Times \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t First Year, \n\n\t\t\tThird Year, \n\n\t\t\tFifth Year \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
The quarterly reports shall be factual and concise with recommendations for the subsequent quarter.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
The Consultant shall include the self-appraisal in the report in compliance with World Bank requirements for project completion report of executing agencies, including detailed data and information gathered and recorded during the project implementation and those on PPMS indicators. For this purpose, the consultant shall conduct necessary field surveys on road conditions and traffic volumes at appropriate timings during the defect liability period.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
The PMC service will be carried out over the entire loan implementation period 60 month. The consultant shall submit the inception report not later than 4 weeks after signing the PMC contract. The Inception Report details the deployment of the personnel and the approximate time of their mobilization, which is coordinated with the project implementation plan. The Consultant will no later than the 10th of each month, after receiving reports from the various consultant submit a combined summary report of the progress of all ongoing sub-project and consultancies, and recommendations on how to deal with problematic issues. PMC must also file quarterly progress Monitoring Report (PMR) with the Bank through PMU. The targets and approximate duration of various tasks/deliverables of PMC Consultancy are scheduled below:
\n\nAll the deliverables which are to be submitted in hard copy shall be submitted in six copies and those which are to be submitted in soft copy submitted in two copies. The documentation done under this assignment shall be given in external Hard disk of capacity not less than 1 TB will be supplied by PMC. PMC shall ensure that each every submission made under this consultancy shall be copied on this external hard disk at the time of every submission.
\n\n\n\n
Project Director on behalf of the Employer will take responsibility for managing the Consultant’s work and for ensuring delivery on the project. The Project Director will assign a project team to engage regularly with the Consultant for efficiently completing the various delivery items. Frequent meetings with the Consultant at the employer’s office are foreseen during the period of services. The project team will meet at least monthly and the Consultant will report progress to these meetings. During the entire period of services, the Consultant shall interact closely with the Employer to receive input and provide information.
\n\nStaffing schedule:
\n\n· Road Safety [MWJ49] [ACEPPP50] Expert ( One No.)
\n\n· Records Management Specialist ( One No.)
\n\n· Land Acquisition and mutation of land specialist
\n\n· Computer Data Operators ( Two No.)
\n\n\n\n
All the experts must have experience of not less than 5 years in their respective fields. They have all worked on World Bank aided, or externally funded project in the same capacity for not less than 1 year. They must also have some exposure of working with State Government. Deployment of above officers would be need based and with the consent of PMU.
\n\n· The selected Consultant shall also provide two (2) data operators for deployment in the PMU office, to support PMU operations and needs there.
\n\n· One data operator shall have knowledge of Hindi language.
\n\n· Both must have basic computer operation and all Microsoft Office software knowledge.
\n\n· The PMC shall provide communication and other facilities to the above mentioned human resources (specialists and data operators) to be deployed in PMU.
\n\nRequired Qualification and Experience of Key Personnel:
\n\nDuties and Qualification Experience of Key Personnel:
\n\nQualification and Experience:
\n\nThe Team Leader cum Contract Specialist of this consultancy assignment should possess of a Post Graduate Degree, either in Civil Engineering/Highway Engineering/Traffic and Transportation Engineering or Transport Planning/ and shall have long experience in contract management project with various financing and procurement arrangement, highway engineers, understanding of the bidding and contract documents, preferably EPC and Hybrid Annuity Mode documents and overseeing (project) consultancies. A degree in Contract Management shall be preferred.
\n\nHe should have at least 20 years of professional experience, out of which he should have worked as Team Leader/Project Manager or equivalent for minimum of 5 years on supervision/construction of Highway Project, involving flexible and/or rigid pavements. His experience should include international assignments, having handled highway project of preferably similar of large size and complexity in developed countries and similar projects in developing countries, including in Asia. The candidate should have a proven record of managerial capability through directing/managing of major civil engineering works, including project of a similar magnitude and various kinds of consultancy service. He should have worked for period of about 5 years in project incorporating the PPP HAM, EPC of Contract. He shall have strong awareness of EPC and HAM while working for a period of @2years in project incorporating EPC and HAM Condition of Contracts is preferable. Knowledge of international ‘best practices’ in latest conditions of contract, construction, contract management and modern highway construction technology as well as consultancy services important. He should have previously worked as Team Leader or in similar capacity on at least two Project Management works of major road project of Two-laning/four laning/expressway costing more than 100 Cr. or at least 150 km length of the project. The candidate shall be conversant with the documents in several types of project delivery methods EPC and Annuity mode. He preferably should have at least five years of experience as Team Leader or equivalent in above said kind of projects. He should have wide experience of monitoring the PPP Projects and various kinds of consultancy services. He should have 2 year experience as a TL in PMC/ WMC of ADB World Bank funded works.
\n\nQualification and Experience:
\n\nThe Deputy Team Leader of this consultancy assignment should posses a post Graduate Degree, either in civil Engineer/ Highway Engineer/Construction Management of civil Engineering Graduate with MBA, Preferably HR, and institutional development related qualification shall carry more weight age. He shall have long experience in management of Road project with various financing and procurement arrangements, supervision of highway contracts, understanding of the bidding and contract documents, HAM/EPC documents and overseeing (Project) consultancies. He shall have good enough experience of institutional development and HR development.
\n\nHe shall have 12 years of professional experience. He should have 7 years ‘experience either as site project manager/ in design of similar highway project/ in design and project management for contracts of similar size and complexity as of the proposed contract. He shall have at least 3 years of experience of similar kind of assignment. He shall have at least three years of experience in complex project planning and shall have knowledge of least project planning software. The person must have experience in designing appropriate cost - effective pavements making best use of locally available materials. He shall have knowledge and experience to carry out the design approval of EPC mode and or PPP type contracts. He shall have detailed knowledge of various kinds of bid documents and its evaluation, contract negotiation and contract agreement.
\n\nHe should have adequate experience in using project management tools such as MS-Project of Primavera in preparing catch up works program, resources Scheduling and critical path assessment and also in evaluation of EOT claims from the Contractor. Knowledge of FIDIC conditions of contract is desirable.
\n\n\n\n
Qualification and Experience:
\n\nHe shall be at least civil engineer having post graduation in Management/Procurement or MBA with Finance / Project Management. He shall have minimum 15 years of relevant professional experience. He should possess a degree in Civil Engineering or Management with at least 10 years of experience in Procurement and Contract Management out of which he should have at least 7 years international experience in procurement and Contract Management. The candidate shall be conversant with the prevailing guidelines of World Bank for the procurement of Consultant, works and goods. He shall have through knowledge of FIDIC document. The candidate should also have experience in drafting and negotiating agreements with different kinds of service delivery methods. Experience in PPP contracts in the last 5 years would be an advantage. He shall have knowledge and experience of management of various types of contracts like item rate, OPRC and PPP type contracts. He shall have detailed knowledge of preparation of EOI, RFP, BID document, Contract agreement of various kinds of contract and its bid evaluation, negotiation and contract agreement.
\n\nQualification and Experience:
\n\nHe shall have Graduate qualification in a field of Engineering or management/Administration, with minimum 10 years of professional experience;
\n\nHe shall have significant senior-level experience in agency management, development, public relations/communications and leadership functions in India’s public sector context, desirably at state level;
\n\nHe shall have proven capacity for high-level oversight, coordination and facilitation of complex strategies/programs
\n\nHe shall have proven capacity for high-level oversight, coordination and facilitation of complex strategies/programs
\n\nHe shall have significant experience in the implementation of public sector institutional strengthening’, capacity-building and /or reform programs; and
\n\nHe shall have effective oral and written communication, briefing and reporting shill; and sound inter-personal, liaison, presentational and teamwork skills.
\n\n\n\n
Qualification and Experience:
\n\nHe shall possess a post graduate qualifications as MBA (Finance)/Masters in Economics-Finance/Masters in Transport Planning/Economics or higher qualifications in economics/finance. He must have a minimum of 10 Years of Experience, including at least 3 years in international-standard roles/responsibilities shall be preferred, and at least 5 years in the financial analysis in similar field. He shall be conversant on infrastructure project finance and able to carry out financial modelling and analysis. He shall have sound previous experience in performing financial analysis and planning functions and activities in India’s public sector, preferably in relation to large-scale infrastructure investment and/or infrastructure asset management financing matters
\n\nQualification and Experience:
\n\nChartered accountant having at least 5 years of post qualification experience. Specific experience of at least 3 years in similar externally aided project. The expert is expected to assist the PPP Division in project financial management arrangements covering topics such as planning, budgeting, accounting, funds flow, reporting, internal audit and external audit.
\n\nGraduate qualification in Law, preferably with additional specialization in Corporate Law and Legislative drafting. He must have minimum of 10 Years of experience in practicing law. The candidate shall be conversant with the Indian and international documents for PPP projects. The candidate shall have experience in drafting and negotiating of PPP agreements from legal aspect. He should have served as legal expert in Transaction Advisory services for a minimum of 3 PPP projects in the road sector.
\n\nHe shall have Extensive experience as legal professional and practitioner in public, administrative and /or contract law. Sound knowledge and experience of India’s legal framework, processes practices as these relate to public legislation, statutes, Rules and/or Orders affecting the operations of public sector entities. He shall have proven skills at drafting of legal and statutory documents and preparation of related Subissions and/or announcements. Senior Environment Engineer:
\n\nQualification and Experience:
\n\nThe candidate shall be a post graduate with specialization in Environmental Engineering/Environmental Planning/ environmental sciences. The candidate shall have at least 10 years of relevant professional experience. Experience in implementation of EMP in externally aided based major highway projects is essential. He should have about 6 years of work experience related to environmental issues. He should have adequate experience in implementing EMPs and organizing training to Contractor’s and Employer’s staff. He should be familiar with requisite procedures involved in obtaining Environmental & Forest clearances for project roads passing through protected forest, reserve forests, national parks or sanctuaries, CRZ etc. He should be familiar with the best practices adopted in the environment management in the developing countries. He should have also through knowledge about green highway construction.
\n\nQualification and Experience:
\n\nThe candidate will be at least a Graduate in civil engineering with post-graduation specialization in Highway Engineering/Transportation Engineering/Planning and additional specialist training and qualifications directly relevant to engineering aspects of traffic and transport safety in road design / construction / management. He shall have at least 10 years of relevant professional experience, including at least 5 years directly in the Road Safety field. He shall have extensive international-standard experience and skills in road planning, design, construction and management, with current specialization in all the road and traffic safety engineering aspects of works project planning / design / implementation. He shall have significant experience in execution of Road Infrastructure Safety ‘audits’ and in preparing Road Safety Audit-based engineering mitigation measures. He shall have sound knowledge of contemporary road safety engineering ‘best practice’ and be soundly familiar with (i) current policies, standards and/or guidelines relating to road design and construction in India (ii) current ‘safe road & traffic engineering’ concepts and approaches demonstrated elsewhere that may be brought into application in Rajasthan state, (iii) road accident data management system, (iv) road-crash (accident) data analysis and crash investigation and (v) road safety performance survey (iRAP survey). The candidatemust have proven skills at staff capacity building and training in this field; and have completed at least one major similar assignment in a comparable ‘developing country’ context.
\n\nQualification and Experience:
\n\nThe candidate shall have Masters Degree or equivalent qualification in Social Sciences (sociology / social work / economics / geography / planning / public administration and management) with at least 10 years total professional experience, out of which, 5 years’ experience shall be in working as social / resettlement expert for major Civil Engineering Project including Highway Project. The experience of working as Social Expert for Major Highway Project is desirable. The knowledge of World Bank’s prevailing guidelines and/or policies related to R&R is essential. Experience in legal analysis data, participatory consultation is essential. He should have through knowledge of prevailing land acquisition Act, states jantri values as well as current draft land Acquisition and Resettlement Act as well as state’s R&R policy etc. He should have thorough knowledge of complete procedure of private and Government land acquisition up to the award stage. The candidate shall have experience in preparation / implementation of HIV/AIDS prevention plan. The candidate should have experience in analysing and addressing gender issues.
\n\nQualification and Experience:
\n\nHe shall be a B.Tech/B.E. graduate with specialization in Computer Science, Information Technology, Information Systems, Electronics/Electronics & Communications or the equivalent. He shall be fully knowledgeable in current IT hardware and software matters as well as ICT communications / connectivity matters, particularly as relevant to technical and business information management requirements in the public sector context in India. He shall have extensive professional experience (at least 10 years) and adequate professional skill in the implementation, operation and management of IT and ICT assets and facilities and in the facilitation of IT-based activity monitoring systems for program management purposed, preferably in public sector contexts. He shall have skill and experience in framing the necessary policies, operating rules and processes for the administration, security and performance monitoring of the IT-ICT resources of a major organization having widely-dispersed operations and user-groups. He shall have completed at least 2 major similar projects related to IT-ICT-MIS integration in India’s public sector.
\n\n10. DATA, SERVICES, AND FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED BY THE EMPLOYER
\n\nThe following and any other such data, available with the Employer shall be provided to the PMC: models of past RFQ, RFP, a Concession Agreement and Schedules prepared by a Consultant of the employer
\n\nThe Consultant will be responsible for making his own arrangements for all his accommodation. The Consultant should also make his own arrangements for office furniture, equipment, stationeries, photocopiers, communication facilities like telephones, web connections, facsimiles, etc. including maintenance thereof and vehicles for transportation of office staff, etc. (including operation, maintenance, insurances and repairs thereof).
\n\nFollowing are procurement arrangements applicable for Project:
\n\nResult Indicators of the RSHDP are as follows
\n\nAPPENDIX-A
\n\nMAP SHOWING ROAD IMPROVEMENT WORKS UNDER RSHDP-II
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Appendix -B Details To Be Provided By The Client:
\n\nThe client will provide relevant details to the selected consultant at no cost
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Appendix-C: Details of the Project Highways
\n\n\n\n
Name of Project: Rajasthan State Highways Development Program II (P157141)
\n\nReference No. as per Procurement Plan : P157141
\n\nAssignment Title: Consultancy Services as Project Management consultant for development and up gradation of 11 Nos state highways of length 765 Kms
\n\nThe Government of Rajasthan through Government of India has applied for financing from the World Bank (WB) toward the cost of Rajasthan State Highway Development Program-II. Part of this financing will be used for eligible payments under the development and up-gradation for following Projects is as follows:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Ref No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Estimated Cost \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Duration of assignment in months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Bank Oversight \n\n\t\t\t(Prior/Post) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Selection Methods \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Market Approach Options/Contract type \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Remarks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t US$ million \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t INR million \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||||||
| \n\t\t\t WB/RSHDP II/EPC/01 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Banar-Bhopalgarh-Kuchera Highway \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 36.98 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2,403.5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Prior \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t RFB \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Open National \n\n\t\t\t(Single Stage Single Envelope) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Agreement signed on 17.05.2018. \n\n\t\t\tLOA issued amounting to Rs. 207.11 cr on 19.04.2018) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t WB/RSHDP II/EPC/02 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Bhawi-Pipar-Khimsar Highway \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 16.31 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1,060 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Prior \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t RFB \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Open –National (Single Stage Single Envelope) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Agreement signed on 17.05.2018. \n\n\t\t\tLOA issued amounting to Rs. 85.41 cr on 19.04.2018 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t WB/RSHDP II/EPC/03 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Jodhpur-Marwar-Junction-Jojawar-Highway \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 51.03 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3317.0 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 24 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Prior \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t RFB \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Open –International (Single Stage Single Envelope) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Agreement signed on 28.06.2018. \n\n\t\t\tLOA issued amounting to Rs. 304.11 cr on 29.04.2018) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t WB/RSHDP II/EPC/04 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t (1) Khood- Dataramgarh- Renwal Highway \n\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 37.96 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2,467.5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 18 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Prior \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t RFB \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Open –National (Single Stage Single Envelope) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t (WB/1/Annuity/01) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Sriganganagar - Bikaner (Padampur-Raisinghnagar & Sattasar-Bikaner Section) \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 19.55 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1270.7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 18 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Prior \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t RFB \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Open –National (Single Stage two Envelope) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t (WB/1/Annuity/02) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t (1)Jhunjhunu–Rajgarh \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t (2)Neemkathana-Khetri-Singhana \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 26.52 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1723.5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 18 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Prior \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t RFB \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Open –National (Single Stage two Envelope) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t (WB/1/Annuity/03) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Kishangarh- Arain- Malpura \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15.38 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 999.8 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 18 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Prior \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t RFB \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Open –National (Single Stage two Envelope) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t (WB/1/Annuity/04) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Bhinmal - Raniwara section of RamseenBhinmal-Raniwara \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 23.16 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1505.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 18 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Prior \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t RFB \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Open –National (Single Stage two Envelope) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t G.Total \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 14747.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
Annex-III
\n\nName of works applied for:-
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Consultant \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Year of \n\n\t\t\tEstablishment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Country \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Type of Organization \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t Individual \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Partnership \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Corporation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Other \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t Individual / Lead Partner (of JV)/ Minor Partner of JV/Associate. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
NOTE: - Year of Establishment of Lead Partner of JV shall be considered.
\n\n*Copy of Certificate of incorporation shall be submitted.
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t S.No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Particular \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2017-18 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2016-17 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2015-16 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2014-15 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2013-14 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t i. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Annual turnover from Consulting business \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t ii. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Total Assets \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t iii. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Current Assets \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Note: Balance Sheet/ Auditor Certificate of last 5 years (FY 2013-2014,FY 2014-2015, FY 2015-2016 and FY 2016-2017) shall be submitted as evidence of Annual Turnover.
\n\n| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t S.No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Projects Name/Year \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Type \n\n\t\t\tof Services rendered \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Description of Highway Project / \n\n\t\t\tLength \n\n\t\t\t(kms) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Client (with Complete address, contact person, telephone Nos. and Fax Nos.) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Total Fee for the Consultancy \n\n\t\t\tAssignment (INR) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Fee received by Applicant \n\n\t\t\t( in case of JV / Association) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t % age \n\n\t\t\tof total fee received by the firm \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Approx. Cost of Highway Project \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Period \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Sole Consultant/ Lead Partner of JV/JV Partner/ as associate \n\n\t\t\tConsultant \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||||||||
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 8 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 9 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A . Completed/ Substantially completed projects: \n\n\t\t\t1 . \n\n\t\t\t2 . \n\n\t\t\t3 . \n\n\t\t\tB . Project in progress \n\n\t\t\t1 . \n\n\t\t\t2 . \n\n\t\t\t3 . \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t S.NO. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Projects Name/Year \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Type of Services rendered \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Length of Project \n\n\t\t\t(kms) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Client (with Complete address, contact person, telephone Nos. and Fax Nos.) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Total Fee for the Consultancy \n\n\t\t\tAssignment (INR \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Fee received by Applicant ( in case of JV / Association) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t % age \n\n\t\t\tof total fee received by the firm \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Period \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Sole Consultant/ Lead Partner of JV/JV Partner/ as associate \n\n\t\t\tConsultant \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 8 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 9 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A . Completed/ Substantially completed projects: \n\n\t\t\t1 . \n\n\t\t\t2 . \n\n\t\t\t3 . \n\n\t\t\tB . Project in progress \n\n\t\t\t1 . \n\n\t\t\t2 . \n\n\t\t\t3 . \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||||||||
| \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
***a)2/4/6 lane work as applicable for the project for which RFP is invited. For 2- lane projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered with a multiplication factor of 1.5. Experience of 2 lane will be considered for 4/6 laning projects with a multiplication factor of 0.75. For standalone bridge projects, experience in bridge work (either standalone project or as a part of road project) only be considered. Only those projects, to be included in the table which are Highways Projects and for which client’s certificates from the concerned Government agencies are enclosed.
\n\nd) The weightage given for experience of a firm would depend on the role of the firm in the respective assignments. The firm’s experience would get full credit if it was the sole firm in the respective assignment. If the applicant firm has completed projects as JV with some other firms, weightage shall be given as per the JV share***. However if the applicant firm has executed the project as associate with some other firms, 25% weightage shall be given to the applicant firm for the projects completed under such association
\n\ne) For weightage of experience in any past Consultancy assignment, experience certificate from the client shall be submitted. In absence of clear demarcation of JV share in client certificate, the weightage will be treated as 60 % for lead partner and 40% for minor partner. Annual turnover duly certified by Chartered Accountant shall be accepted. In case of non-availability of such documents no weightage of turnover/experience will be considered.
\n\n| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t S. \n\n\t\t\tNo \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Name \n\n\t\t\tof \n\n\t\t\tAssignment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Client \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Role of the firm \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Date of letter of \n\n\t\t\tAcceptance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Date of \n\n\t\t\tAgreement if signed \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Present status \n\n\t\t\tof Assignment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Team Members provided by the \n\n\t\t\tfirm \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t | ||
| \n\t\t\t Sole, Lead/ Other in JV or sub-consultant \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t | |||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Name \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t DOB \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Position \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t | |||||||
| \n\t\t\t (1) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t (2) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t (3) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t (4) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t (5) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t (6) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t (7) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t (8) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t (9) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t (10) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t |
\n\n
Annexure-IV
\n\nShort listing Criteria
\n\n| \n\t\t\t S.No \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Experience of the firm in last 7 years \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Annual Turnover*** \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Project management Consultancy (NH/SH/Equivalent) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Project Supervision, monitoring / IC (NH/SH/Equivalent) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t 1 (a) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The firm should have minimum experience as Project Management Consultant of Road projects of aggregate length equal to or more for which REOI is invited. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The firm should have minimum experience of Project Supervision as Independent Engineer/ Authority Engineer/ Supervision Consultant of Road project of aggregate length equal to 2 times or more for which REOI is invited. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Annual turnover (updated average of last 3 years) of the firm from consultancy business should be equal to or more than 2% of Indicative Cost of Construction. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 (b) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The firm should have minimum experience as project Management consultant of similar category of 2/4/6 laning / bridge work of 25% of project length. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The firm should have minimum experience of Project Supervision as Independent Engineer/ Authority Engineer/ Supervision Consultant of atleast one project of similar category of 2/4/6 laning/bridge work of length equal to 25% of project length. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
The lead partner must fulfill atleast 50% of requirements at 1(a) of table in para (A) above and other JV partner should fulfill atleast 30% of eligibility criteria as indicated at 1(a) of table in para (A) above. Also the lead partner and JV partner jointly should meet the eligibility criteria as mentioned at 1(a) of table in para (A) above. Lead partner should meet the criteria 1 (b) of table in para (A) above.
\n\nNote: The weightage given for experience of a firm would depend on the role of the firm in the respective assignments. The firm’s experience would get full credit if it was the sole firm in the respective assignment. If the applicant firm has completed projects as JV with some other firms, weightage shall be given as per the JV share***. However if the applicant firm has executed the project as associate with some other firms, 25% weightage shall be given to the applicant firm for the projects completed under such association.
\n\n*** For weightage of experience in any past Consultancy assignment, experience certificate from the client shall be submitted. In absence of clear demarcation of JV share in client certificate, the weightage will be treated as 60 % for lead partner and 40% for minor partner. Annual turnover duly certified by Chartered Accountant shall be accepted. In case of non- availability of such documents no weightage of turnover/experience will be considered.
\n\nFollowing enhancement factor will be used for the cost of services provided and for the turnover from consultancy business to a common base value for works completed in India:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Year of completion of services / turnover \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Enhancement factor \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Financial year in which RFP invited \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1.00 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t One year prior to RFP \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1.10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Two year prior to RFP \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1.21 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Three year prior to RFP \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1.33 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Applicant should indicate actual figures of costs and amount for the works executed by them without accounting for the above mentioned factors.
\n\nIn case the financial figures and values of services provided are in foreign currency, the above enhancement factors will not be applied. Instead, current market exchange rate (State Bank of India BC Selling rate as on last date of submission of the bid) will be applied for the purpose of conversion of amount in foreign currency into Indian Rupees.
\n\nKey Experts will not be evaluated at the short listing stage.
"},{"id":"OP00068071","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"28-Feb-2019","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2019-03-18T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"11:30","project_ctry_name":"India","project_id":"P157141","project_name":"Rajasthan State Highways Development Program II Project","bid_reference_no":"IN-PPP CELL-66491-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Project Management Consultancy for Rajasthan State Highways Development Programme-II(RSHDP-II)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Public Works Department, Government of Rajasthan","contact_ctry_name":"India","contact_email":"aceppp.pwd@rajasthan.gov.in","contact_name":"Rakesh Gupta","contact_organization":"PPP Cell, PWD","contact_phone_no":"0141-2223547","submission_date":"2019-02-28T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"Government of Rajasthan
\r\n\r\nPPP Division, Public Works Department, Rajasthan
\r\n\r\nREQUEST FOR EXPRESSION OF INTEREST (REoI)
\r\n\r\nProject Management Consultancy
\r\n\r\nRajasthan State Highways Development Program-II(RSHDP-II)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Mr. Rakesh Gupta,
\r\n\r\nOffice of Additional Chief Engineer (PPP)
\r\n\r\nNirman Bhawan, Jacob Road
\r\n\r\nCivil Lines, Jaipur -302006, Rajasthan, India
\r\n\r\nTele: +91 141 2223547
\r\n\r\nEmail: aceppp.pwd@rajasthan.gov.in
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Additional Chief Engineer, PPP Division
\r\n\r\nPublic Works Department, Jacob Road, Civil Lines,
\r\n\r\nJaipur, Rajasthan, India, Pin code- 302006,
\r\n\r\nTelephone: +91-141-2223547
\r\n\r\nFax: +91-141-2223547
\r\n\r\nElectronic mail address: aceppp.pwd@rajasthan.gov.in
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
(Rakesh Gupta )
\r\n\r\nAddl. Chief Engineer (PPP)
\r\n\r\nPWD, Rajasthan, Jaipur
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Annex-I
\r\n\r\nTERMS OF REFERENCE
\r\n\r\nRajasthan State Highways Development Program- II (RSHDP - II) has established a well-thought-out investment strategy including the following elements:
\r\n\r\nThe main objective of Project Management Consultant is to provide support to the PPP Division of Public Works Department, Government of Rajasthan to implement the Rajasthan State Highway Development Program as per World Bank guidelines and to provide technical advice and implementation support to PWD, including interalia,
\r\n\r\nThe scope of PMC services is the following but not limited to:
\r\n\r\n[ACEPPP13] The consultant will be selected in accordance with the procedure specified in the World Bank guidelines: “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers: Procurement in Investment Project Financing Goods, Works, Non-consulting and Consulting Services, July 2016.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The project involves following components.
\r\n\r\nNote: The details in Annexure I are indicative only and are liable to change at PIU’s discretion.
\r\n\r\nInstitutional & Government Strengthening/ Development:
\r\n\r\nSeveral consultancy services of varying size are planned for the implementation of this component, which will be guided by (respectively) Institutional Development and Governance & Accountability action Plans (IDAP and GAAP). Procurement action to finalize and launch the more substantial consultancies is underway at different stages. Execution of these consultancy assignments would take place over almost the entire RSHDP-II period, and the PMC shall assist the PPP Division in the monitoring the overall progress and results of the IDAP and GAAP implementation programs.
\r\n\r\nIT-ICT-MIS Improvement & Support:
\r\n\r\nThe PPP Division is in consultation with RISL, Government of Rajasthan to prepare MIS and mobile application system. The PMC shall assist the PMU in the decided procurement with associated procurement actions, in implementing the planned IT-ICT-MIS enhancements and in management of PWD cantered IT-ICT-MIS functions and operations, including staff training and capacity- building measures.
\r\n\r\nRoad Safety:
\r\n\r\nThe road safety component will take a multi-sectoral approach to building the state’s capacity for road safety management, using both proactive and preventive methods. A road safety Management programmeis monitored by GoR with consultation of PWD, Transport Department, and with the of NGO.The PMC will assist PMU in the planning and achievement of the road safety target set by the world bank as described below in details.
\r\n\r\nRoad Accident Database Management System (RADMS)
\r\n\r\nThis sub-component will provide support to the Government of Rajasthan in developing and operationalizing a Road Accident Database Management System (RADMS) anchored at the Police Department with the capability of crowd sourcing crash data. The following activities will be proposed under this sub-component: (i) preparation of an improved crash/injury database system by systematically investigating current data collection and analysis systems, and analyzing options for better combined use of Police and Health data; (ii) development of specifications for a major initiative to reform crash data business processes, formalize agency roles and responsibilities, and prepare for new capital and operational investment; (iii) implementation of the crash data initiative, combining software and related hardware investments for a new crash data system, with additional operational investment in collecting, collating and analyzing crash data; and (iv) deployment of community-based road accident reporting for local residents to report to police and emergency services on crashes using a smartphone application to be developed by the project.
\r\n\r\nSpeed Management Program
\r\n\r\nThis sub-component will support the piloting of a speed management program along three high risk corridors (each approx. 100kms in length). This will include the following activities: (i) Identification of three high risk corridors (each approx. 100kms in length); (ii) Undertaking speed management study to prepare recommendations and support policy and investment decisions regarding setting and enforcing speed limits, professional capacity building, public information and awareness, monitoring and evaluation; (iii) Investing in automated enforcement, including mapping priority enforcement sites and establishing a highway patrol (within the Police Department); (iv) Professional capacity building, publicity and communications activities; and (v) Developing and implementing monitoring and evaluation systems for the program.
\r\n\r\nRoad Safety Performance Survey (iRAP studies).
\r\n\r\nThe project will support a road safety performance survey for the state highway network, or at least for the strategic network, to establish the road safety level in each road segment This is a proactive/preventive approach to help the PWD/RSHA, and the road safety lead agency to understand the safety risks involved in each road corridor and the required investment to bring the risk to an acceptable level. The following activities will be proposed: (i) Conduct a comprehensive iRAP survey for high risk state highways; (ii) Prepare a Safer Roads Investment Program (SRIP) to estimate future infrastructure safety needs and plan a significant multi-year investment allocation to upgrade the safety star rating of the core road network and (iii) Undertake iRAP training for senior PWD staff. This subcomponent will be a pilot on a small scale, with a view to help the state scale it up to the state road network as appropriate and feasible.
\r\n\r\nRoad Safety Strategy
\r\n\r\nThis sub-component will provide support to the Government of Rajasthan in developing an ambitious long-term road safety strategy based on the safe systems approach, incorporating: (i) an ultimate vision for road safety in Rajasthan; (ii) interim targets for final and intermediate outcomes; (iii) strategic directions for a full range of interventions; (iv) management and implementation arrangements including funding requirements; and (v) related monitoring and evaluation tools. The project will finance technical assistance to (i) prepare the long-term road safety strategy and identify one or more funding mechanisms and (ii) prepare a multi-year action plan to implement the new strategy.
\r\n\r\nReview of Approach to Black Spots
\r\n\r\nFor many years, Rajasthan and other states have been treating black spots by signage, guard rails, speed calming measures, speed restrictions, improving sightlines, straightening bends, and the like. More recently, a debate has arisen over the effectiveness of such measures, in terms of how black spots are defined, identified, and remediated. This sub-component will support an exercise to re-assess existing approaches to black spot improvements and to disseminated and discuss the results. This may also results in the development of new training program for PWD staff and police officers.
\r\n\r\nProject Performance Monitoring:
\r\n\r\nA Project Agreement for RSHDP-II will be established between the WB and the Government of Rajasthan, inter-alia stipulating certain covenants for project governance, milestones and outcomes. These shall be monitored by PMC, including via a Project-specific ‘performance monitoring indicators’ matrix that will be determined by WB and GoR before Project launch.
\r\n\r\n[ACEPPP14] IMPLEMENTATION[MWJ15] [ACEPPP16] MECHANISM
\r\n\r\nThe implementation mechanism established by employer is explained below through Institutional Development Chart.
\r\n\r\nAt PMU Level
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
At PIU Level
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The PIU will be the main interface between the Employer and consultant/concessionaire/ contractor. The PIU will conduct its business as per authorization under various agreements with contractor/ consultant/concessionaire and under rules and regulations of the Employer.
\r\n\r\nTask 1: Project Management Support
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Task 2: Financial Management Support
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Task 3: Project Performance Monitoring System
\r\n\r\n[ACEPPP23]
\r\n\r\nTask 4: Safeguard Coordination and Reporting
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Task 5. Periodic Financing Request
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t Sl. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tNo. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Report \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Frequency \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Due Date \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t No. of Copies \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t No. of CDs \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Inception Report \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t One Time \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Within 1 month after commencement of service. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Monthly progress report \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Every Month \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 10th of every month \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Quarterly Progress Reports \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Every three months \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 10th of month following the reporting quarters \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Annual Work plan and Budget (AWB) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Annual \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t At least 30 days before the start of a financial year. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Quarterly Interim Unaudited Financial Reports (IUFRs) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Quarterly \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Within 30 days of end of quarter. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Annual Financial Statements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Annual \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Within 3 months of end of the year. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Statement on pending audit paras (internal and external) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Monthly \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t To be updated at least on a monthly basis. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Annual Reports \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Five Times \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1 months after commencement month every year \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Project Completion Report \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t One Time \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Before the end of Defect Liability Period \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Manual on social and environmental safeguards \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t One Time \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Within 12 months after commencement of service \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Road Asset Management System (RAMS) and RAMS Manual[MWJ36] [ACEPPP37] only for RSHDP-II works \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t One Time \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Within 24 months after commencement of service \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t One set of RAMS with 5 sets of Manual \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t User Satisfaction Survey Reports \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Three Times \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t First Year, \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThird Year, \r\n\r\n\t\t\tFifth Year \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
The quarterly reports shall be factual and concise with recommendations for the subsequent quarter.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
The Consultant shall include the self-appraisal in the report in compliance with World Bank requirements for project completion report of executing agencies, including detailed data and information gathered and recorded during the project implementation and those on PPMS indicators. For this purpose, the consultant shall conduct necessary field surveys on road conditions and traffic volumes at appropriate timings during the defect liability period.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
The PMC service will be carried out over the entire loan implementation period 60 month. The consultant shall submit the inception report not later than 4 weeks after signing the PMC contract. The Inception Report details the deployment of the personnel and the approximate time of their mobilization, which is coordinated with the project implementation plan. The Consultant will no later than the 10th of each month, after receiving reports from the various consultant submit a combined summary report of the progress of all ongoing sub-project and consultancies, and recommendations on how to deal with problematic issues. PMC must also file quarterly progress Monitoring Report (PMR) with the Bank through PMU. The targets and approximate duration of various tasks/deliverables of PMC Consultancy are scheduled below:
\r\n\r\nAll the deliverables which are to be submitted in hard copy shall be submitted in six copies and those which are to be submitted in soft copy submitted in two copies. The documentation done under this assignment shall be given in external Hard disk of capacity not less than 1 TB will be supplied by PMC. PMC shall ensure that each every submission made under this consultancy shall be copied on this external hard disk at the time of every submission.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Project Director on behalf of the Employer will take responsibility for managing the Consultant’s work and for ensuring delivery on the project. The Project Director will assign a project team to engage regularly with the Consultant for efficiently completing the various delivery items. Frequent meetings with the Consultant at the employer’s office are foreseen during the period of services. The project team will meet at least monthly and the Consultant will report progress to these meetings. During the entire period of services, the Consultant shall interact closely with the Employer to receive input and provide information.
\r\n\r\nStaffing schedule:
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
All the experts must have experience of not less than 5 years in their respective fields. They have all worked on World Bank aided, or externally funded project in the same capacity for not less than 1 year. They must also have some exposure of working with State Government. Deployment of above officers would be need based and with the consent of PMU.
\r\n\r\nRequired Qualification and Experience of Key Personnel:
\r\n\r\nDuties and Qualification Experience of Key Personnel:
\r\n\r\nQualification and Experience:
\r\n\r\nThe Team Leader cum Contract Specialist of this consultancy assignment should possess of a Post Graduate Degree, either in Civil Engineering/Highway Engineering/Traffic and Transportation Engineering or Transport Planning/ and shall have long experience in contract management project with various financing and procurement arrangement, highway engineers, understanding of the bidding and contract documents, preferably EPC and Hybrid Annuity Mode documents and overseeing (project) consultancies. A degree in Contract Management shall be preferred.
\r\n\r\nHe should have at least 20 years of professional experience, out of which he should have worked as Team Leader/Project Manager or equivalent for minimum of 5 years on supervision/construction of Highway Project, involving flexible and/or rigid pavements. His experience should include international assignments, having handled highway project of preferably similar of large size and complexity in developed countries and similar projects in developing countries, including in Asia. The candidate should have a proven record of managerial capability through directing/managing of major civil engineering works, including project of a similar magnitude and various kinds of consultancy service. He should have worked for period of about 5 years in project incorporating the PPP HAM, EPC of Contract. He shall have strong awareness of EPC and HAM while working for a period of @2years in project incorporating EPC and HAM Condition of Contracts is preferable. Knowledge of international ‘best practices’ in latest conditions of contract, construction, contract management and modern highway construction technology as well as consultancy services important. He should have previously worked as Team Leader or in similar capacity on at least two Project Management works of major road project of Two-laning/four laning/expressway costing more than 100 Cr. or at least 150 km length of the project. The candidate shall be conversant with the documents in several types of project delivery methods EPC and Annuity mode. He preferably should have at least five years of experience as Team Leader or equivalent in above said kind of projects. He should have wide experience of monitoring the PPP Projects and various kinds of consultancy services. He should have 2 year experience as a TL in PMC/ WMC of ADB World Bank funded works.
\r\n\r\nQualification and Experience:
\r\n\r\nThe Deputy Team Leader of this consultancy assignment should posses a post Graduate Degree, either in civil Engineer/ Highway Engineer/Construction Management of civil Engineering Graduate with MBA, Preferably HR, and institutional development related qualification shall carry more weight age. He shall have long experience in management of Road project with various financing and procurement arrangements, supervision of highway contracts, understanding of the bidding and contract documents, HAM/EPC documents and overseeing (Project) consultancies. He shall have good enough experience of institutional development and HR development.
\r\n\r\nHe shall have 12 years of professional experience. He should have 7 years ‘experience either as site project manager/ in design of similar highway project/ in design and project management for contracts of similar size and complexity as of the proposed contract. He shall have at least 3 years of experience of similar kind of assignment. He shall have at least three years of experience in complex project planning and shall have knowledge of least project planning software. The person must have experience in designing appropriate cost - effective pavements making best use of locally available materials. He shall have knowledge and experience to carry out the design approval of EPC mode and or PPP type contracts. He shall have detailed knowledge of various kinds of bid documents and its evaluation, contract negotiation and contract agreement.
\r\n\r\nHe should have adequate experience in using project management tools such as MS-Project of Primavera in preparing catch up works program, resources Scheduling and critical path assessment and also in evaluation of EOT claims from the Contractor. Knowledge of FIDIC conditions of contract is desirable.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Qualification and Experience:
\r\n\r\nHe shall be at least civil engineer having post graduation in Management/Procurement or MBA with Finance / Project Management. He shall have minimum 15 years of relevant professional experience. He should possess a degree in Civil Engineering or Management with at least 10 years of experience in Procurement and Contract Management out of which he should have at least 7 years international experience in procurement and Contract Management. The candidate shall be conversant with the prevailing guidelines of World Bank for the procurement of Consultant, works and goods. He shall have through knowledge of FIDIC document. The candidate should also have experience in drafting and negotiating agreements with different kinds of service delivery methods. Experience in PPP contracts in the last 5 years would be an advantage. He shall have knowledge and experience of management of various types of contracts like item rate, OPRC and PPP type contracts. He shall have detailed knowledge of preparation of EOI, RFP, BID document, Contract agreement of various kinds of contract and its bid evaluation, negotiation and contract agreement.
\r\n\r\nQualification and Experience:
\r\n\r\nHe shall have Graduate qualification in a field of Engineering or management/Administration, with minimum 10 years of professional experience;
\r\n\r\nHe shall have significant senior-level experience in agency management, development, public relations/communications and leadership functions in India’s public sector context, desirably at state level;
\r\n\r\nHe shall have proven capacity for high-level oversight, coordination and facilitation of complex strategies/programs
\r\n\r\nHe shall have proven capacity for high-level oversight, coordination and facilitation of complex strategies/programs
\r\n\r\nHe shall have significant experience in the implementation of public sector institutional strengthening’, capacity-building and /or reform programs; and
\r\n\r\nHe shall have effective oral and written communication, briefing and reporting shill; and sound inter-personal, liaison, presentational and teamwork skills.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Qualification and Experience:
\r\n\r\nHe shall possess a post graduate qualifications as MBA (Finance)/Masters in Economics-Finance/Masters in Transport Planning/Economics or higher qualifications in economics/finance. He must have a minimum of 10 Years of Experience, including at least 3 years in international-standard roles/responsibilities shall be preferred, and at least 5 years in the financial analysis in similar field. He shall be conversant on infrastructure project finance and able to carry out financial modeling and analysis. He shall have sound previous experience in performing financial analysis and planning functions and activities in India’s public sector, preferably in relation to large-scale infrastructure investment and/or infrastructure asset management financing matters
\r\n\r\nQualification and Experience:
\r\n\r\nChartered accountant having at least 5 years of post qualification experience. Specific experience of at least 3 years in similar externally aided project. The expert is expected to assist the PPP Division in project financial management arrangements covering topics such as planning, budgeting, accounting, funds flow, reporting, internal audit and external audit.
\r\n\r\nGraduate qualification in Law, preferably with additional specialization in Corporate Law and Legislative drafting. He must have minimum of 10 Years of experience in practicing law. The candidate shall be conversant with the Indian and international documents for PPP projects. The candidate shall have experience in drafting and negotiating of PPP agreements from legal aspect. He should have served as legal expert in Transaction Advisory services for a minimum of 3 PPP projects in the road sector.
\r\n\r\nHe shall have Extensive experience as legal professional and practitioner in public, administrative and /or contract law. Sound knowledge and experience of India’s legal framework, processes practices as these relate to public legislation, statutes, Rules and/or Orders affecting the operations of public sector entities. He shall have proven skills at drafting of legal and statutory documents and preparation of related Subissions and/or announcements. Senior Environment Engineer:
\r\n\r\nQualification and Experience:
\r\n\r\nThe candidate shall be a post graduate with specialization in Environmental Engineering/Environmental Planning/ environmental sciences. The candidate shall have at least 10 years of relevant professional experience. Experience in implementation of EMP in externally aided based major highway projects is essential. He should have about 6 years of work experience related to environmental issues. He should have adequate experience in implementing EMPs and organizing training to Contractor’s and Employer’s staff. He should be familiar with requisite procedures involved in obtaining Environmental & Forest clearances for project roads passing through protected forest, reserve forests, national parks or sanctuaries, CRZ etc. He should be familiar with the best practices adopted in the environment management in the developing countries. He should have also through knowledge about green highway construction.
\r\n\r\nQualification and Experience:
\r\n\r\nThe candidate will be at least a Graduate in civil engineering with post-graduation specialization in Highway Engineering/Transportation Engineering/Planning and additional specialist training and qualifications directly relevant to engineering aspects of traffic and transport safety in road design / construction / management. He shall have at least 10 years of relevant professional experience, including at least 5 years directly in the Road Safety field. He shall have extensive international-standard experience and skills in road planning, design, construction and management, with current specialization in all the road and traffic safety engineering aspects of works project planning / design / implementation. He shall have significant experience in execution of Road Infrastructure Safety ‘audits’ and in preparing Road Safety Audit-based engineering mitigation measures. He shall have sound knowledge of contemporary road safety engineering ‘best practice’ and be soundly familiar with (i) current policies, standards and/or guidelines relating to road design and construction in India (ii) current ‘safe road & traffic engineering’ concepts and approaches demonstrated elsewhere that may be brought into application in Rajasthan state, (iii) road accident data management system, (iv) road-crash (accident) data analysis and crash investigation and (v) road safety performance survey (iRAP survey). The candidatemust have proven skills at staff capacity building and training in this field; and have completed at least one major similar assignment in a comparable ‘developing country’ context.
\r\n\r\nQualification and Experience:
\r\n\r\nThe candidate shall have Masters Degree or equivalent qualification in Social Sciences (sociology / social work / economics / geography / planning / public administration and management) with at least 10 years total professional experience, out of which, 5 years’ experience shall be in working as social / resettlement expert for major Civil Engineering Project including Highway Project. The experience of working as Social Expert for Major Highway Project is desirable. The knowledge of World Bank’s prevailing guidelines and/or policies related to R&R is essential. Experience in legal analysis data, participatory consultation is essential. He should have through knowledge of prevailing land acquisition Act, states jantri values as well as current draft land Acquisition and Resettlement Act as well as state’s R&R policy etc. He should have thorough knowledge of complete procedure of private and Government land acquisition up to the award stage. The candidate shall have experience in preparation / implementation of HIV/AIDS prevention plan. The candidate should have experience in analysing and addressing gender issues.
\r\n\r\nQualification and Experience:
\r\n\r\nHe shall be a B.Tech/B.E. graduate with specialization in Computer Science, Information Technology, Information Systems, Electronics/Electronics & Communications or the equivalent. He shall be fully knowledgeable in current IT hardware and software matters as well as ICT communications / connectivity matters, particularly as relevant to technical and business information management requirements in the public sector context in India. He shall have extensive professional experience (at least 10 years) and adequate professional skill in the implementation, operation and management of IT and ICT assets and facilities and in the facilitation of IT-based activity monitoring systems for program management purposed, preferably in public sector contexts. He shall have skill and experience in framing the necessary policies, operating rules and processes for the administration, security and performance monitoring of the IT-ICT resources of a major organization having widely-dispersed operations and user-groups. He shall have completed at least 2 major similar projects related to IT-ICT-MIS integration in India’s public sector.
\r\n\r\n10. DATA, SERVICES, AND FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED BY THE EMPLOYER
\r\n\r\nThe following and any other such data, available with the Employer shall be provided to the PMC: models of past RFQ, RFP, a Concession Agreement and Schedules prepared by a Consultant of the employer
\r\n\r\nThe Consultant will be responsible for making his own arrangements for all his accommodation. The Consultant should also make his own arrangements for office furniture, equipment, stationeries, photocopiers, communication facilities like telephones, web connections, facsimiles, etc. including maintenance thereof and vehicles for transportation of office staff, etc. (including operation, maintenance, insurances and repairs thereof).
\r\n\r\nFollowing are procurement arrangements applicable for Project:
\r\n\r\nResult Indicators of the RSHDP are as follows
\r\n\r\ni )Lay a foundation for more effective and sustainable management of Rajasthan's state highways;
\r\n\r\nii )Improve traffic flows on selected state highways in Rajasthan;
\r\n\r\niii )Formation and establishment of functional Rajasthan State Highways Authority
\r\n\r\niv )Highway Improvements
\r\n\r\nv )Strengthening of PWD’s PPP Division
\r\n\r\nvi )Road Safety
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
APPENDIX-A
\r\n\r\nMAP SHOWING ROAD IMPROVEMENT WORKS UNDER RSHDP-II
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Appendix -B Details To Be Provided By The Client:
\r\n\r\nThe client will provide relevant details to the selected consultant at no cost
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Appendix-C: Details of the Project Highways
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Name of Project: Rajasthan State Highways Development Program II (P157141)
\r\n\r\nReference No. as per Procurement Plan : P157141
\r\n\r\nAssignment Title: Consultancy Services as Project Management consultant for development and up gradation of 11 Nos state highways of length 765 Kms
\r\n\r\nThe Government of Rajasthan through Government of India has applied for financing from the World Bank (WB) toward the cost of Rajasthan State Highway Development Program-II. Part of this financing will be used for eligible payments under the development and up-gradation for following Projects is as follows:
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t Ref No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Description \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Estimated Cost \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Duration of assignment in months \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Bank Oversight \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(Prior/Post) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Selection Methods \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Market Approach Options/Contract type \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Remarks \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| \r\n\t\t\t US$ million \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t INR million \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t WB/RSHDP II/EPC/01 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Banar-Bhopalgarh-Kuchera Highway \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 36.98 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2,403.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Prior \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t RFB \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Open National \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(Single Stage Single Envelope) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Agreement signed on 17.05.2018. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tWork in progress \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t WB/RSHDP II/EPC/02 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Bhawi-Pipar-Khimsar Highway \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 16.31 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1,060 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Prior \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t RFB \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Open –National (Single Stage Single Envelope) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Agreement signed on 17.05.2018. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tWork in progress \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t WB/RSHDP II/EPC/03 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Jodhpur-Marwar-Junction-Jojawar-Highway \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 51.03 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3317.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 24 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Prior \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t RFB \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Open –International (Single Stage Single Envelope) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Agreement signed on 28.06.2018. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tWork in progress \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t WB/RSHDP II/EPC/04 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (1) Khood- Dataramgarh- Renwal Highway \r\n\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 37.96 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2,467.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 18 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Prior \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t RFB \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Open –National (Single Stage Single Envelope) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t (WB/1/Annuity/01) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Sriganganagar - Bikaner (Padampur-Raisinghnagar & Sattasar-Bikaner Section) \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 19.55 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1270.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 18 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Prior \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t RFB \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Open –National (Single Stage two Envelope) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t (WB/1/Annuity/02) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (1)Jhunjhunu–Rajgarh \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t (2)Neemkathana-Khetri-Singhana \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 26.52 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1723.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 18 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Prior \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t RFB \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Open –National (Single Stage two Envelope) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t (WB/1/Annuity/03) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Kishangarh- Arain- Malpura \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15.38 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 999.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 18 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Prior \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t RFB \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Open –National (Single Stage two Envelope) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t (WB/1/Annuity/04) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Bhinmal - Raniwara section of RamseenBhinmal-Raniwara \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 23.16 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1505.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 18 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Prior \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t RFB \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Open –National (Single Stage two Envelope) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t G.Total \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 14747.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Annex-II
\r\n\r\nName of works applied for:-
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t Consultant \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Year of \r\n\r\n\t\t\tEstablishment \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Country \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Type of Organization \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||
| \r\n\t\t\t Individual \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Partnership \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Corporation \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Other \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||
| \r\n\t\t\t Individual / Lead Partner (of JV)/ Minor Partner of JV/Associate. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
NOTE: - Year of Establishment of Lead Partner of JV shall be considered.
\r\n\r\n*Copy of Certificate of incorporation shall be submitted.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t S.No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Particular \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2017-18 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2016-17 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2015-16 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2014-15 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2013-14 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t i. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Annual turnover from Consulting business \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ii. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Total Assets \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t iii. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Current Assets \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
Note: Balance Sheet/ Auditor Certificate of last 5 years (FY 2013-2014,FY 2014-2015, FY 2015-2016 and FY 2016-2017) shall be submitted as evidence of Annual Turnover.
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t S.No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Projects Name/Year \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Type \r\n\r\n\t\t\tof Services rendered \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Description of Highway Project / \r\n\r\n\t\t\tLength \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(kms) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Client (with Complete address, contact person, telephone Nos. and Fax Nos.) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Total Fee for the Consultancy \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAssignment (INR) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Fee received by Applicant \r\n\r\n\t\t\t( in case of JV / Association) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t % age \r\n\r\n\t\t\tof total fee received by the firm \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Approx. Cost of Highway Project \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Period \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Sole Consultant/ Lead Partner of JV/JV Partner/ as associate \r\n\r\n\t\t\tConsultant \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t 1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 10 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t A . Completed/ Substantially completed projects: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t1 . \r\n\r\n\t\t\t2 . \r\n\r\n\t\t\t3 . \r\n\r\n\t\t\tB . Project in progress \r\n\r\n\t\t\t1 . \r\n\r\n\t\t\t2 . \r\n\r\n\t\t\t3 . \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t S.NO. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Projects Name/Year \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Type of Services rendered \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Length of Project \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(kms) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Client (with Complete address, contact person, telephone Nos. and Fax Nos.) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Total Fee for the Consultancy \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAssignment (INR \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Fee received by Applicant ( in case of JV / Association) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t % age \r\n\r\n\t\t\tof total fee received by the firm \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Period \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Sole Consultant/ Lead Partner of JV/JV Partner/ as associate \r\n\r\n\t\t\tConsultant \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t A . Completed/ Substantially completed projects: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t1 . \r\n\r\n\t\t\t2 . \r\n\r\n\t\t\t3 . \r\n\r\n\t\t\tB . Project in progress \r\n\r\n\t\t\t1 . \r\n\r\n\t\t\t2 . \r\n\r\n\t\t\t3 . \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t |
***a)2/4/6 lane work as applicable for the project for which RFP is invited. For 2- lane projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered with a multiplication factor of 1.5. Experience of 2 lane will be considered for 4/6 laning projects with a multiplication factor of 0.75. For standalone bridge projects, experience in bridge work (either standalone project or as a part of road project) only be considered. Only those projects, to be included in the table which are Highways Projects and for which client’s certificates from the concerned Government agencies are enclosed.
\r\n\r\nd) The weightage given for experience of a firm would depend on the role of the firm in the respective assignments. The firm’s experience would get full credit if it was the sole firm in the respective assignment. If the applicant firm has completed projects as JV with some other firms, weightage shall be given as per the JV share***. However if the applicant firm has executed the project as associate with some other firms, 25% weightage shall be given to the applicant firm for the projects completed under such association
\r\n\r\ne) For weightage of experience in any past Consultancy assignment, experience certificate from the client shall be submitted. In absence of clear demarcation of JV share in client certificate, the weightage will be treated as 60 % for lead partner and 40% for minor partner. Annual turnover duly certified by Chartered Accountant shall be accepted. In case of non-availability of such documents no weightage of turnover/experience will be considered.
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t S. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tNo \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Name \r\n\r\n\t\t\tof \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAssignment \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Client \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Role of the firm \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Date of letter of \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAcceptance \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Date of \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAgreement if signed \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Present status \r\n\r\n\t\t\tof Assignment \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Team Members provided by the \r\n\r\n\t\t\tfirm \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t | ||
| \r\n\t\t\t Sole, Lead/ Other in JV or sub-consultant \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t | |||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t Name \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t DOB \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Position \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t | |||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t (1) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (2) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (3) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (4) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (5) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (6) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (7) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (8) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (9) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (10) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t |
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t |
\r\n\r\n
Annexure-III
\r\n\r\nShort listing Criteria
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t S.No \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Experience of the firm in last 7 years \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Annual Turnover*** \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
|---|---|---|---|
| \r\n\t\t\t Project management Consultancy (NH/SH/Equivalent) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Project Supervision, monitoring / IC (NH/SH/Equivalent) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 1 (a) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The firm should have minimum experience of as Project Management Consultant of Road projects of aggregate length equal to 2 times or more of similar category for which REOI is invited. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The firm should have minimum experience of Project Supervision as Independent Engineer/ Authority Engineer of Road project of aggregate length equal to 3 times or more of similar category for which REOI is invited. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Annual turnover (updated average of last 3 years) of the firm from consultancy business should be equal to or more than 2% of Indicative Cost of Construction \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 1 (b) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The firm should have minimum experience of preparation of as project Management consultant of similar category of 2/4/6 laning / bridge work of 40% of project length. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The firm should have minimum experience of Project Supervision Independent Engineer/ Authority Engineer of at least one project of similar category of 2/4/6 laning/bridge work of length equal to 40% of project. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
The lead partner must fulfil atleast 50% of requirements at 1(a) of table in para (A) above and other JV partner should fulfil atleast 30% of eligibility criteria as indicated at 1(a) of table in para (A) above. Also the lead partner and JV partner jointly should meet the eligibility criteria as mentioned at 1(a) of table in para (A) above. Lead partner should meet the criteria 1 (b) of table in para (A) above.
\r\n\r\nNote: The Weightage given for experience of a firm would depend on the role of the firm in the respective assignments. The firm’s experience would get full credit if it was the sole firm in the respective assignment. If the applicant firm has completed projects as JV with some other firms, weightage shall be given as per the JV share***. However if the applicant firm has executed the project as associate with some other firms, 25% weightage shall be given to the applicant firm for the projects completed under such association.
\r\n\r\n*** For weightage of experience in any past Consultancy assignment, experience certificate from the client shall be submitted. In absence of clear demarcation of JV share in client certificate, the weightage will be treated as 60 % for lead partner and 40% for minor partner. Annual turnover duly certified by Chartered Accountant shall be accepted. In case of non- availability of such documents no weightage of turnover/experience will be considered.
\r\n\r\nFollowing enhancement factor will be used for the cost of services provided and for the turnover from consultancy business to a common base value for works completed in India:
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t Year of completion of services / turnover \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Enhancement factor \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Financial year in which RFP invited \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.00 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t One year prior to RFP \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.10 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Two year prior to RFP \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.21 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Three year prior to RFP \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.33 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
Applicant should indicate actual figures of costs and amount for the works executed by them without accounting for the above mentioned factors.
\r\n\r\nIn case the financial figures and values of services provided are in foreign currency, the above enhancement factors will not be applied. Instead, current market exchange rate (State Bank of India BC Selling rate as on last date of submission of the bid) will be applied for the purpose of conversion of amount in foreign currency into Indian Rupees.
\r\n\r\nKey Experts will not be evaluated at the short listing stage.
"}]}